Skip to main content

Full text of "Babylonian religion and mythology"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Indiana  University 


http://www.archive.org/details/babylonianreligiOOinking 


BOOKS    ON 
EGYPT    AND     CHALD/EA. 


By  E.   a.    WALLIS   BUDGE,  M.A.,  Litt.D.,  D.Lit., 

Keeper  of  the  Egyptian  and  Assyrian  Antiquities  in 
the  British  Museum, 

AND 

L.   W.   KING,   M.A., 

Assistant  in  the  iJepartment  of  Egyptian  and  Assyrian  Antiquities  in 
the  British  Museum. 


Crown  8vo,  3s.   Gil.  net  each. 


Vol.  I. — Egyptian  Religion :  Egyptian  Ideas  of  the 
Future  Life.     l!y  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge. 

Vol.    II.— Egyptian  Magic.     By  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge. 

Vol.  III. — Egyptian  Language :  Easy  Lessons  in  Egyptian 
Hieroglyphics.    By  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge. 

Vol.  IV. — Babylonian  Religion :  Baliylonian  Religion  and 
Mythology.    By  L.  W.  King. 

Vol.  V. — Assyrian  Language :  Easy  Lessons  in  Cuneiform 
Inscriptions.    By  L.  W.  King,  M.A. 

Vols.  VI.,  VII.,  VIII.— The  Book  of  the  Dead.  An  English 
Translation  of  the  Theban  Recension,  with 
Supplementary  Chapters,  Hymns,  etc.,  and  nearly 
400  Vignettes  which  do  not  appear  in  the  larger 
edition  published  in  1897.  By  E.  A.  Wallis 
Budge,  Litt.D. 

Vols.  IX.,  X.,  XL,  XII.,  XIIL,  XIV.,  XV.,  XVL— A  History 
of  Egypt,  from  the  Neolithic  Period  to 
the  Death  of  Cleopatra  VII.  (b.c.  30). 
By  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge.     Profusely  illustrated. 


London : 
KEGAN    PAUL,    TKENCH,    TRUBNER    &    CO.,    LtS 


Vol.  IV. 

BABYLONIAN    RELIGION    AND 
MYTHOLOGY 


PUBLISHERS'  NOTE. 


In  the  year  1894  Dr.  Wallis  Badge  prepared  for  Messrs.  Kegao 
Paul,  Trench,  Triibner  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  an  elementary  work  on  the 
Egyptian  language,  entitled  "  First  Steps  in  Egyptian,"  and  two  years 
later  the  companion  volume,  "An  Egyptian  Beading  Book," with 
transliterations  of  all  the  texts  printed  in  it,  and  a  full  vocabulary. 
The  success  of  these  works  proved  that  they  had  helped  to  satisfy 
a  want  long  felt  by  students  of  the  Egyptian  language,  and  as  a 
similar  want  existed  among  students  of  the  languages  written  in 
the  cuneiform  character,  Mr.  L.  W.  King,  of  the  British  Museum, 
prepared,  on  the  same  lines  as  tbe  two  books  mentioned  above, 
an  elementarj'^  work  on  the  Assyrian  and  Babylonian  languages 
("First  Steps  in  Assyrian"),  which  appeared  in  1898.  These 
works,  however,  dealt  mainly  with  the  philological  branch  of 
Egyptology  and  Assyriology,  and  it  was  impossible  in  the  space 
allowed  to  explain  much  that  needed  explanation  in  the  other 
branches  of  these  subjects — that  is  to  say,  matters  relating  to  the 
archaeology,  history,  religion,  etc.,  of  the  EgyjDtians,  Assyrians,  and 
Babylonians.  In  answer  to  the  numerous  requests  which  have 
been  made,  a  series  of  sliort,  popular  handbooks,  on  the  most 
important  branches  of  Egyptology  and  Assyriology  has  been  pre- 
pared, and  it  is  hoped  that  these  will  serve  as  introductions  to  the 
larger  works  on  these  subjects.  The  present  is  the  fourth  volume 
of  the  series,  and  the  succeeding  volumes  will  be  published  at  short 
intervals,  and  at  moderate  prices. 


3BooI?s  on  £QWt  ant)  Cbal6a;a 


BABYLONIAN     RELIGION 


AND 


MYTHOLOGY 


L^  W'  KING,    M.A.,   F.S.A. 

ASSISTANT   IN  THE   UKPARTilENT   OF    EGYPTIAN    AND    ASSYRIAN    ANTIQUITIES, 

BRITISH    MUSEUM 


WITH     TWELVE     ILLUSTRATIONS 
SECOND   /impression 


LONDON 

KEGAN    PAUL,    TRENCH,    TRUBNER   &    CO.,    LtP 
PATERNOSTER   HOUSE,    CHARING   CROSS   ROAD 

1903 


\  lAS- A?. 


PRINTED   BV 

WILLIAM   CLOWES  AND  SONS,    LIMITED, 

LONDON    AND    BECCLES. 


IThe  rights  of  translation  and  oj  reproduction  are  reserved.) 


^^..^v,-  i:r^^ri7   : 


PREFACE. 


The  object  of  the  present  work  is  to  offer  to  the  reader 
in  a  handy  form  an  account  of  the  principal  facts 
concerning  Babylonian  religion  and  mythology.  This 
account  is  based  upon  the  cuneiform  inscriptions  which 
have  been  excavated  in  IMesopotamia  during  the  last 
fifty-five  years,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the  Semitic 
peoples  of  the  valley  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates  have 
been  made  to  reveal  their  religious  beliefs  and  super- 
stitions by  means  of  their  own  writings.  Although 
so  much  has  been  done  in  recent  years  to  explain  their 
religious  literature,  no  finality  in  the  matter  must  be 
expected  for  some  time  to  come,  certainly  not  as  long 
as  any  important  religious  text  remains  unpublished. 
The  fragmentary  nature  of  the  available  material  alone 
is  a  great  obstacle  to  the  construction  of  any  consecutive 
narrative,  and  to  the  correct  grouping  of  facts,  while 
the  renderings  of  rare  Sumerian  words  and  complex 
ideograms    in    some    cases    offer    almost    insuperable 


VI  PREFACE. 

difficulties.  Moreover,  the  variations  in  the  translations 
made  by  English  and  German  scholars  proclaim  the 
difficulty  of  the  subject,  and  no  systematic  and  final 
description  of  the  religion  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria 
is  at  present  possible.  In  the  preparation  of  this  little 
book  the  works  of  the  most  trustworthy  writers  on  the 
subject  have  been  diligently  consulted,  and  the  trans- 
lations of  cuneiform  texts  given  in  the  following  pages 
have  been  specially  prepared  for  the  purpose.  Every 
endeavour  has  also  been  made  to  incorporate  the  results 
obtained  from  recently  discovered  texts,  to  which  in  all 
important  cases  references  are  given. 

From  the  facts  here  printed  it  is  clear  that  the 
Babylonians  and  Assyrians  believed  in  a  series  of 
nature  gods,  and  that  they  had  no  conception  of  the 
existence  of  one  supreme  and  almighty  God.  The 
worship  of  their  gods  was  tinctured  with  magic,  and 
many  of  their  prayers  and  formulae  which  they  recited 
during  the  performance  of  their  religious  ceremonies 
can  be  regarded  as  little  else  than  spells,  charms,  and 
incantations.  Although  little  by  little  a  higher  idea 
of  the  majesty  of  certain  gods  was  developed,  and 
although  the  Babylonian's  conception  of  a  man's  duty 
towards  them  and  towards  his  neighbour  eventually 
became  of  a  comparatively  high  moral  character,  he 
never  succeeded  in  freeing  himself  from  a  belief  in  the 


PREFACE.  Vll 

power  of  magic,  sorcery  and  witchcraft.  He  attached 
great  importance  to  the  performance  of  burial  cere- 
monies, imagining  that  his  arrival  in  the  next  world 
depended  absolutely  upon  them;  but  the  life  which 
he  believed  the  soul  would  lead  after  death  in  the 
underworld  seems  to  have  been  of  a  peculiarly  joyless 
character. 

Owing  to  want  of  space  no  attempt  has  been  made 
to  discuss  from  a  comparative  point  of  view  the  legends 
of  the  cosmogony  and  the  deluge  written  in  cuneiform, 
and  only  the  most  obvious  parallels  between  parts 
of  them  and  certain  chapters  of  Genesis  have  been 
drawn.  It  was  unnecessary  to  treat  the  subject  ex- 
haustively, as  it  is  now  generally  admitted  by  scholars 
that  the  writers  of  the  Pentateuch  drew  upon  the 
traditions  of  Babylonia  for  a  number  of  the  statements 
made  in  the  early  chapters  of  Genesis. 

I  take  this  opportunity  of  expressing  my  indebt- 
edness to  the  works  of  Delitzsch,  Jensen,  Gunkel, 
Zimmern,  Jeremias,  Jastrow,  and  others,  and  of 
thanking  Dr.  Wallis  Budge  for  his  great  help  in  the 
preparation  of  the  work. 

L.  W.  KING. 

London, 

October  1th,  1899. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  PAOE 

I.  The  Gods  of  Babylon  ..,            ...            ...        1 

II.  Heaven,  Earth,  and  Hell  ...            ...              27 

III.  The  Legends  of  Creation  ...  ...            ...      53 

IV.  The  Story  of  the  Deluge  ...  ...            121 

V.  Tales  of  Gods  and  Heroes  ...            ...            ...     146 

VI.  The  Duty  of  Man  to  his  God  and  to  his  Neighbour    200 


LIST   OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


CHAPIKP.  PAGE 

I.     The  Moo>'-Gor)              ...            ...  ...             ...       15 

The  Sux-God         ...             ...  ...             ...              19 

II.    The  Eastern  Door  of  Heaven  ...            ...      32 

The  Gods  of  the  Ukderworld  ...            ...              39 

III.  The  Fight  between  Marduk  and  TiImat              75,  102 
Scene  beside  a  Sacred  Tree  ...             ...            113 

IV.  A  Babylonian  Shit       ...            ...  ...             ...     131 

V.      GlLGAMESH   and   Ea-BANI         ...  ...                  ...                  1G2 

Crossing  the  Waters  of  Death  ...            .„     170 

The  Goddess  Ishtar            ...  ...             ...            152 

The  South- West  Wind              ...  ...            ...     igg 

VI.     A  Babylonian  Deiion          ...  ...             ...            203 


BABYLONIAN    RELIGION 
AND    MYTHOLOGY. 


CHAPTER   I. 

THE   GODS   OF   BABYLON. 

It  was  at  one  time  the  fashion  with  many  scholars  to 
regard  the  civilization  of  the  Babylonians  as  of  a  purely 
Semitic  origin ;  and  more  than  one  writer  on  the 
religion  of  that  country  has  moulded  his  work  on  the 
fundamental  thesis  that  the  Semitic  Babylonians  and 
they  alone  were  the  originators  of  the  complicated 
system  of  religious  practise  and  belief  which  we  know 
existed  from  a  very  early  period  upon  the  banks  of  the 
Euphrates.  Eecent  excavations  in  Babylonia,  however, 
have  proved  one  fact  with  absolute  certainty — that 
before  the  Semites  ever  reached  Babylonia  a  non- 
Semitic  race  occupied  the  country,  tilled  the  land, 
tended  herds  of  cattle,  built  cities,  dug  canals,  and 
advanced  to  a  state  of  considerable  civilization.     But 

BAB.  BEL.  B 


2  THE  ANCIENT   SUMERIANS. 

there  are  indications  that  even  this  race,  the  Sumerians  ^ 
as  they  are  called,  were  not  the  first  possessors  of  the 
land.  It  is  probable  that  they  themselves  were  settlers 
like  the  Semites  of  a  later  time,  and  that  they  reached 
the  fertile  valley  of  the  rivers  from  some  mountainous 
home  in  the  northern  half  of  Central  Asia.  "Who 
occupied  the  country  before  the  Sumerians  came  we 
cannot  say,  for  of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  the  land 
we  know  nothing.  The  first  inhabitants  of  Babylonia 
of  whom  we  have  definite  knowledge  are  the  Sumerians  ; 
and  during  recent  years  our  knowledge  of  them  has 
been  vastly  increased.  In  any  treatment  of  the 
religious  beliefs  of  the  Semitic  Babylonians,  the 
existence  of  the  Sumerians  cannot  be  ignored,  for  they 
profoundly  influenced  the  faith  of  the  Semitic  invaders 
before  whose  onslaught  their  empire  fell.  The  religious 
beliefs  of  the  Babylonians  cannot  be  rightly  under- 
stood unless  at  the  outset  this  foreign  influence  is  duly 
recognized. 

To  what  date  we  are  to  assign  the  beginning  of 
Sumerian  influence  in  Babylonia  it  is  quite  impossible 
to  say,  though  such  a  date  as  six  or  seven  thousand  years 
before  Christ  is  not  an  extravagant  estimate  for  the  foun- 
dation of  the  earliest  religious  centres  ^  in  the  country. 
The  decline  of  the  political  power  of  the  Sumerians,  on 

'  The  SumeriaDS  take  their  name  from  "Shumeru,"  an  ancient 
name  for  Southern  Babylonia. 
^  E.f].,  Nippur,  Ur,  Shirpurla,  etc. 


INFLUENCE   OF   SUMERIAN    BELIEFS.  3 

the  other  hand,  may  be  assigned  approximately  to  the 
period  which  lies  between  B.C.  2500  and  B.C.  2300.  At 
the  latter  date  Babylon  had  been  raised  to  a  position 
of  pre-eminence  among  the  cities  of  the  land,  and  the 
Semitic  population  in  the  country  had  gained  a  com- 
plete ascendancy  over  their  ancient  rivals,  whom  they 
gradually  absorbed  ;  from  this  time  onwards  the  city  of 
Babylon  maintained  her  position  and  never  ceased  to 
be  the  capital  of  the  country  to  which  in  later  times 
she  gave  her  name.  But  in  spite  of  the  early  date  to 
which  we  must  put  back  the  beginnings  of  Babylonian 
civilization,  it  is  only  among  the  remains  of  a  very 
much  later  period  that  we  find  adequate  materials  for 
the  study  of  the  Babylonian  religion.  It  is  true  that 
during  the  long  course  of  the  history  of  that  country 
and  of  Assyria  we  get  occasional  glimpses  of  the 
religious  beliefs  and  legends,  which  were  current  at  dif- 
ferent periods,  from  the  historical  and  votive  inscrip- 
tions of  kings  and  governors.  But  it  is  only  at  quite 
a  late  date,  that  is  to  say  a  few  years  before  the  fall  of 
Nt  leveh,  that  we  gain  a  comparatively  full  knowledge 
of  Babylonian  mythology  and  belief. 

The  great  religious  works  of  the  Babylonians  are 
known  to  us  from  documents  which  do  not  date  from 
an  earlier  period  than  the  seventh  century  B.C.  In  the 
palaces  that  were  unearthed  at  Kuyunjik,  the  site  of 
Nineveh,  there  were  found,  scattered  through  the 
mounds  of  earth,  thousands  of  clay  tablets  written  in 


4  THE   SCRIBES    OF   ASSYRIA. 

the  Assyrian  character,  and  in  many  cases  with  colo- 
phons bearing  the  name  of  Ashur-bani-pal  and  the  state- 
ment that  he  had  caused  them  to  be  included  in  his 
library.  This  monarch  reigned  from  B.C.  669  to  about 
B.C.  625,  and,  though  one  of  the  last  kings  to  occupy 
the  Assyrian  throne,  he  made  strenuous  efforts  to  pre- 
serve the  ancient  literature  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria. 
^His  scribes  visited  specially  the  ancient  cities  and 
.temples  in  the  south,  and  made  copies  of  literary  com- 
positions of  all  classes  which  they  found  there.  These 
they  collected  and  arranged  in  his  palace  at  Nineveh, 
and  it  is  from  them  that  the  greater  part  of  our  know- 
ledge of  Babylonian  mythology  and  religion  is  derived. 
Though  the  tablets  date  from  the  seventh  century 
only,  it  is  possible  that  the  texts  inscribed  upon  them 
had  their  origin  in  a  very  remote  period,  and  a  detailed 
study  of  them  proves  that  such  was  the  case.  If,  for 
instance,  two  or  more  copies  of  a  text  are  found  to  differ 
greatly  in  detail  from  one  another,  we  naturally  assume 
that  a  considerable  period  has  elapsed  for  such  varia- 
tions to  have  crept  into  the  text.  Besides  this,  the  im- 
perfect condition  of  many  of  the  originals  from  which 
the  scribes  made  their  copies,  the  notes  and  colophons 
they  added  to  the  texts,  and  the  lists  and  commentaries 
they  compiled  to  explain  them,  prove  the  antiquity  of 
the  literature  they  studied.  Such  evidence  is  con- 
clusive that  the  religious  literature  the  Assyrians 
have  left  us  was  not  of  their  own  production,  but  was 


THEIR   COriES   OF   EARLY   TEXTS.  5 

their  inheritance  from  an  earlier  time.  While  the 
Babylonians  in  their  religious  beliefs  were  profoundly 
influenced  by  the  Sumerians,  they  in  their  turn 
exercised  an  even  greater  influence  on  the  Assyrians. 
The  latter  people,  at  first  but  a  handful  of  colonists 
from  Babylonia,  took  with  them  the  faith  of  their, 
mother  country,  and,  though  they  subsequently  gained 
their  independence,  and  after  many  centuries  of  conflict 
held  the  elder  branch  of  their  race  in  subjection,  their 
system  of  religion,  with  but  few  changes  and  modifica- 
tions, was  Babylonian  to  the  core.  Hence  their 
religious  works  and  writings  may  be  used  as  material 
for  the  study  of  the  Babylonian  religion. 

When  we  examine  these  Assyrian  tablets,  and 
attempt  to  gain  from  them  a  knowledge  of  the  gods 
of  Babylon,  we  find  they  present  us  with  a  truly 
bewildering  number  of  deities.  The  Babylonians  and 
Assyrians  were  a  conservative  people,  and  the  priestly 
class,  to  whose  labours  we  are  indebted  for  our  know- 
ledge of  the  Babylonian  religion,  faithfully  collected 
and  chronicled  all  local  traditions  an'd  beliefs,  no 
matter  whence  they  came.  Their  religion  was  still  a 
living  thing,  and  they  had  not  lost  belief  in  the  existence 
or  the  power  of  the  gods,  but  they  studied  their  national 
traditions  to  some  extent  from  their  literary  side ;  and 
they  sought  to  classify  and  arrange  into  some  system 
the  numerous  and  sometimes  conflicting  traditions 
which   had  arisen  and  obtained  currency  at  different 


6  LISTS  OF  THE  GODS. 

periods  in  quite  different  parts  of  the  country.  The 
largest  tablet  that  has  been  recovered  from  Ashur- 
bani-pal's  library,  for  instance,  is  inscribed  with  a  list 
of  the  names  of  the  gods  and  their  titles.  The  tablet 
when  complete  must  have  measured  some  11  x  16 
inches  ;  it  was  inscribed  on  each  side  with  six  columns 
of  minute  writing,  every  column  containing  over 
one  hundred  and  fifty  lines,  and  nearly  every  line 
giving  the  name  of  a  separate  deity.^  This  is  only  one 
out  of  many  tablets  inscribed  with  lists  of  the  names 
of  the  erods.  and  the  existence  of  these  documents 
serves  to  show  that  in  the  literature  of  the  period  we 
must  expect  to  find  the  Babylonian  religion  in  a  fully 
advanced  state  of  its  development. 

Were  we  entirely  dependent  on  such  lists  and 
catalogues  it  would  be  hard  to  gather  a  very  consistent 
or  very  intelligible  notion  of  what  the  Babylonian 
gods  were  like ;  but  fortunately  this  is  not  the  case. 
Numbers  of  hymns  and  prayers  have  been  recovered, 
which,  by  the  titles  and  attributes  therein  ascribed  to 
the  gods,  enable  us  to  trace  their  relationships  to  one 
another  and  their  respective  rank  and  power.  Stories 
and  legends  of  the  gods  have  also  been  preserved,  and 
from  these  it  is  possible  to  construct  a  fairly  complete 
sketch  of  Babylonian  mythology.  Moreover,  the  names  of 
the  gods  frequently  figure  in  the  historical  inscriptions 

•  The  tablet  is  exhibited  in  the  British  ^luseum,  Nineveh  Gallery, 
Case  I.,  No.  4. 


OTHER   SOURCES   OF   INFORMATION.  / 

of  Babylonian  and  Assyrian  kings,  not  only  of  this 
late  period,  but  also  in  those  of  rulers  who  occupied 
the  throne  during  many  earlier  periods  of  the  country's 
history.  The  victories  gained  over  enemies  were  ascribed 
by  each  ruler  to  the  help  vouchsafed  him  by  his  own 
gods,  and  from  the  names  of  those  he  mentions  w^e 
learn  what  gods  were  held  in  special  reverence  during 
his  reign.  The  kings  of  Babylon,  too,  were  great 
builders  and  delighted  to  construct  new  temples  and 
to  restore  the  old  ones  which  had  fallen  into  decay. 
From  the  records  of  their  building  operations,  and 
from  the  votive  tablets  deposited  in  the  temples,  we 
gain  much  information  regarding  the  worship  of  the 
deities  in  whose  honour  they  were  made.  Another 
source  of  information,  especially  for  the  early  Sumerian 
period,  are  the  lists  of  temple  revenues  and  accounts ; 
while  the  very  names  of  private  persons  preserved  in 
business  documents  of  various  dates,  containing  as  so 
many  of  them  do  the  names  of  gods,  serve  to  indicate 
roughly  the  changes  which  the  principal  gods  ex- 
perienced in  the  popular  estimation.  It  is  of  course 
to  be  regretted  that  we  do  not  possess  copies  of  the 
great  religious  and  mythological  works  of  the  Baby- 
lonians during  the  earlier  periods  of  their  history,  from 
which  it  would  be  possible  to  trace  with  absolute  cer- 
tainty the  course  of  their  religious  development.  The 
numerous  indirect  sources  of  information  referred  to, 
however,  enable  us  to  control  and  classify  the  religious 


8  DESCRIPTION   OF   THE   GODS. 

literature  of  the  later  Assyrian  and  Babylonian  empires. 
By  these  means  it  is  possible  to  gain  a  knowledge 
from  native  sources  of  Babylonian  mythology  and 
belief,  and  to  supplement  the  scanty  references  to  the 
religion  of  the  country  which  are  found  in  the  Old 
Testament  and  in  the  works  of  the  classical  writers. 

The  gods  of  the  Babylonians,  in  the  forms  under 
which  they  were  worshipped  during  the  later  historical 
periods,  were  conceived  as  beings  with  very  definite 
and  characteristic  personalities.  All  the  great  gods, 
while  wielding  superhuman  powers,  were  regarded 
as  endowed  with  human  forms,  and,  though  they 
were  not  visible,  except  in  dreams  and  visions,  to  their 
worshippers,  each  was  thought  to  possess  a  definite 
character  and  to  have  a  body  and  features  peculiar 
to  himself.  Not  only  were  they  like  unto  men  in 
body,  but  in  thought  and  feeling  they  were  also  very 
human.  Like  men  they  were  born  into  the  world, 
and  like  men  they  loved  and  fought,  and  even  died. 
The  Babylonians,  in  fact,  had  a  very  material  concep- 
tion of  the  higher  powers.  They  had  no  belief  in  a 
supreme  and  abstract  deity  of  a  different  mould  and 
nature  to  themselves ;  and  though  they  ascribed  all 
power  and  might  to  many  of  the  greater  gods  they 
worshipped,  they  pictured  these  beings  as  swayed  by 
human  passions,  and  as  acting  in  dependence  on  each 
other.  About  their  gods  they  composed  strange  tales 
and   legends,  in   which  we    read  how  some   of  them 


THEIR   NATURE   AND   ORIGIN.  9 

performed  acts  of  bravery  and  valour,  how  others  dis- 
played cunning  and  treachery,  and  how  others  again 
exhibited  fear  and  greed.  It  is  true  that,  unlike  men, 
their  power  was  unlimited,  they  wielded  magical 
weapons,  and  uttered  spells  and  words  of  power ;  but 
for  all  that  they  were  fashioned  in  human  mould; 
the  separation  between  the  Babylonian  and  his  god 
was  not  in  nature  but  in  degree. 

In  following  the  doings  of  the  gods  and  in  noting  the 
attributes  ascribed  to  them,  we  are  naturally  confronted 
by  the  problem  as  to  what  suggested  to  the  Babylonian 
his  precise  differentiation  in  their  characters.  Was  it 
merely  fancy  or  arbitrary  invention  on  his  part  ?  We 
need  not  appeal  to  the  comparative  study  of  religion  to 
answer  the  question  in  the  negative,  for  the  characters 
of  the  gods  themselves  betray  their  origin.  They  are 
personifications  of  natural  forces ;  in  other  words,  the 
gods  and  many  of  the  stories  told  concerning  them  are 
the  best  explanation  the  Babylonian  could  give,  after 
many  centuries  of  observation,  of  the  forces  and  changes 
he  saw  at  work  around  him  in  the  natural  world.  He 
saw  the  sun  pass  daily  overhead,  he  observed  the 
phases  of  the  moon  and  the  motions  of  the  stars ;  he 
felt  the  wind  and  feared  the  tempest ;  but  he  had  no 
notion  that  these  things  were  the  result  of  natural 
laws.  In  company  with  other  primitive  peoples  he 
explained  them  as  the  work  of  beings  very  like  himself. 
He   thought   of    nature   as    animated    throughout    by 


lO  THE   GREATER  GODS. 

numberless  beings,  some  hostile  and  some  favourable 
to  mankind,  in  accordance  with  the  treatment  he  had 
experienced  from  them.  From  the  greater  powers  and 
forces  in  nature  he  deduced  the  existence  of  the  greater 
gods,  and  in  many  of  the  legends  and  myths  he  told 
concerning  them  we  may  see  his  naive  explanation  of 
the  working  of  the  universe.  He  did  not  speak  in 
allegory  or  symbol,  but  believed  his  stories  literally, 
and  moulded  his  life  in  accordance  with  their  teaching. 
Babylonian  religion,  therefore,  in  its  general  aspect 
may  be  regarded  as  a  worship  of  nature,  and  the  gods 
themselves  may  be  classified  as  the  personifications  of 
various  natural  powers.  But  here  at  the  outset  we 
meet  with  a  difficulty  which  has  not  yet  been  quite 
satisfactorily  explained.  During  its  early  history  the 
country  was  not  a  corporate  whole  under  one  adminis- 
tration, but  the  great  cities,  with  the  land  immediately 
adjacent  to  them,  formed  a  number  of  independent 
states.  It  was  only  after  many  centuries  of  separate 
existence,  or  of  temporary  coalition,  that  a  permanent 
fusion  was  brouglit  about  between  these  separate 
kingdoms.  Back  in  this  dim  past  we  can  trace  the 
existence  of  many  of  the  great  Babylonian  gods  of 
later  times,  and,  as  in  later  times,  so  still  more  at  this 
early  period,  we  find  their  worship  was  not  equally 
prevalent  throughout  the  country,  but  the  cult  of  each 
deity  was  specialized  and  centred  in  separate  cities. 
Enlil,  the  god  of  the  earth,  for  instance,  was  worshipped 


THEIR   LOCAL   DISTRIBUTION.  II 

in  the  earliest  period  at  Nippur;  Ea,  the  god  of  the 
deep,  at  Eridu ;  Nannar,  the  Moor  -god,  at  Ur ;  Utu, 
the  Sun-god,  at  Larsa,  and  so  on.  Fow  taken  in  the 
aggregate,  the  worship  of  all  these  deities  presents  a 
consistent  picture  of  the  worship  of  nature  in  its 
different  parts,  and  for  the  later  periods  such  a  picture 
no  doubt  accurately  corresponds  to  the  general  char- 
acter of  the  national  religion.  But  in  the  earliest 
period  the  great  cities  of  the  land  were  not  parts  of  a 
single  kingdom  ;  and  it  is  not  quite  clear  how  this  local 
distribution  of  the  great  natural  gods  among  a  number 
of  originally  independent  cities  can  be  explained. 

In  seeking  a  solution  of  this  problem  it  is  necessary 
to  realize  the  fact  that  the  religious  system  of  the 
Babylonians  was  the  product  of  a  long  period  of 
gradual  development.  The  consistent  scheme  of  nature 
worship  practised  by  the  later  Babylonians  was  not 
received  by  them  in  a  complete  and  finished  form  from 
their  remote  ancestors  and  predecessors  in  the  land. 
At  this  remote  period  we  may  assume  that  its  state 
was  a  very  simple  and  a  very  primitive  one.  The 
horizon  of  these  early  peoples  embraced  little  more 
than  the  walls  of  the  cities  in  which  they  dwelt,  and 
each  city  was  content  to  worship  and  do  battle  for  the 
honour  of  its  local  god ;  the  fortune  of  the  god  was 
bound  up  with  that  of  the  city,  and  the  downfall  of  the 
god  followed  close  on  the  ruin  of  the  city.  "With  the 
gradual   amalgamation   of    these    separate    cities   into 


12  GROWTH  OF   THE   CITY-GOD. 

larger  states,  an  adjustment  between  the  local  gods 
was  necessary.  In  any  such  coalition  the  god  of  the 
predominant  city  would  naturally  take  precedence  over 
those  of  the  conquered  or  dependent  cities  with  which 
he  became  associated.  It  is  conceivable  that  in  this 
way  the  relationships  between  some  of  the  gods  of  the 
Babylonians  arose.  Even  so,  it  is  difficult  to  trace  the 
process  by  which  a  local  city -god  became  associated 
with  one  of  the  great  powers  of  nature,  and  to  decide 
whether  his  aspect  as  a  god  of  a  special  department 
of  the  universe  was  inherent  in  his  nature  from 
the  beginning,  or  was  due  to  some  subsequent 
development.  Such  questions  present  a  number  of 
attractive  ]3i"oblems,  many  of  which  will  doubtless  be 
solved  as  more  material  relating  to  the  earliest  period 
of  Babylonian  history  is  published.  Meanwhile,  in 
whatever  way  we  may  explain  it,  the  local  worship  in 
different  cities  of  Babylonia  of  many  of  the  greater 
natural  gods  is  one  of  the  most  striking  characteristics 
of  the  Babylonian  system. 

In  giving  a  sketch  of  the  principal  gods  of  Babylonia 
it  will  be  expedient  to  confine  ourselves  in  the  main 
to  the  periods  of  Babylonian  history  subsequent  to  the 
rise  of  the  city  of  Babylon  to  power,  which  was  followed 
by  the  consolidation  of  the  separate  portions  of  the 
country  into  a  single  state.  It  would  of  course  be 
possible  to  push  our  enquiry  back  into  the  earliest 
period  when   the  Sumerian  was  in  possession  of  the 


SUMERIAN   AND   SEMITIC   DEITIES.  1 3 

country  aud  the  influence  of  the  Semite  was  still 
unfelt.  Although  the  study  of  the  Sumeriau  deities 
is  still  in  its  infancy,  it  would  be  possible  to  give 
their  names  as  found  in  the  early  inscriptions  from 
Niffer,  Mukayyar  and  Tell  Loh,  and,  with  the  help  of 
the  later  explanatory  lists  of  the  Assyrians,  to  trace 
in  some  measure  their  adoption  and  the  modification 
of  their  names,  attributes,  etc.,  by  the  Babylonians.^ 
But  to  follow  such  a  plan  within  the  limits  of  the 
present  volume  would  result  in  little  more  than  a 
catalogue  of  names  and  equations,  many  of  which  are 
still  matters  of  conjecture.  It  will  be  better  therefore 
to  treat  only  of  those  great  Semitic  deities  who  figure 
so  prominently  in  Babylonian  mythology,  and  to  refer 
to  their  Sumerian  prototypes  only  in  so  far  as  they 
illustrate  their  later  characters. 

Even  during  the  Semitic  period  the  Babylonian 
company  of  the  gods  underwent  considerable  changes. 
The  assimilation  of  the  Sumerian  deities  was  not  a 
sudden  process,  and  the  meeting  of  the  two  systems 
did  not  produce  uniform  results  throughout  the  country. 
Moreover,  in  the  later  as  in  the  earlier  periods,  every 
city  had  its  own  local  god,  to  whose  service  the  whole 
city  was  devoted,  and  around  whose  temple  local  tradi- 
tions and  local  myths  gathered  and  flourished.  The 
prominence  which  any  one  such  local  tradition  attained 
in  the  Babylonian  system  was  in  proportion  to   the 

*  See  the  names  and  attributes  of  the  various  deities  collected  by 
Jastrow  in  his  Religion  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria,  pj).  51  ff. 


14  ANU,    BEL,   AND   EA. 

political  position  and  influence  of  the  city  in  which 
it  arose.  It  is  not  a  matter  of  surprise,  therefore,  that 
we  come  across  varying  traditions  with  regard  to  the 
positions  and  relationships  of  some  of  the  gods.  But 
with  the  gradual  unification  of  the  country  many 
such  variant  traditions  were  harmonized  and  explained 
by  the  priesthood.  It  is  thus  possible,  while  making 
full  allowance  for  the  influence  of  local  beliefs  and  of 
political  changes,  to  give  a  brief  sketch  of  the  company 
of  the  Babylonian  gods  which  will  harmonize  with 
.  their  position  and  character  in  the  great  religious  and 
mythological  and  legendary  works  of  the  nation. 

At  the  head  of  the  company  of  the  gods  may  be 
set  the  g'veat  triad  of  deities  Anu,  Bel  and  Ea,  whose 
spheres  of  influence  together  embraced  the  entire  uni- 
verse. Anu  was  the  god  of  heaven,  Bel  the  god  of 
the  earth  angl  of  mankind,  and  Ea  the  god  of  the  abyss 
of  water  beneath  the  earth.  At  a  very  early  period  in 
Sumerian  history  we  find  these  three  deities  mentioned 
in  close  connection  with  each  other  under  their 
Sumerian  names  of  Anna  (Anu),  Enlil  (Bel),  and 
Euki  (Ea).  Lugalzaggisi,  who  caused  the  inscription 
to  be  written  in  which  their  names  occur,  was  one  of 
the  earliest  Sumerian  rulers  of  whose  reign  we  have 
evidence,  and  we  can  thus  trace  back  the  existence 
of  this  great  triad  of  gods  to  the  very  beginning  of 
history.  During  the  later  periods  the  connection  of 
these  deities  with  each  other,  as  the  three  great  gods 


SIN,    SHAMASH,   AND   RAMMAN.  17 

of  the  universe,  remained  unshaken.  Each  member 
of  the  triad  had  his  own  centre  of  worship.  Thus 
Ami,  though  he  had  temples  in  other  parts  of  the 
country,  was  paid  peculiar  reverence  in  Uruk,  the 
Babylonian  name  of  the  city  of  Erech,  which  is  men- 
tioned as  one  of  the  oldest  cities  of  Babylonia  in  the 
table  of  nations  in  Genesis.^  The  god  Bel,  as  has  been 
already  stated,  was  identified  by  the  Semites  with 
the  Sumerian  deity  Eulil,  whose  worship  in  E-kur, 
his  temple  in  the  city  of  Nippur,  was  the  oldest  local 
cult  of  which  we  have  evidence  in  the  archaic  inscrip- 
tions that  have  yet  been  recovered.  The  worship  of 
the  third  member  of  the  triad,  Ea,  originated  in  Eridu, 
the  southernmost  of  the  great  cities  of  Babylonia,  the 
site  of  which,  now  marked  by  the  mound  of  Abu 
Shahren,  stands  fifty  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Slmtt  el-Arab,  but  which  in  the  earliest  period  of 
Babylonian  history,  before  the  formation  of  the  present , 
delta,  must  have  stood  on  the  shore  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 
After  these  three  deities  with  their  world-wide 
dominion  may  be  set  a  second  triad,  consisting  of  the 
two  great  gods  of  light.  Sin  and  Shamash,  and  the 
god  of  the  atmosphere,  Eamman.  Sin,  the  Moon-god, 
identified  also  with  Nannak,  had  two  centres  of  wor- 
ship, the  temple  E-gish-shir-gal  in  Ur,  and  the  temple 
E-khul-khul  in  Kharran,  of  which  the  former  was  the 
more  ancient.     In  Ur  the  worship  of  the  Moon-god 

'  Genesis  x.  10. 
BAB.  KEL.  C 


l8  POSITION   OF   THE   SUN-GOD. 

was  celebrated  from  remote  antiquity,  and  in  influence 
and  splendour  his  cult  appears  to  have  eclipsed  that 
of  Shamash,  the  Sun-god,  whose  ^yorship  was  centred 
in  the  cities  of  Sippar  and  Larsa,  in  two  great  temples 
each  of  which  bore  the  name  of  E-babbara,  "  the  bright 
house."  According  to  one  tradition  Shamash  was 
regarded  as  the  son  of  the  Moon-god,  and  this  subordi- 
nation of  Sun-worship  to  the  cult  of  the  Moon  is  an 
interesting  peculiarity  of  early  Babylonian  religion.  At 
a  later  period,  when  the  system  of  mythology  was  more 
fully  developed,  the  Sun-god  attained  a  position  of 
greater  prominence.  He  was  then  regarded  as  the  judge 
of  heaven  and  earth,  and  in  the  legends  it  was  his 
decision  to  which  appeal  was  made  in  cases  of  wrong 
and  injustice.  The  god-  Eammau,  while  particularly 
associated  with  thunder  and  lightning,  was  in  general 
the  god  of  the  atmosphere  and  controlled  the  clouds, 
the  mist  and  the  rain.  He  was  held  in  especial 
reverence  by  the  Assyrian  kings  who  loved  to  compare 
the  advance  of  their  forces  in  battle  to  the  onslaught 
of  the  Storm-god. 

The  most  prominent  deity  in  the  company  of  the 
Babylonian  gods  was  Marduk,  who,  as  the  local  god 
of  Babylon,  naturally  claimed  the  highest  respect  from 
the  men  of  his  own  city.  The  extension  of  his  influence 
was  a  result  of  the  rise  of  Babylon  to  the  position  of 
the  capital  city  in  a  united  empire,  and  it  is  to  this 
fact    we   may   trace   his   identification   with   the    old 


MARDUK   AXD   XABU.  21 

Babylonian  deity  Bel,  whose  worship  had  flourished 
for  so  many  centuries  at  Xippur,  and  the  prominent 
part  which  he  plays  in  Babylonian  legend  and 
mythology.  From  the  days  of  Khammurabi  pnward 
Marduk  never  lost  this  position  of  supremacy  among 
the  other  gods.  Traces  of  his  original  subordinate 
character  at  the  time  when  Babylon  was  still  unknown 
may  be  seen  in  the  fact  that  he  was  never  regarded 
as  the  oldest  of  the  gods,  nor  as  endowed  from  the 
beginning  with  his  later  attributes  ;  he  was  conceived 
as  having  won  his  power  and  supremacy  by  his  own 
valour  and  by  the  services  he  rendered  both  to  gods  and 
jto  ^mankind.  In  intimate  association  with  Marduk 
may  be  mentioned  Xabu,  the  god  of  Borsippa,  a  city 
which  is  marked  to-day  by  the  mound  of  Birs  Nimriid,^ 
and  which,  built  a  little  to  the  south-west  of  Babylon 
on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  Euphrates,  was  in  its  later 
period  little  more  than  a  suburb  of  the  capital.  To 
this  fact  we  may  trace  the  close  connection  of  N'abu 
with  Marduk,  whose  son  and  minister  he  was  supposed 
to  have  been.  E-zida,  his  temple  in  Borsippa,  was 
closely  associated  with  E-sagil,  IMarduk's  great  shrine 
in  Babylon,  and  these  two  sanctuaries  were  the  most 
famous  in  the  country. 

Another  prominent  deity  was  Xeegal,  whose  temple, 
E-shidlam,  in  the  city  of  Ktitil,  or  Cuthah,  was  one 

'  a  place  situated  about  two  hours'  ride  from  the  modern  city  of 
Hilhih. 


22  NERGAL,    NINIB,   AND   NUSKU. 

of  the  oldest  and  largest  sanctuaries  in  Northern 
Babylonia.  In  general  character  Nergal  was  the  god 
of  battle,  and,  no  doubt  from  its  destructive  nature, 
of  pestilence  also;  in  still  another  capacity  he  was 
regarded  as  the  god  of  the  dead.^  The  connection  of 
Nergal  with  the  city  of  Cuthah  was  never  severed 
throughout  the  long  period  of  Babylonian  history. 
Dungi,  one  of  the  earliest  kings  of  the  city  of  Ur, 
records  the  building  or  restoration  of  his  shrine  in  that 
city,  and  more  than  two  thousand  years  later,  among 
the  Babylonians  whom  Sargon  sent  to  colonize  Samaria, 
we  read  of  certain  men  of  Cuth,  or  Cuthah,  who  made 
an  image  of  Nergal,^  to  whom  they  trusted  to  preserve 
them  from  the  lions  tliat  roamed  through  the  devastated 
land.  A  god  who  was  in  later  times  closely  associated 
with  ]S[er>a;al  is  Ninib.  The  reading  of  his  name  is 
conjectural,  and  his  original  character  is  also  a  matter 
of  some  uncertainty,  but  under  the  Assyrian  kings  his 
personality  was  more  clearly  indicated.  By  them  he 
was  regarded  as  a  god  of  battle  and  the  chase,  and  it 
was  to  Nergal  and  Ninib  that  they  ascribed  the  gift  of 
their  mighty  weapons.  The  Fire-god,  Nusku,  may 
also  be  mentioned  among  the  more  important  deities, 
in  view  of  the  prominent  position  he  occupies  in  the 
magical  works  of  the  Babylonians. 

The  Babylonian  goddesses,  with  one  exception,  are 
not    very  imposing   figures,   nor   are   their   characters 
'  See  below,  p.  37.  ^  2  Kings  svii.  30. 


BABYLONIAN   GODDESSES.  23 

very  sharply  defined  or  differentiated.  Their  position 
corresponded  to  some  extent  with  the  inferior  position 
of  women  in  Babylonia.  It  has  already  been  remarked 
that  the  Babylonian  conceived  his  gods  to  be  very 
human  in  their  form  and  feelings,  and  it  was  but 
natural  that  his  picture  of  their  wives  should  have  been 
drawn  after  the  same  model.  Their  principal  functions 
in  fact  were  to  receive  the  favours  of  their  lords  and 
to  become  the  mothers  of  a  younger  generation  of  gods. 
In  several  instances  we  may  trace  their  position  of 
dependence  in  the  very  names  by  which  they  were 
known.  Thus  Anatu,  the  wife  of  Anu,  and  Belit,  the 
wife  of  Bel,  in  name  as  well  as  nature  are  merely 
female  counterparts  of  the  male  deities  with  whom 
they  are  associated.  Damkina,  the  wife  of  Ea,  was 
a  slightly  more  important  personage  to  judge  from  the 
numerous  hymns  addressed  to  her  in  the  later  period, 
a  fact  that  may  perhaps  be  explained  as  arising  from 
her  position  as  the  mother  of  Marduk.  Tsaepanitum, 
Marduk's  wife,  however,  was  of  little  account  away 
from  her  partner,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of 
Tashmetu  the  wife  of  Nabu,  Ningal  the  wife  of  the 
Moon-god,  Ai  the  wife  of  the  Sun-god,  Shala  the  wife 
of  Eamman,  GuLA  the  wife  of  Ninib,  and  Laz  the  wife 
of  Xergal.  In  fact,  the  goddesses  of  Babylonia  exercised 
but  little  independent  power,  and,  both  in  the  ritual 
of  worship  and  in  the  myths  and  stories  told  about  the 
gods,  they  play  a  very  unimportant  and  subordinate  part. 


24  THE   GODDESS   ISHTAR. 

There  is  one  very  striking  exception  to  this  general 
rule,  namely  the  goddess  Ishtae.  This  deity  in  her 
own  person  appears  to  have  absorbed  the  power  and 
influence  which  were,  at  times,  ascribed  to  other 
goddesses.  She  was  identified  with  the  Sumerian 
goddess  Ninni,  and  in  the  Assyrian  inscriptions  she 
becomes  the  wife  of  the  national  god  Ashur ;  she  was 
also  referred  to  as  "  Belit,"  i.e.,  "  the  Lady,"  and  in  this 
character  she  assumed  the  titles  and  prerogatives  of  the 
wife  of  Bel.  In  course  of  time  the  name  "  Ishtar  "  was 
employed  as  a  generic  term  for  goddess.  In  Babylonia 
moreover,  she  was  known  by  two  different  local  names, 
which  represented  two  quite  distinct  and  separate 
characters.  Under  the  title  Anunitu  she  was  wor- 
shipped as  the  goddess  of  battle  at  Agade  and  also  at  the 
city  called  Sippar  of  Anunitu ;  and  under  this  aspect  she 
was  regarded  as  the  daughter  of  Sin  the  Moon-god  and 
of  Ningal  his  wife.  At  the  great  temple  of  E-ana  at 
Freeh,  on  the  other  hand,  she  was  worshipped  as  the 
goddess  of  love  and  identified  with  Nana ;  and  in  this 
character  she  was  regarded  as  the  daughter  of  Ann 
and  Anatu.  It  was  in  her  gentler  character  as  the 
goddess  of  love  that  she  became  connected  in  legend 
with  Dumuzi  or  Tammuz,  her  lover  who  died  in 
early  youth,  and  for  the  sake  of  whose  recovery  she 
descended  to  the  realm  of  the  dead.  She  was  served 
at  Erech  by  numerous  priestesses  attached  to  her 
worship,  and  the  rites  practised  at  her  shrine,  a  later 


THE   GODS   IN   HEAVEN.  2$ 

form  of  which  is  described  by  Herodotus,^  were 
performed  in  her  honour  as  the  goddess  of  love.  By 
the  Assyrians  she  was  chiefly  revered  as  the  goddess 
of  battle ;  she  had  two  famous  shrines  in  Assyria,  one 
at  Nineveh  and  one  at  Arbela,  and  at  both  she  was 
worshipped  in  her  warlike  character. 

Such  are  the  characteristics  of  the  principal  gods  of 
the  Bal^ylonians  during  the  greater  part  of  their  history, 
and  the  sketch  here  given,  though  drawn  from  the  re- 
ligious and  historical  literature,  is  not  inconsistent  with 
the  attributes  assigned  to  them  in  the  astrological  and 
astronomical  inscriptions.  The  identification  of  the 
planets  with  some  of  the  greater  gods  was  probably 
neither  a  very  early  nor  primitive  development,  but 
one  which  took  place  after  the  Babylonian  company  of 
the  gods  had  been  definitely  formed.  When  the  worship 
of  a  host  of  local  gods  had  given  place  to  an  organized 
system  of  nature  worship,  and  when  the  growth  of 
legend  and  myth  necessitated  a  belief  in  the  constant 
intercourse  of  the  gods  with  one  another,  it  was  not^ 
unnatural  for  the  Babylonians  to  assume  that  the  gods 
dwelt  together  in  some  special  place,  that  is  to  say  in 
heaven.  From  the  earliest  times  the  sun  and  moon 
were  regarded  as  the  symbols  of  the  gods  Shamash 
and  Sin  respectively,  and  the  movements  of  the  two 
great  luminaries  were  believed  to  be  directed  by 
them.     At  a  later  period  the  movements  of  the  planets 

'  Book  I.,  chap.  199. 


26  SPIRITS   AND  DEMONS. 

were  also  thought  to  be  directed  by  gods  whose  symbols 
they  were,  and  it  is  probable  that  in  this  way  tlie 
identification  of  Marduk  with  Jupiter,  of  Ishtar  with 
Venus,  of  Ninib  with  Saturn,  of  Nergal  with  Mars 
and  of  iSTabu  with  Mercury  took  place.^  The  members 
of  the  great  triad  of  deities,  who  have  been  referred  to 
as  standing  at  the  head  of  the  company  of  the  gods,  were 
not  omitted  from  this  process ;  Bel  and  Ea  were  trans- 
ferred to  heaven  and  placed  side  by  side  with  Anu,  and 
the  three  henceforth  divided  the  heavens  between  them. 
In  the  above  sketch  we  have  only  enumerated  the 
ildni  rahuti,  or  "  great  gods  "  of  the  Babylonians,  and  it 
must  not  be  forgotten  that  subordinate  to  them  stood  a 
host  of  lesser  gods  as  well  as  countless  demons  and  spirits 
possessing  various  powers  and  influences.  Of  these  lesser 
spirits  the  two  classes  most  frequently  met  with  in  the 
religious  inscriptions  are  the  Anunnaki  and  the  Igigt, 
the  "  Spiiits  of  the  Earth  "  and  the  "  Spirits  of  Heaven," 
respectively.  Each  class  is  generally  mentioned  in 
connection  with  the  other,  and  they  are  described  as 
carrying  out  the  will  of  the  great  gods.  In  the  magical 
literature  the  number  of  demons  and  ghosts  and  spirits 
which  were  hostile  to  mankind  is  very  numerous,  and  to 
escape  their  evil  influence  it  was  necessary  to  invoke 
the  assistance  of  magic  and  to  employ  powerful  spells;  by 
these  means  the  help  and  protection  of  the  great  gods 
might  be  obtained  to  deliver  a  man  from  their  baneful 
acts. 

'  See  Jeasen,  Die  KomioloQie  der  Hahylonier,  pp.  131  ff. 


(  ^1  ) 


CHAPTEE  II. 

HEAVEN,  EAETH,  AND  HELL. 

The  conception  formed  by  the  Babylonians  with  regard 
to  the  shape  and  nature  of  the  earth  on  which  they  lived, 
and  the  ideas  they  held  respecting  the  structure  of  the 
heavens,  and  the  expectation  which  they  entertained  of 
one  day  dwelling  in  some  region  beyond  the  grave,  can 
only  be  gathered  from  various  stray  references  and 
allusions  scattered  throughout  the  remains  of  their 
literature.  We  possess  no  treatise  on  these  subjects 
from  the  pen  of  a  Babylonian  priest,  and  we  have 
to  trace  for  ourselves  and  piece  together  the  beliefs 
of  the  Babylonians  on  all  these  questions  from  pas- 
sages in  their  historical  and  religious  writings.  That 
the  ancient  Babylonians  concerned  themselves  with 
such  problems  there  is  ample  evidence  to  show,  and, 
although  they  have  left  behind  them  no  detailed 
description  of  the  universe,  it  is  possible  by  a  careful 
study  of  the  texts  to  obtain  a  fairly  complete  idea 
of  the  world  as  they  pictured  it.  To  understand 
many  of  the  legends  and  stories  told  concerning  the 
Babylonian  gods  and  heroes  it  is  necessary  to  consider 


28  SHAPE   OF   THE   EARTH. 

heaven,  earth,  and  hell  from  their  standpoint ;  it  will 
be  well,  therefore,  to  trace  their  views  concerning  these 
regions  before  passing  to  the  myths  and  legends  that  are 
translated  or  referred  to  in  the  following  chapters. 

With  regard  to  the  formation  and  shape  of  the  earth 
we  find  a  very  interesting  passage  in  a  legend  told  con- 
cerning the  old  Babylonian  hero  Etana.  The  Eagle  was 
a  friend  of  Etana,  and  on  one  occasion  this  bird  offered 
to  carry  him  np  to  heaven.  Etana  accepted  the  Eagle's 
offer,  and,  clinging  with  his  hands  to  the  Eagle's  pinions, 
he  was  carried  np  from  the  earth.  As  they  rose  to- 
gether into  the  higher  regions,  the  Eagle  told  Etana  to 
look  at  the  earth  which  grew  smaller  and  smaller  as 
they  ascended ;  three  times  at  different  points  of  his 
flight,  he  told  him  to  look  down,  and  each  time  the  Eagle 
spoke  he  compared  the  earth  to  some  fresh  object. 
After  an  interval  of  two  hours  the  Eagle  said,  "  Look, 
"  my  friend,  at  the  appearance  of  the  earth.  Behold, 
"  the  sea,  at  its  side  is  the  House  of  Wisdom.^  Look  how 
"  the  earth  resembles  a  mountain,  the  sea  has  turned  into 
"  [a  pool  of]  water."  After  carrying  Etana  up  for  two 
more  hours  the  Eagle  said,t"  Look,  my  friend,  at  tlie 
"appearance  of  the  earth.  The  sea  is  a  girdle  round  the 
"  earth."  After  ascending  for  a  further  space  of  two  hours 
the  Eagle  exclaimed,  "  The  sea  has  changed  into  a 
"  gardener's  channel " ;  and  at  a  still  higher  point  of  their 

'  I.e.,  the  dwcUing-pluce  of  En,  the  Lord  of  Wisdom,  who  dwelt  iu 
the  deep. 


POSITION   OF   THE   SEA.  29 

flight  the  earth  had  shrunk  to  the  size  of  a  flower-bed. 
From  these  passages  we  see  that  the  writer  of  the 
legend  imagined  the  earth  to  be  like  a  mountain  around 
which  flowed  tlie  sea.  At  the  first  stopping  place  Etana 
and  the  Eagle  were  so  high  that  the  sea  looked  like  a 
pool  of  water,  in  the  middle  of  which  the  earth  rose. 
Later  the  sea  had  become  so  small  that  it  looked  like  a 
girdle  round  the  earth,  and  at  length  it  appeared  very 
little  larger  than  a  "gardener's  water-channel"  made 
for  irrigation  purposes. 

The  belief  that  the  earth  was  hemispherical  in  shape, 
resembling  a  mountain  with  gently  sloping  sides,  was 
common  among  the  Babylonians  as  we  know  from  other 
passages.  According  to  Diodorus  Siculus,  the  Baby- 
lonians said  that  tlie  earth  was  "  like  a  boat  and 
"  hollow."  ^  The  boat  used  on  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates, 
and  representations  of  which  frequently  occur  on  the 
monuments,  had  no  keel  and  was  circular  in  shape.^ 
Such  a  boat  turned  upside  down  would  give  a  very 
accurate  picture  of  the  Babylonian  notion  of  the  shape 
of  the  earth,  the  base  of  whicli  the  sea  encircled  as  a 

'  A  Greek  liistorian,  boru  iu  Sicilj',  wlio  lived  in  the  first  century 
before  Christ,  and  wrote  a  history  of  tlie  world  in  forty  books. 

2  Bk.  II.,  ch.  31,  ed.  Vogel,  vol.  i.,  p.  222. 

^  The  boats  used  by  the  Babylonians  and  Assyrians  are  also 
described  by  Herodotus  (Bk.  I.,  chap.  194),  who  says  that  they  were 
circular  like  a  shield,  their  ribs  being  formed  by  willow  branches  and 
covered  externally  witli  skins,  while  no  distinction  was  made  between 
the  head  and  the  stern.  At  the  present  day  similar  vessels  built  of 
branches  and  skins,  over  which  bitumen  is  smeared,  are  used  at 
Baghdad.     (See  Layard,  Nineveh  and  its  Eemains,  vol.  ii.  p.  3S1.) 


30  THE   DOME   OF   HEAVEN. 

,  girdle  encircles  a  man.  To  a  dweller  on  the  plains  of 
Mesopotamia  the  earth  might  well  seem  to  be  a  mountain 
-the  centre  of  which  was  formed  by  the  high  mountain 
ranges  of  Kurdistan ;  while  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the 
.  Indian  Ocean  which  were  on  the  south-east  of  Baby- 
lonia, and  the  Eed  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean  lying  to 
the  south-west  and  west  respectively,  doubtless  led  to 
the  belief  that  the  ocean  surrounded  the  world. 

At  some  distance  above  the  earth  was  stretched  out 
the  heaven,  a  solid  dome  or  covering  in  the  form  of 
a  hollow  hemisphere,  very  much  like  the  earth  in 
shape.  Both  earth  and  heaven  rested  upon  a  great 
body  of  water  called  Apsij,  i.e.,  the  Deep.  It  is  not 
quite  certain  how  the  solid  dome  of  heaven  was  sup- 
ported, that  is  to  say,  it  is  not  "clear  whether  it  was 
supported  by  the  earth,  or  was  held  up,  independently 
of  the  earth,  by  the  waters.  According  to  one  view 
the  edge  of  the  earth  was  turned  up  and  formed  around 
it  a  solid  wall  like  a  steep  range  of  hills  upon  which 
the  dome  of  heaven  rested;  and  in  the  hollow  be- 
tween the  mountain  of  the  earth  and  this  outer  wall 
of  hills  the  sea  collected  in  the  form  of  a  narrow 
stream.  This  conception  coincides  with  some  of  the 
phrases  in  the  legend  of  Etana,  but  against  it  may 
be  urged  the  fact  that  the  sea  is  frequently  identified 
with  Apsii  or  the  primeval  Deep  upon  which  the  earth 
rested.  But  if  the  edges  of  the  earth  supported  the 
dome  of  heaven,  all   communication  between  the  sea 


THE   HEAVENLY   BODIES.  3 1 

and  Apsii  would  be  cut  off.  It  is  more  probable  there- 
fore that  the  earth  did  not  support  the  heaven,  and 
that  the  foundations  of  the  heavens,  like  those  of  the 
earth,  rested  on  Apsu.  In  the  beginning,  before  the 
creation  of  the  world,  nothing  existed  except  the  water 
wherein  dwelt  monsters.  According  to  a  version  of 
the  creation  story,  however,  the  god  Bel  or  Marduk 
formed  the  heavens  and  the  earth  out  of  the  body  of 
a  great  female  monster  that  dwelt  in  the  Deep  which 
he  had  slain.  Splitting  her  body  into  two  halves,  he 
fashioned  from  one  half  the  dome  of  heaven,  and  from 
the  other  the  earth.^ 

Above  the  dome  of  heaven  was  another  mass  of 
water,  a  heavenly  ocean,  which  the  solid  dome  of 
heaven  supported  and  kept  in  its  place,  so  that  it 
might  not  break  through  and  flood  the  earth.  On  the 
under  side  of  the  dome  the  stars  had  their  courses 
and  the  Moon-god  his  path.  In  the  dome,  moreover, 
were  two  gates,  one  in  the  east  and  the  other  in  the 
west,  for  the  use  of  Shamash,  the  Sun-god,  who  every 
day  journeyed  from  one  to  the  other  across  the  world. 
Coming  from  behind  the  dome  of  heaven,  he  passed 
through  the  eastern  gate,  and,  stepping  out  upon  the 
Mountain  of  the  Sunrise  at  the  edge  of  the  world, 
he  began  his  journey  across  the  sky.  In  the  evening 
he  came  to  the  Mountain  of  the  Sunset,  and,  stepping 
upon  it,  he  passed  through  the  western  gate  of  heaven 
•  See  below,  p.  55. 


32 


THE   PATH   OF   THE   SUN-GOD. 


and  disappeared  from  the  sight  of  meu.  According 
to  one  tradition  he  made  his  daily  journey  across  the 
sky  in  a  chariot,  which  was  drawn  by  two  fiery  horses. 
In  representations  on  cylinder-seals,  however,  he  is 
generally  shown  making  his  journey  on  foot.  In  the 
accompanying  illustration  Shamash  is  seen  appearing 


Sliamasli,  the  Sun-pod,  comin<;  forth  tlirousjh  the  eastern  door  of  heaven.     (From 
a  cylinder-seal  in  the  British  Museum,  No.  89,110.) 

above  the  horizon  of  the  world,  as  he  enters  the  sky 
through  the  eastern  gate  of  heaven. 

In  the  following  hymn,  addressed  to  the  Piising  Sun, 
a  reference  is  made  to  Shamash  entering  the  world 
through  the  eastern  gate  of  heaven  : — 

"  0  Shamash,  on  the  foundation  of  heaven  thou  hast 
flamed  forth. 

"  Thou  hast  unbarred  the  bright  heavens, 

"  Thou  hast  opened  the  portals  of  the  sky. 

"  0  Shamash,  thou  hast  raised  thy  head  over  the  land. 

"  0  Shamash,  thou  hast  covered  the  lands  with  the 
briditness  of  heaven." 


THE   GATES   OF   HEAVEN.  35 

Another  hymn,  addressed  to  the  Setting  Sun,  con- 
tains a  reference  to  the  return  of  Shamash  into  the 
interior  of  heaven  : — 

"  0  Shamash,  when  thou  enterest  into  the  midst  of 

heaven, 
"  The  gate-bolt  of  the  bright  heavens  shall  give  thee 

greeting, 
"  The  doors  of  heaven  shall  bless  thee. 
"The  righteousness   of  thy   beloved   servant    shall 

direct  thee. 
"Thy  sovereignty  shall  be   glorious   in  E-babbara, 

the  seat  of  thy  power, 
"  And  Ai,  thy  beloved  wife,  shall  come  joyfully  into 

thy  presence, 
"  And  she  shall  give  rest  unto  thy  heart. 
"  A  feast  for  thy  godhead  shall  be  spread  for  thee. 
"O  valiant  hero,  Shamash,  [mankind]  shall  glorify 

thee. 
"  O  lord  of  E-babbara,  the  course  of  thy  path  shall 

be  straight. 
"  Go  forward  on  the  road  which  is  a  sure  foundation 

for  thee. 
"  0  Shamash,  thou  art  the  judge  of  the  world,  thou 

directest  the  decisions  thereof." 

Each  evening  when  Shamash  entered  the  innermost 

part  of  heaven  he  was  met  by  Ai,  his  wife,  and  he 

feasted  and  rested  from  his  exertions  in  the  abode  of 

the  gods.     For,  beyond  the  sky  which  was  visible  to 

BAB.  EEL.  D 


34 


THE  INNERMOST  PART  OF  HEAVEN. 


men,  and  beyond  the  heavenly  ocean  which  the  dome 
of  the  sky  supported,  was  a  mysterious  reahn  of  tran- 
scendental splendour  and  beauty,  the  Kirib  Shame, 
or  "  Innermost  part  of  Heaven,"  where  the  great  gods 
at  times  dwelt  apart  from  mankind.  As  a  general 
rule  the  greater  number  of  the  gods  dwelt  upon  earth, 
each  in  his  own  city  and  shrine,  and  each  was  believed 
to  be  intent  upon  the  welfare  of  his  worshippers ;  but 
at  any  moment  they  could,  if  they  so  desired,  go  up 
to  heaven.  Thus,  the  goddess  Ishtar  was  wont  to 
dwell  in  the  ancient  city  of  Erech,  but  when  she 
thought  that  an  insult  had  been  offered  to  her  divinity 
by  the  hero  Gilgamesh  she  at  once  ascended  into 
heaven  and  demanded  vengeance  from  her  father  and 
mother,  that  is  to  say,  Anu  the  god  of  heaven,  and 
Anatu  his  wife,^  Again,  the  deluge  sent  by  Bel  upon 
the  earth,  besides  destroying  mankind,  overwhelmed 
the  shrines  and  temples  of  the  gods  who  dwelt  in  the 
land,  and  they  were  driven  forth  and  fled  in  fear  to 
heaven,  the  realm  of  Anu.^  It  was,  however,  only 
upon  rare  occasions  that  the  gods  left  the  earth,  and 
it  is  in  accordance  with  this  rule  that  the  council- 
chamber  of  the  gods,  where  fate  and  destiny  were 
decreed,  was  not  in  heaven  but  upon  the  earth.  The 
name  of  this  chamber  was  Upshukkinaku,  and  here 
the  gods  gathered  together  when  they  were  summoned 
to  a  ffeneral  council.  This  chamber  was  supposed  to 
»  See  p.  161.  '  See  p.  134. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  DEAD.         35 

be  situated  in  the  east,  in  the  Mountain  of  the  Sunrise, 
not  far  from  the  edge  of  the  world  where  it  was  bounded 
by  the  waters  of  the  great  Deep. 

It  has  already  been  stated  that  the  earth  was  thought 
by  the  Babylonians  to  be  in  the  form  of  a  great  hemi- 
sphere, and  we  must  now  add  that  they  believed  its 
hollow  interior  to  be  filled  wnth  the  waters  of  the  Deep 
upon  which  it  also  rested.  The  layer  of  earth  was 
not,  however,  regarded  as  a  tliin  crust.  On  the 
contrary,  though  hollow,  the  crust  of  solid  ground  was 
throught  to  be  of  great  thickness.  Within  this  crust, 
which  formed  the  "  mountain  of  the  world,"  deep  down 
below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  was  a  great  cavern  - 
called  Arallu,  and  here  was  the  abode  of  the  dead. 
In  this  region  was  the  great  House  of  the  Dead  ' 
which  was  surrounded  by  seven  walls ;  these  were  - 
so  strongly  built,  and  so  carefully  watched  and  guarded 
by  beings  of  the  underworld,  that  no  one  who  had  once 
entered  therein  could  ever  hope  to  return  again  to 
earth ;  indeed  another  name  for  Arallu,  or  the  under- 
world, was  mat  Id  tdri,  "  The  land  of  no  return."  The 
House  of  the  Dead  was  dark  and  gloomy,  and  in  it 
the  dead  dragged  out  a  weary  and  miserable  existence. 
They  never  beheld  the  light  of  the  sun,  but  sat  in 
unchanging  gloom.  In  appearance  they  resembled 
birds,  for  they  were  clothed  in  garments  of  feathers ; 
their  only  food  was  dust  and  mud,  and  over  everything 
thick  dust  was  scattered.     The  Babylonians   had   no 


■^G        THE   JOYLESS   EXISTENCE   OF   THE   DEAD. 

hope  of  a  joyous  life  beyond  the  grave,  and  they  did 
not  conceive  a  paradise  in  which  the  deceased  would 
live  a  life  similar  to  that  he  lived  upon  earth.  They 
made  no  distinction  between  the  just  and  the  unjust, 
and  the  good  and  the  bad,  but  believed  that  all  would 
share  a  common  fate  and  would  be  reduced  to  the 
same  level  after  death.  The  Babylonians  shared  this 
'conception  of  the  joyless  condition  of  the  dead  with 
the  Hebrews,  by  whom  She5l,  or  Hell,  was  thought  to 
-be  a  place  where  the  dead  led  an  existence  deprived 
of  all  the  joys  of  life.  In  Isaiah  the  dead,  including 
. "  the  chief  ones  of  the  earth "  and  "  the  kings  of  the 
"nations,"  are  pictured  as  trooping  forth  to  meet  the 
king  of  Babylon  when  he  joins  their  company;  and 
they  answer  and  say  unto  him :  "  Art  thou  also  become 
"  weak  as  we  ?  Art  thou  become  like  unto  us  ?  Thy 
"  pomp  is  brought  down  to  hell  and  the  noise  of  thy 
"  viols :  the  worm  is  spread  under  thee  and  worms 
"  cover  thee."  ^  Ezekiel  also  emphasizes  the  same 
contrast  between  the  condition  of  the  living  and  the 
dead.  Those  that  have  caused  terror  in  the  land  of 
the  living,  when  they  are  slain  lie  still,  and  "  bear  their 
"shame  with  those  that  go  down  to  the  pit."^  The 
Psalmist  prays  to  Jehovah  for  deliverance,  "  for  in 
"  death  there  is  no  remembrance  of  thee :  in  Sheol  who 
"  shall  give  thee  thanks  ?  "  ^ 

The  goddess  who  presided   over  this  joyless  realm 

>  Isaiah  xiv.  10  f.  *  Ezekiel  xxxii.  17  ff.  ^  Psalm  vi.  5. 


THE   GODS   OF   THE   DEAD.  37 

of  the  dead  ^Yas  named  Allatu,  or  Ereshkigal,  and 
she  was  associated  in  her  rule  with  the  god  Nekgal 
in  his  character  as  the  god  of  the  dead.  The  name 
of  the  wife  of  Nergal  was  the  goddess  Laz,  but  legend 
tells  how  Nergal  forced  his  way  into  the  Lower  World 
with  the  purpose  of  slaying  Allatu,  and  how  the 
goddess  by  her  entreaties  prevailed  on  him  to  spare 
her  life  and  marry  her.  Henceforth  ISTergal  and  Allatu 
ruled  together  over  the  realm  of  the  dead.  The  chief" 
minister  of  Allatu  was  ISTamtak,  the  demon  of  pesti- 
lence and  disease,  who  acted  as  her  messenger  and  put 
her  orders  into  execution.  Allatu's  decrees  were 
written  down  by  a  goddess  called  Belit-tseei,  "  the 
"Lady  of  the  Desert,"  who  possibly  took  her  name 
from  the  wild  and  barren  desert  that  shut  in  Babylonia 
on  the  west ;  and  the  chief  porter  who  guarded  its 
entrance  was  a  god  named  Nedu.  The  Anunnald,  or 
"Spirit  of  the  Earth,"  also  frequently  acted  under 
the  orders  of  Nergal  and  Allatu.  In  addition  to  these 
chief  deities  Allatu  exercised  control  over  a  number 
of  demons,  who,  like  Namtar,  spread  plague  and  disease 
among  mankind,  and  so  brought  fresh  subjects  to  the 
realm  of  their  mistress. 

The  form  and  appearance  of  certain  of  the  gods  and 
demons  of  the  underworld  may  be  gathered  from  a 
number  of  engraved  bronze  plates  which  have  come 
down  to  us  ;  these,  it  has  been  suggested,  were  in- 
tended   to   be  placed  as  votive  tablets    in  the  graves 


38  A   BABYLONIAN   GRAVE-TABLET. 

of  the  dead.  The  accompanying  illustration  has  been 
taken  from  the  finest  known  specimen  of  this  class  of 
object  which  was  purchased  in  Syria  some  twenty 
years  ago ;  it  had  evidently  been  brought  there  from 
some  ancient  Babylonian  city.  On  the  back  of  this 
tablet  is  cut  in  relief  the  figure  of  a  mythical  winged 
beast  with  a  lion's  head ;  it  stands  on  its  hind  legs 
and  raises  its  head  above  the  edge  of  the  plate,  the 
top  of  which  it  grasps  with  its  fore- paws.  On  the  front 
of  the  tablet,  which  is  here  reproduced,  a  funereal 
scene  is  represented.  The  beast  looking  over  the  top 
of  the  tablet  is  identified  by  some  with  the  god  Nergal, 
who  was  believed  to  preside  over  the  funeral  rites 
which  are  being  performed  for  the  deceased. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  scene  is  divided  by 
means  of  thick  lines  into  four  registers.  The  first 
register  contains  the  emblems  of  a  number  of  the 
gods.  Here  we  have  a  group  of  seven  small  circles 
or  stars,  and  a  crescent,  and  a  winged  solar  disk,  and  a 
circle  containing  an  eight-rayed  star,  and  a  cylindrical, 
horned  head-dress,  and  other  objects.  It  has  been 
suggested  that  these  emblems  had  astrological  signifi- 
cance,^ and  if  this  be  the  case  they  may  perhaps 
represent  a  particular  grouping  of  the  stars  of  the 
heavens  and  so  indicate  the  date  of  the  death  of  the 
man  for  whose  benefit  the  tablet  was  made.  The 
occurrence  of  such  emblems,  however,  is  frequent,  both 
'  See  Clermont-Gaiinean,  Bev.  Arclce'uL,  Nouv.  S€r.,  vol.  37,  p.  3J3. 


Bronze  plate  on  which  aredfpicted  thesro^'^  oftbcd''ad  inattemlance  upon  adecea-sed 
person  and  certain  dfniims  and  dwellers  in  tLe  underworld.  (.From  I'-eciie. 
Archeolcgique,  youv.  Ser.,  Vol.  o7.) 


A   FUNEREAL   SCENE.  4I 

on  royal  monuments  {e.g.,  the  stele  of  Asliur-natsir-pal, 
and  the  stele  of  Shalmaneser  II.,  and  the  rock  inscrip- 
tion at  Bavian),  and  on  inscribed  cylinder  seals ;  and 
on  these  two  classes  of  objects  the  emblems  do 
not  appear  to  have  any  astrological  significance.  It 
therefore  seems  more  correct  to  explain  their  position 
at  the  head  of  the  tablet  by  assuming  that  they  are 
placed  there  as  amulets  to  secure  for  the  dead  man 
the  favour  of  the  deities  whose  emblems  they  were. 

The  next  three  registers  into  which  the  rest  of  the 
scene  is  divided  have  been  supposed  to  represent 
different  stages  in  the  upper  and  lower  world.  It  is 
preferable,  however,  to  suppose  that  the  three  groups 
of  figures  in  the  three  registers  are  parts  of  one  scene, 
though  they  are  placed,  as  is  frequently  the  case  in 
archaic  sculptures,  one  above  the  other.  The  whole 
scene  represents  the  deceased  lying  on  his  bier, 
attended  by  demons  and  beings  from  the  underworld. 
In  the  second  register  we  have  seven  mythical 
creatures  with  the  bodies  of  men  and  the  heads  of 
beasts.  They  all  are  clothed  in  long  tunics  which 
reach  to  the  feet,  and  they  all  face  towards  the  right, 
and  the  right  hand  of  each  is  raised.  Each  being  has 
the  head  of  a  different  beast.  Beginning  on  the  right 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  first  one  has  the  head  of  a 
serpent,  the  second  that  of  a  bird,  the  third  that  of  a 
horse,  the  fourth  that  of  a  ram,  the  fifth  that  of  a  bear, 
the  sixth  that  of  a  hound,  and  the  seventh  that  of  a 


42  GUARDIANS   OF   THE   DEAD. 

lion.  Certain  other  gods  or  demons  occur  in  the  third 
register.  The  first  one  on  the  right,  who  is  in  the  form 
of  a  bearded  man,  has  his  right  hand  raised  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  seven  beings  in  the  second  register,  and 
next  to  him  stand  two  lion-headed  creatures,  clasping 
hands.  All  these  gods  or  demons  appear  to  belong  to 
the  region  of  the  dead,  and  they  seem  to  be  guarding 
the  bier  of  the  deceased,  who  is  lying  upon  it  with 
hands  clasped  and  raised  above  him.  On  the  left  is  the 
deceased  in  his  grave-clothes;  at  his  head  and  feet 
stand  two  attendants,  with  their  right  hands  raised,  and 
they  appear  to  be  performing  some  mystic  ceremony 
^over  the  corpse.  The  dress  of  these  attendants  is 
remarkable,  for  they  wear  garments  made  in  the  form 
of  a  fish.  Behind  the  attendant  at  the  head  of  the  bier 
is  a  stand  for  burning  incense. 

The  most  interesting  figures  on  the  plate  are  those 
in  the  fourth  register,  for  they  represent  two  of  the 
chief  deities  of  the  underworld.  The  female  figure  in 
the  centre  is  the  goddess  Allatu,  the  queen  of  the  dead. 
She  has  the  head  of  a  lioness  and  the  body  of  a  woman  ; 
in  each  hand  she  grasps  a  serpent,  and  a  lion  Rangs 
from  each  breast.  She  kneels  upon  a  horse  in  a  boat 
and  is  sailing  over  the  "  Waters  of  Death,"  which 
adjoin  Apsu,  the  primeval  ocean  that  rolls  beneath 
the  earth.  Tlie  hideous,  winged  demon  behind  her  is 
Namtar,  the  demon  of  the  plague,  who  waits  upon  her 
and  is  ever  ready  to  do  her  bidding.     It  is  not  certain 


OTHER   GRAVE-TABLETS.  43 

what  the  objects  in  front  of  Allatu  are,  but  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  intended  to  represent  the 
offerings  which  were  placed  in  the  grave  with  the 
deceased.  The  purpose  of  the  tablet  seems  to  have 
been  to  secure  the  safe  passage  of  the  dead  man  into 
Arallu,  or  the  underworld. 

A  somewhat  similar  bronze  tablet,  but  less  well 
preserved,  is  in  the  Imperial  Ottoman  Museum  at 
Constantinople,  and  is  said  to  have  been  found  at 
Surghul  in  Southern  Babylonia.^  On  the  back  of  this 
tablet,  beneath  the  feet  of  the  monster  who  looks  over 
the  top,  a  space  of  four  lines  has  been  left  blank  to 
receive  an  inscription  which  would  either  record 
the  name  and  titles  of  the  deceased,  or  contain  an 
incantation  which  was  to  be  recited  for  his  benefit. 
On  the  back  of  a  similar,  though  somewhat  smaller 
tablet  that  was  evidently  intended  to  be  used  for  the 
same  purpose  (although  it  only  represented  the  goddess 
Allatu,  while  the  bier  and  the  Plague-demon  Namtar  and 
the  other  gods  or  demons  found  on  the  larger  tablets 
were  wanting),  a  longer  inscription  was  found.  This 
tablet  was  published  by  Lajard,  but  the  text  is  so  badly 
copied  that  it  cannot  be  read  with  certainty.^  A  still 
smaller  tablet  of  the  same  character  is  preserved  in 
the  British  Museum.^ 

'  See  the  plate  published  by  Scheil,  Recueil  de  Travaux,  Vol.  XX., 
p.  55. 
-  See  Lajard,  Recherches  sur  le  culte  .  .  .  de  Venus,  pi.  XVII.,  No.  1- 
»  No.  86,262. 


44  THE   IMPORTANCE   OF   DUE   BURIAL. 

Perhaps  in  no  matter  do  the  Babylonians  afford  a 
more  striking  contrast  to  the  Egyptians  than  iu  the 
treatment  of  the  dead.  In  the  moist,  alluvial  soil  of 
Mesopotamia  the  dead  body  fell  quickly  into  decay, 
and  in  the  absence  of  ranges  of  hills  such  as  those 
which  run  on  each  side  of  the  Nile  Valley,  the  making 
of  rock-hewn  tombs  in  which  the  bodies  of  the  dead 
might  be  preserved  was  impossible.  It  is  to  this  fact, 
probably,  that  we  may  trace  the  ideas  of  the  gloomy 
existence  which  the  Babylonians  believed  they  would 
lead  when  they  passed  beyond  the  grave.  It  must  not 
be  imagined,  however,  that  the  Babylonians  attached  no 
importance  to  the  rites  of  burial.  On  the  contrary,  the 
Greatest  misfortune  that  could  befall  a  man  was  to  be 
deprived  of  burial,  for,  in  this  case,  it  was  thought  that 
his  shade  could  not  reach  Arallu,  and  that  it  would 
have  to  wander  disconsolately  about  the  earth,  where, 
driven  by  the  pangs  of  hunger,  it  would  be  obliged  to 
eat  and  drink  any  offal  or  leavings  which  it  might 
find  in  the  street.  It  was  in  order  to  ensure  such  a 
-fate  to  his  foes  that  Ashur-bani-pal,  on  his  conquest  of 
Susa,  caused  the  graves  of  the  kings  who  had  been 
dead  and  buried  many  years  to  be  disturbed  and  their 
bones  to  be  dragged  to  Assyria ;  and  the  same  object 
prompted  the  mutilation  of  corpses  on  the  battlefield 
and  the  casting  forth  of  the  dead  bodies  t,o  be  devoured 
by  birds  and  beasts  of  prey. 

To   leave  a  body  unburied,  however,  was    not  un- 


WANDERING  SHADES.  45 

attended  witli  danger  to  the  living,  for  the  shade  of 
the  dead  man,  during  its  wanderings  over  the  earth, 
might  bewitch  any  person  it  met  and  cause  him 
grievous  sickness.  The  wandering  shade  of  a  man  was 
called  "ekimmu,"  i.e.,  spectre,  and  the  sorcerer  and  the 
witch  claimed  to  possess  the  power  of  casting  a  spell 
whereby  an  "ekimmu"  might  be  made  to  harass  a 
man.  On  the  other  hand  an  "  ekimmu  "  would  some- 
times settle  on  a  man  of  its  own  accord,  in  the  hope 
that  its  victim  would  give  it  burial  in  order  to  free 
himself  from  its  clutches.  We  have  in  the  British 
Museum  an  interesting  incantation  which  was  intended 
to  be  recited  by  a  man  on  whom  an  "  ekimmu  "  had 
fastened  itself,^  and  from  this  we  learn  that  a  man,  who 
had  fallen  sick  in  consequence,  might  cry  aloud  in  his 
pain,  saying : — 

"  0  Ea,  0  Sham  ash,  0  Marduk,  deliver  me, 

"  And  through  your  mercy  let  me  have  relief. 

"0  Shamash,  a  horrible  spectre  for  many  days 

"  Hath  fastened  itself  on  my  back,  and  will  not  loose 
its  hold  upon  me. 

"  The  whole  day  long  he  persecuteth  me,  and  in  the 
night  season  he  striketh  terror  into  me. 

"  He  sendeth  forth  pollution,  he  maketh  the  hair  of 
my  head  to  stand  up, 

"He  taketh  the  power  from  my  body,  he  maketh 
mine  eyes  to  start  out, 

'  See  King,  BaUfonian  Magic  and  Sorcery,  p.  119  f. 


46  LAYING   A   TROUBLED   SPIRIT. 

"  He  plagueth  my  back,  he  poisoueth  my  flesh, 

"  He  plagueth  my  whole  body." 

The  sick  man  in  his  despair  prays  to  Shamash  to 
be  delivered  from  the  ekimmu,  whoever  he  may  be, 
saying  : — 

"Whether  it  be  the  spectre  of  one  of  my  own  family 
and  kindred, 

"  Or  the  spectre  of  one  who  was  murdered, 

"  Or  whether  it  be  the  spectre  of  any  other  man  that 
haunteth  me." 

In  order  to  ensure  the  departure  of  the  spectre  to 
the  underworld  he  next  makes  the  necessary  offerings 
which  will  cause  the  spirit  of  the  unburied  man  to 
depart,  and  says  : — 

"  A  garment  to  clothe  him,  and  shoes  for  his  feet, 

"  And  a  girdle  for  his  loins,  and  a  skin  of  water  for 
him  to  drink, 

"  And  ...  ^  as  food  for  his  journey  have  I  given  him. 

"  Let  him  depart  into  the  West, 

"  To  Nedu,  the  chief  Porter  of  the  Underworld,  I 
consign  him. 

"Let  Nedu,  the  chief  Porter  of  the  Underworld, 
guard  him  securely, 

"  And  may  bolt  and  bar  stand  firm  (over  him)." 

It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  in  their  own  interest,  as 
well  as  in  that  of  the  deceased,  a  man's  friends  and 
relations  took  good  care  that  he  was  buried  with  all 

'  I  cannot  transl  ite  the  signs  in  the  text  here. 


MOURNING   FOR   THE   DEAD.  47 

due  respect,  and  ensured  his  safe  journey  to  the  lower 
world  by  placing  in  the  grave  offerings  of  meat  and 
drink  to  sustain  him  by  the  way ;  such  offerings  were 
perhaps  also  intended  to  alleviate  his  unhappy  lot 
after  his  arrival  in  the  gloomy  abode  of  the  underworld. 
Not  many  details  have  come  down  to  us  with  regard 
to  the  ceremonies  that  were  performed  at  the  grave, 
but  we  know  that  after  a  man's  death  his  house  was 
filled  with  mourners,  both  male  and  female,  whom  his 
family  hired  in  order  that  they  might  give  public 
expression  to  the  grief  occasioned  by  his  death.  Among 
the  Assyrian  letter-tablets  in  the  British  Museum  there 
is  one  ^  which  refers  to  the  death  of  the  reigning  king 
and  to  the  regulations  for  mourning  that  were  to  be 
observed  at  the  court.  "  The  king,"  the  letter  says, 
"is  dead,  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  city  of  Ashur 
"weep."  The  writer  of  the  letter  then  goes  on  to 
describe  the  departure  of  the  governor  of  the  city  with 
his  wife  from  the  palace,  the  offering  up  of  a  sacrifice, 
and  the  wearing  of  mourning  raiment  by  the  whole 
court ;  and  it  finally  states  that  arrangements  had  been 
made  with  a  director  of  music  to  come  with  his  female 
musicians  and  sing  dirges  in  the  presence  of  the  court. 
The  mourning  on  the  death  of  a  private  citizen  would 
of  course  be  carried  out  on  a  more  modest  scale. 

After   the   mourning  for  the   dead   man   had  been 
performed,   his  body,   duly   prepared   for   burial,   was 
'  British  Museum,  No.  81-2-4,  65. 


48  BURIAL   RITES. 

carried  forth  to  the  grave.  That  the  burial  of  the  dead 
with  accompanying  rites  and  offerings  was  practised 
in  Babylomia  from  a  remote  period  is  proved  by  a 
representation  on  a  stele  which  was  set  up  to  record 
the  victories  of  Eannadu,  an  ancient  king  of  the  city 
of  Shirpurla,  who  reigned  in  all  probability  before 
B.C.  4000.  On  a  portion  of  this  stele  is  a  representation 
of  the  burial  of  those  of  his  warriors  who  had  fallen 
in  battle.  The  dead  are  laid  in  rows,  with  head  to 
feet  alternately,  and  above  them  a  mound  of  earth  has 
been  raised ;  their  comrades  are  represented  bearing 
baskets  containing  more  earth  for  the  mound,  or  per- 
haps funeral  offerings  for  the  dead.^  On  the  monuments 
of  later  Babylonian  and  Assyrian  kings  we  do  not  find 
any  representation  of  burial  ceremonies,  but  in  a  broken 
inscription  of  one  of  the  later  Assyrian  kings,  whose 
name  has  unfortunately  not  been  jDreserved,  we  have 
a  brief  but  very  interesting  account  of  the  ceremonies 
which  he  performed  at  his  father's  burial.^     He  says — 

"  Within  the  grave, 

"  The  secret  place, 

"  In  kingly  oil, 

"  I  gently  laid  him. 

"  The  grave-stone 

"  Marketh  his  resting-place. 

"  With  mighty  bronze 

•  See  De  Sarzec,  D^couvertes  en  Chald^e,  pi.  3. 

*  British  Museum,  K.  7856;  see  Meissuer,  Vierma  Oriental  Journal, 
Vol.  XII.,  pp.  €0  ff. 


THE   INTERMENT   OF   A   KING.  49 

"  I  sealed  its  entrance, 

"  I  protected  it  with  an  incantation. 

*'  Vessels  of  gold  and  silver, 

"  Such  as  (my  father)  loved, 

"All  the  furniture  that  befitteth  the  grave, 

"The  due  right  of  his  sovereignty, 

"  I  displayed  before  the  Sun-god, 

"And  beside  the  father  who  begat  mc, 

"  I  set  them  in  the  grave. 

"  Gifts  unto  the  princes, 

"  Unto  the  Spirits  of  the  Earth,^ 

"  And  unto  the  gods  who  inhabit  the  grave, 

"  I  then  presented." 
From  this  we  learn  that  the  king  placed  vessels  of 
gold  and  silver  in  the  grave  as  dedicatory  offerings, 
and  after  sealing  up  the  entrance  to  the  grave  he 
pronounced  a  powerful  spell  to  prevent  the  violation 
of  the  tomb  by  robbers ;  he  also  presented  offerings  to 
propitiate  the  demons  and  dwellers  in  the  underworld. 

Another  interesting  point  about  this  record  is  the 
fact  that  the  dead  body  is  said  to  have  been  set  "  in 
"  kingly  oil,"  for  the  oil  was  clearly  used  with  the  idea 
of  preserving  the  body  from  decay.  Salt  also  seems 
to  have  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  preserving  the 
dead,  for  Ashur-bani-pal  tells  how,  when  Nabu-bel- 
shumati  had  caused  himself  to  be  slain  by  his 
attendant   to   prevent    himself   falling   alive   into  the 

'  The  Anunuaki, 
BAB.  EEL.  E 


50  PRESERVATION    OF   THE   DEAD   BODY. 

hands  of  Ashiir-bani-pal,  Ummanaldas  had  the  body 
placed  in  salt  and  conveyed  to  Assyria  into  the 
presence  of  the  king.^  Besides  salt  and  oil,  honey 
seems  also  to  have  been  used  by  the  Babylonians  for 
preserving  the  dead.  Herodotus  says  that  the  Baby- 
lonians buried  in  lioney,^  and  that  honey  possesses 
great  powers  of  preserving  the  dead  is  proved  by  the 
fact  that  the  Egyptians  also  used  it  for  this  purpose.^ 
Moreover,  it  is  recorded  that  Alexander  the  Great 
when  on  his  death-bed  commanded  that  he  should  be 
buried  in  honey,  and  it  seems  that  his  orders  were 
obeyed.*  Tradition  also  says  that  one  Marcellus  having 
prepared  the  body  of  Saint  Peter  for  burial  by  means 
of  large  quantities  of  myrrh,  spices,  etc.,  laid  it  in  a 
"  long  chest "  filled  with  honey.^ 

There  is  ample  evidence,  therefore,  to  show  that  the 
Babylonians  cared  for  their  dead  and  took  pains  about 
'  their  burial,  and  it  is  the  more  surprising  on  that 
account,  that  during  the  numerous  excavations  which 
have  been  carried  out  in  Mesopotamia,  comparatively 
few  graves  have  been  discovered.  Of  the  graves  that 
have  been  found,  some  are  built  of  bricks  and  are  in 
the  form  of  small  vaulted  chambers,  while  others  have 
a  flat  or  domed  roof  supported  by  a  brick  substructure ; 

'  Cuneiform  Inscriptions  of  Western  Asia,  Vol.  V.,  pi.  vii.,  11.  38  ff. 
"  Bk.  I.,  chap.  198.  =  See  Budge,  The  Mummy,  p.  183. 

*  See  Budge,  The  Life  and  Exploits  of  Alexander  the  Great,  Vol.  II., 
P  349  f. 

*  See  Brit.  Mus.  MS.  Oriental  078,  fol.  \la,  col.  1. 


BABYLONIAN    GRAVES.  5  I 

in  addition  to  these  graves  a  few  clay  sarcophagi  and 
burial  jars  have  been  found.  With  the  skeletons  in 
the  graves  are  usually  found  a  small  number  of  vases 
and  perhaps  some  simple  objects  of  the  toilet ;  but 
from  the  fact  that  no  inscriptions  have  been  found 
either  over  these  graves  or  upon  any  of  the  objects 
found  therein,  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  assign  to 
them  even  an  approximate  date ;  in  fact,  some  have 
unhesitatingly  assigned  them  to  a  period  -which  is  much 
later* than  that  of  the  ancient  Babylonian  and  Assyrian 
empires.  To  account  for  this  dearth  of  graves  the 
suggestion  has  been  made  that  the  Babylonians  burnt 
their  dead,  but  not  a  single  passage  has  been  found 
in  the  cuneiform  inscriptions  in  support  of  this  view. 
It  is  true  that  in  the  winter  of  1886  and  in  the  spring 
of  the  following  year  the  Royal  Prussian  Museum  sent 
out  an  expedition  to  Babylonia,  which,  after  excavating 
the  mounds  of  Surghul  and  El-Hibbah,  thought  they 
had  obtained  conclusive  evidence  that  the  Babylonians 
burnt  their  dead.^  But  it  has  since  been  pointed  out 
that  the  tombs  they  excavated  belong  to  a  period 
subsequent  to  the  fall  of  the  Babylonian  Empire, 
while  the  half-burned  appearance  of  the  charred 
human  remains  they  discovered  seemed  to  suggest 
that  the  bodies  were  not  cremated  but  were  accidentally 
destroyed  by  fire.  However  the  comparatively  small 
number   of    graves    that    have    been   found    may   be 

'  See  Koldewey,  Zeitsclin'/t  fur  Assyriologie,  Bd.  II.,  pp.  403  ff. 


52  CARE   FOR   THE   DEAD. 

accounted  for,  we  may  confidently  believe  that  the 
Babylonians  and  Assyrians  were  in  the  habit  of 
burying,  and  not  burning,  their  dead  throughout  the 
whole  course  of  their  history.  We  are  right  also  in 
saying  that  they  imagined  that  burial,  and  offerings 
made  at  the  tomb,  would  ameliorate  the  lot  of  the 
departed,  and  that  they  were  usually  scrupulous  in 
performing  all  rites  which  could  possibly  benefit  the 
dead. 


(    53    ) 


CHAPTEE    III. 

THE   LEGENDS    OF   CREATION. 

The  nations  of  the  ancient  world  ^Yllo  liave  left  behind 
any  remains  or  traces  of  their  literature  possessed 
theories  as  to  the  manner  in  which  the  world  came 
into  being.  Such  theories,  or  cosmogonies  as  they  are 
termed,  are  generally  told  in  the  form  of  myths  or 
stories,  and,  although  we  only  know  them  in  their  later 
and  fully  developed  forms,  their  origin  may  be  assumed 
to  go  back  to  a  considerable  antiquity.  If  we  may 
judge  from  the  studies  and  observations  that  have  been 
made  of  undeveloped  races  at  the  present  day,  it  may 
be  concluded  that  primitive  man  was  essentially  a 
maker  of  myths.  Believing  as  he  did  that  every  object 
and  force  in  nature  possessed  a  personality  and  will 
like  his  own,  he  would  explain  the  changes  he  saw 
taking  place  in  the  world  around  him  by  means  of 
legends  and  stories.  In  these  he  would  ascribe  to  the 
mysterious  beings,  wliich  seemed  to  liim  to  animate 
the  natural  world,  motives  similar  to  those  which 
would  control   his  own  actions.     At   a   more  mature 


54  LEGENDS   OF   CREATION. 

stage  in  liis  development  he  began  to  perceive  a  con- 
nection or  dependence  between  the  various  powers  of 
nature,  such  as  the  alternation  of  day  and  night,  the 
movements  of  the  stars,  and  the  regular  recurrence 
of  the  seasons ;  these  would  tend  to  suggest  that  some 
plan  or  system  had  been  followed  in  the  creation  of 
the  world,  and  in  seeking  for  the  reason  of  things 
along  the  familiar  lines  of  myth,  he  would  in  process 
of  time  develop  a  cosmogony  or  story  of  creation.  We 
have  evidence  that  at  least  two  such  stories  were 
current  in  Babylonia  and  Assyria  in  the  later  periods 
of  their  history. 

The  story  of  the  creation  of  the  world  as  told  in 
Babylon  about  the  year  B.C.  300  we  know  in  brief 
outline  from  the  extracts  that  have  come  down  to  us 
from  the  history  of  Berosus,  a  Chaldean  priest,  who 
ministered  in  the  temple  of  Bel  at  Babylon  at  the  end 
of  the  fourth  and  the  beginning  of  the  third  century 
before  Christ.  Berosus  wrote  a  history  of  Babylonia, 
beginning  with  the  creation  of  the  world  and  extending 
down  to  his  own  time,  and  although  his  work,  which 
he  translated  into  Greek,  has  been  lost,  extracts  from 
it  have  been  preserved  in  the  books  of  later  writers. 
His  account  of  the  creation,  for  instance,  was  repro- 
duced by  Alexander  Polyhistor,  from  whom  Eusebius 
quotes  in  the  first  book  of  his  Chronicon}  From  this 
we  learn  that  the  Babylonians  pictured  to  themselves 
'  CliTon.  I.,  ed.  Schoene,  col.  14  ff. 


THE   VERSION   OF   BEROSUS.  55 

a  time  when  the  world  had  uo  existence,  a  time 
before  things  came  into  being,  when  darkness  and 
water  alone  existed.  The  water,  however,  did  not 
remain  uninhabited  for  long,  for  monsters  arose  in  it, 
i.e.,  men  with  wings,  and  creatures  with  four  wings 
and  two  human  heads,  and  beings  with  two  heads,  one 
male  and  one  female.  Some  creatures  had  the  bodies 
of  men,  but  had  the  feet  and  horns  of  goats  ;  some  had 
the  legs  of  horses,  and  others,  like  hippocentaurs,  had 
the  bodies  and  legs  of  horses  but  the  upper  parts  of 
a  man.  Others,  again,  were  in  the  form  of  bulls  with 
the  heads  of  men,  or  dogs  with  four  bodies  ending  in 
the  tail  of  a  fish,  or  men  and  horses  with  the  heads  of 
dogs,  and  some  had  the  head  and  body  of  a  horse  but 
the  tail  of  a  fish.  In  the  water  also  creeping  things, 
and  serpents,  and  many  other  monsters  of  strange  and 
varied  shapes  existed.  Over  these  monsters  a  woman 
reigned  called  Omoroka  (or  Omorka),  in  Chaldee 
Thamte,^  or  in  Greek  Thalassa,  "  the  Sea."  A  change 
in  this  world  of  chaos  was  brought  about  by  the  death 
of  the  woman  Omorka,  who  was  slain  by  a  god  named 
Bel.  Bel  cleft  her  in  twain,  and  from  one  half  he  made 
the  earth,  and  from  the  other  he  made  the  heavens ; 
and  he  slew  also  the  monsters  of  the  deep  over  whom  she 
ruled.  The  account  then  goes  on  to  say  that  after  Bel 
had  created  the  earth,  he  perceived  that  it  was  barren 

'  The  text  reads  Thalatth,  wbicli  is  probably  a  corruption  of 
Thamte,  i.e.,  tamtu  the  Babylonian  for  "  sea,  ocean."  See  Robertson 
Smith,  Zeitschrift  fur  Assyriologie,  Bd.  VI.,  p.  330. 


50        DISCOVERY   OF   THE   CREATION   TABLETS. 

and  had  no  inhabitants ;  he  therefore  decided  to  use 
his  own  blood  for  creation.  He  bade  one  of  the  gods 
to  cut  off  his  head  and  mix  the  earth  with  the  blood 
which  flowed  from  him,  and  from  the  mixture  he 
•directed  Mm  to  fashion  men  and  animals.  Although 
•deprived  of  his  head  Bel  did  not  die,  for  he  is  said  to 
have  also  created  the  stars,  the  sun  and  moon,  and  the 
five  planets,  after  his  head  was  cut  off.  Such  is  the 
Account  of  the  Babylonian  cosmogony  as  narrated  by 
Berosus,  which  Eusebius  has  preserved.  But  as  the 
latter  writer  quoted  the  story  at  second  hand,  it  is 
more  than  probable  that  he  accidentally  misrepresented 
or  misunderstood  certain  portions  of  it. 

Fortunately  we  have  not  to  depend  on  Eusebius 
alone  for  our  knowledge  of  the  Babylonian  stories  of 
creation,  for  we  now  possess  far  fuller  accounts  on 
Assyrian  and  Babylonian  tablets  which  have  been 
published  within  the  last  twenty-five  years.  The  credit 
of  having  made  known  to  the  world  the  Babylonian 
Creation  tablets  belongs  to  the  late  Mr.  George  Smith 
who,  in  1875,  published  a  story  very  like  that  told  by 
Berosus,  inscribed  upon  some  of  the  tablets  and 
fragments  of  tablets  that  had  been  brought  to  England 
from  the  site  of  Ashur-bani-pal's  library  at  Nineveh 
several  years  before.  The  publication  of  the  text  and 
translations  of  the  Creation  tablets  by  Mr.  Smith^  threw 

'  See  Trans.  Soc.  Bill.  Arch.,  Vol.  IV.  (1876)  p.  3G3  f.  (six  plates), 
and  The  Chaldean  Account  of  Genesis,  Londun,  187G. 


THEIR  NUMBER  AND   CONTENTS.  57 

great  light  upon  the  Babylonian  cosmogony,  and  evoked 
considerable  interest  in  the  subject. 

From  the  date  of  their  first  publication  the  tablets 
have  been  closely  studied,  and  from  time  to  time  fresh 
fragments  of  the  legend  have  been  identified  in  the 
British  Museum.  During  this  period,  moreover,  the 
knowledge  of  the  Assyrian  language  has  greatly 
increased,  so  that  a  more  accurate  rendering  of  the 
texts  can  now  be  given  than  was  possible  at  the  time 
of  their  discovery.^  From  these  inscriptions  we  gather 
that  at  about  the  middle  of  the  seventh  century  before 
Christ  the  Babylonian  story  of  the  creation  was  pre- 
served at  Nineveh,  the  capital  of  Assyria,  in  the  form 
of  a  great  poem,  divided  into  a  number  of  parts  or 
sections,  each  of  which  was  inscribed  upon  a  separate 
tablet.  The  tablets  were  distinguished  by  numbers, 
and  the  whole  series  was  named  Enuma  elish,  "  When 
in  the  height,"  from  the  opening  words  of  the  First 
Tablet.  The  poem  is  incomplete  in  passages,  and  the 
end  is  very  imperfect.  We  know  that  the  series  when 
complete  contained  at  least  six  tablets,  but  it  is 
impossible  to  say  definitely  how  many  tablets  it 
originally  contained.  In  spite  of  the  fragmentary 
condition  of  many  parts  of  the  poem,  however,  the 
thread  of  the  narrative  can  generally  be  followed. 

'  For  the  principal  works  dealing  with  the  Creation  tablets  which 
have  been  published  within  recent  years,  see  Jensen,  Die  Kosmologie 
der  Sabylonier,  pp.  2*)3  ff.,  Guukel  and  Zimmern,  SclSpfung  und 
Chaos,  pp.  401  ff.,  and  Delitzsch,  Das  bahylonisclie  Weltschopfungsepos, 
pp.  7  ff. 


58       SUMMARY   OF   THE   BABYLONIAN   LEGEND. 

This  version  of  the  Babylonian  cosmogony  is  prac- 
tically identical  with  that  given  by  Berosus  about 
three  hundred  and  fifty  years  later.  According  to  the 
version  on  the  Assyrian  tablets,  chaos  in  the  beginning, 
before  the  world  was  created,  consisted  of  a  watery  mass. 
Two  primeval  beings  personified  chaos,  namely  Apsu, 
the  "  Deep,"  and  Tiamat,  the  universal  mother,  who 
corresponds  to  the  woman  named  Omorka,  or  Thamte, 
by  Berosus.  Beside  Apsu  and  Tiamat  no  other  being 
existed,  and  they  mingled  their  waters  in  confusion.  In 
the  course  of  time  the  gods  were  created  ;  the  first  were 
Lakhmu  and  Lakhamu,  Anshar  and  Kishar  came  next, 
after  many  ages,  and  after  a  further  period  the  other 
great  gods  were  born.  But  Tiamat,  the  monster  of  the 
Deep,  who  had  taken  the  form  of  a  huge  serpent,  and 
Apsu,  her  consort,  revolted  against  the  gods,  and  created 
a  brood  of  monsters  to  destroy  them.  Anshar,  the 
leader  of  the  gods,  having  entrusted  in  vain  the  god 
Anu,  and  after  him  the  god  Ea,  with  the  task  of  resist- 
ino-  Tiamat,  prevailed  on  Marduk,  the  son  of  Ea,  to  b& 
the  champion  of  the  gods  and  to  do  battle  with  the 
monster.  The  gods  were  summoned  by  Anshar  to  a 
council  that  they  might  confer  supreme  power  upon 
Marduk  and  arm  him  for  the  fight.  After  completing 
his  preparations  Marduk  went  out  to  meet  Tiamat  and 
her  host  and  succeeded  in  slaying  her  and  in  taking 
lier  helpers  captive.  He  then  split  Tiamat's  body  in 
half  and  from  one  half  he  formed  the  heaven,  fixing. 


ITS   RESEMBLANCE   TO   GENESIS.  59 

it  as  a  firmament  to  divide  the  upper  from  the  lower 
waters,  and  placing  bars  and  sentinels  that  the  waters 
should  not  break  through.  Marduk  then  created  the 
heavenly  bodies  that  they  might  regulate  the  seasons, 
and  he  appointed  the  moon  to  rule  the  night.  The 
poem  at  this  point  becomes  mutilated,  but  there  is 
evidence  to  show  that  Marduk  then  created  the  earth, 
and  the  green  herb,  and  cattle,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field, 
and  creeping  things,  and  man,  in  the  order  here  given. 

From  the  above  summary  of  the  Babylonian  story 
of  creation  it  will  be  seen  that  it  presents  some  very 
remarkable  points  of  resemblance  to  the  narrative 
of  the  creation  as  preserved  in  the  first  chapter  of 
Genesis ;  and  it  is  chiefly  to  this  fact  that  the  wide- 
spread interest  in  the  legend  is  due.  The  bare  outline 
given  by  Berosus  does  not  suggest  a  very  close  parallel 
to  the  Biblical  account,  but  from  the  more  detailed 
narrative  as  given  on  the  tablets  we  see  that  many 
features  of  the  story  of  creation  narrated  in  Genesis  are 
also  characteristic  of  the  Babylonian  cosmogony.  Thus 
according  to  each  account  the  existence  of  a  watery 
chaos  preceded  the  creation  of  the  present  world.  The 
Hebrew  word  tehom  translated  "the  deep"  in  Genesis,* 
corresponds  exactly  with  the  Babylonian  "  Tiamat,"  the 
monster  of  the  deep  who  personified  chaos  and  con- 
fusion. The  creation  of  light  recorded  in  Genesis  is 
the  equivalent  of  the  statement  on  the  Creation  tablets 

>  Gen.  i.  2. 


6o      THE   BIBLICAL   AND   BABYLONIAN   ACCOUNTS. 

that  Tiamat  was  vanquished  by  Marduk,  for  he  overcame 
the  monster  in  his  character  as  a  solar  god.    Then  there 
follows  in  each  narrative  the  description  of  the  creation 
of  a   firmament,  or   solid    dome   of  heaven,   to   keep 
the  upper  waters  in  place ;  in  each  account  the  narra- 
tive of  the   creation  of   the   heavenly  bodies   follows 
that   of  the   firmament,    and   in   each   also   they   are 
appointed  to  regulate  the  seasons.    It  has  been  suggested 
that  the  seven  days  of  creation  in  Genesis  correspond 
to  seven   definite  acts  of  creation  in   the  Babylonian 
account ;  but  a  careful  study  of  the  Babylonian  poem 
has  shown  that  such  an  arrangement  was  not  contem- 
plated  by   the    Babylonian  scribes,  nor   is   there   any 
evidence   to   show   that  the  creation  was  deliberately 
classified  in  a  series  of  seven  acts.     A  slight  perusal  of 
the  legend  is,  however,  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  two 
accounts  present  in  many  ways  a  very  striking  resem- 
blance to  each  other  ;  but  in  some  respects  the  contrast 
they  present  is  no  less  striking.    When  we  examine  the 
aims  and  ideas  which  underlie  and  permeate  the  two 
narratives,  all  resemblance  between  them  ceases.     The 
monotheism  of  Genesis  finds  no  echo  in  the  Babylonian 
poem,  and  in  the  latter  no  single  and  pre-existing  deity 
created  the  universe  from  chaos  by  his  word,  but  the 
gods  themselves  emerged  from  chaos,  and  it  was  only 
after  one  of  their  number  had  fought  with  and  slain 
the  mother  of  them  all  that  the  creation  of  the  world 
took  place. 


THE   CREATION   OF   THE   GODS.  6l 

Before  we  proceed  to  consider  the  problem  of  the 
relationship  of  these  two  stories  of  the  creation  it  will  he 
well  to  give  a  translation  of  those  portions  of  the  Baby- 
lonian legends  that  have  been  preserved,  and  to  trace 
their  age  and  history  so  far  as  they  can  be  ascertained. 
The  beginning  of  the  First  Tablet  contains  a  descrip- 
tion of  chaos  and  of  the  birth  of  the  oldest  gods ;  it 
reads : — • 

"  When  in  the  height  heaven  was  not  named, 

"  And  the  earth  beneath  did  not  yet  bear  a  name ;  ^ 

"  And  Apsu  the  primeval,  who  begat  them, 

"  And  chaos,  Tiamat,  the  mother  of  them  both — 

"  Their  waters  were  mingled  together,  and 

"  No  field  was  formed,  no  marsh  was  to  be  seen  ; 

"When   of    the   gods   none   had    been   called    into 

being, 
"And   none  bore  a  name,    and  no   destinies   [were 

ordained]  ; 
"  Then  were  created  the  gods,  [all  of  them], 
"  Lakhmu  and  Lakhamu  were  called  into  being.     .     . 

"Ages  increased 

"  Anshar  and  Kishar  were  created 

"  Long  were  the  days 

"  Ann,  the  father 

"  Anshar  and  Ann " 

The  last  line  but  one  evidently  refers  to  the  creation 

'  According  to  Semitic  ideas  tlie'name  of  a  thing  was  regarded  as  its 
..essence  ;  hence  to  bear  a  name  was  equivalent  to  being  in  existence. 


62  REPETITIONS   IN    THE   TEXT. 

of  the  god  Anil  ;  and  from  a  passage  in  Damascius, 
where  this  Babylonian  theogony  is  reproduced,^  we  may 
infer  that  the  gods  Bel  and  Ea  were  created  along  with 
him.  It  is  probable  that  the  creation  of  the  other  great 
gods  was  then  described.  Chaos  was,  in  fact,  giving 
place  to  order,  but  the  gods  were  not  for  long  allowed 
to  remain  in  peace,  for  Tiamat,  their  mother,  conceived 
a  hatred  for  them,  and  with  Apsu,  their  father,  plotted 
their  destruction.  The  First  Tablet  ends  with  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  brood  of  monsters  which  Tiamat  spawned  to 
aid  her  in  her  fight  with  the  gods. 

Of  the  Second  Tablet  very  little  has  been  preserved, 
but,  as  in  the  case  of  the  First  Tablet,  sufficient  frag- 
ments of  the  text  remain  to  indicate  the  general  course 
of  the  story.  The  piecing  together  of  the  narrative, 
however,  would  be  well  nigh  impossible  were  it  not 
for  a  strange  characteristic  of  Babylonian  poetry,  that 
is  to  say,  the  practice  of  frequent  repetition.  But  for 
this  practice  the  description  of  Tiamat's  brood  of 
monsters,  and  of  her  selection  of  Kingu  as  their  captain 
would  be  lost,  for  hardly  any  of  it  remains  on  the  frag- 
ments of  the  First  Tablet.  The  description,  however, 
is  repeated  in  the  form  of  a  message  to  the  god  Anshar 
at  the  beginning  of  the  Second  Tablet;  it  is  also 
repeated  on  the  Third  Tablet,  once  by  Anshar  to  his 
minister  Gaga,  and  again  by  Gaga  when  delivering 
Anshar's  message  to  Lakhmu  and  Lakhamu.     Had  we 

'  Qaaestiones  de  primis  principiis,  chap.  125  (ed.  Kopp,  p.  384). 


ANSHARS   INSTRUCTIONS   TO   GAGA.  6^ 

the  complete  text  of  the  First  and  Second  Tablets  of 
the  poem  such  repetition  might  be  wearisome,  but  in 
their  present  imperfect  condition  its  advantages  for  the 
restoration  of  the  text  are  obvious. 

On  hearing  the   news  of  Tiamat's  preparations  for 

battle  the  god  Anshar  was  troubled,  and  he  sent  his 

son  Anu  to  speak  with  her  and  to  try  to  appease  her 

anger.     Anu  went  to  her,  but  when  he  saw  her  he 

turned  back  in  fear.     The  god  Ea  was  next  sent  by 

Anshar,  but  he  met  with  no  better  success.     Anshar 

then  invited  the  god  Marduk  to  do  battle  with  Tiamat, 

and  he  consented   on  condition   that  the  gods  woul'' 

meet  together  and  solemnly  declare  him  their  champion. 

The   Second   Tablet   ends   with    Marduk's   speech   to 

Anshar,  and   the   Third    Tablet   opens   with  Anshar's 

instructions  to  his  minister  Gaga  to  summon  a  council 

of  the   gods.      Gaga  was  ordered   to  carry  tidings  of 

Tiamat's    revolt    to   Lakhmu   and   Lakhamu,    and   to 

direct  them  to  summon  the  gods  who  were  to  appoint 

Marduk  as  their  champion.    The  Third  Tablet  begins  : — 

"  Anshar  opened  his  mouth,  and 

"  [To  Gaga]  his  minister  spake  the  word  : 

" '  [Go  Gaga,  thou  minister]  that  rejoicest  my  spirit, 

"  [To  Lakhmu  and  La]khamu  I  will  send  thee. 

" let  the  gods,  all  of  them, 

"  [Make   ready  for  a  feast],  at  a  banquet  let  them 
sit, 


64  THE   REVOLT   OF   TIAMAT. 

"  [Let  them  eat  bread],  let  them  mix  wine, 

"  [That   for    Mardnk],   their    [avenger],   they   may 

decree  the  fate. 
"  [Go  Ga]ga,  stand  before  them, 
"  [And  all  that  I]  tell  thee,  repeat  unto  them,  (and 

say) : 
" '  Anshar  your  son  has  sent  me, 
"The  purpose  of  his  heart  he  has  made  known  to 

me. 
"He  says  that  Tiamat  our  mother  has  conceived  a 

hatred  for  us, 
"  With  all  her  force  she  rages,  full  of  wrath. 
"  All  the  gods  have  turned  to  her  ; 
"  With  those,  whom  you  created,  they  go  at  her  side. 
"  They  are  banded  together,  and  at  the  side  of  Tiamat 
j     '        they  advance ; 

j       **  They  are  furious,  they  devise  mischief  without  rest- 
/  ing  night  and  day. 

"  They  prepare  for  battle,  fuming  and  raging ; 

"  They  have  joined  their  forces  and  are  making  war. 

"  Ummu-Khubur,^  who  formed  all  things, 

"  Has  made  in  addition  weapons  invincible,  she  has 

spawned  monster-serpents, 
"  Sharp  of  tooth,  and  cruel  of  fang  ; 
"With  poison  instead  of  blood  she  has  filled  their 

bodies, 
"  Fierce  monster-vipers  she  has  clothed  with  terror, 

*  ADother  name  of  Tiamat. 


MAP  OF 

^ND  ASSY 

ING 

dursha'IPAL  CITIE'^''' 

^Z'  Ancient  nameC"^^^ 
^      Mli^uK    Modern 

kalaV  the 

^      Nimru 


^ 


iPPROXIMATE:    SCAl 
. i50 


nm ; 
the 


ade 
L  as 
has 


,ck, 

she 
■  the 
isted 


64  THE   REVOLT   OF   TIAMAT. 

"  [Let  them  eat  bread],  let  them  mix  wine, 

"  [That   for    Marduk],   their    [avenger],   they   may 

decree  the  fate. 
"  [Go  Gajga,  stand  before  them, 
"  [And  all  that  I]  tell  thee,  repeat  unto  them,  (and 

say) : 
"  '  Anshar  your  son  has  sent  me, 
"The  purpose  of  his  heart  he  has  made  known  to 

me. 
"He  says  that  Tiamat  our  mother  has  conceived  a 

hatred  for  us, 
"  With  all  her  force  she  rages,  full  of  wrath. 
"  All  the  gods  have  turned  to  her ; 
"  With  those,  whom  you  created,  they  go  at  her  side. 
"  They  are  banded  together,  and  at  the  side  of  Tiamat 
/      '         they  advance ; 

"  They  are  furious,  they  devise  mischief  without  rest- 
ing night  and  day. 
"  They  prepare  for  battle,  fuming  and  raging ; 
"  They  have  joined  their  forces  and  are  making  war. 
"  Ummu-Khubur,^  who  formed  all  things, 
"  Has  made  in  addition  weapons  invincible,  she  has 

spawned  monster-serpents, 
"  Sharp  of  tooth,  and  cruel  of  fang  ; 
"With  poison  instead  of  blood  she  has  filled  their 

bodies. 
"  Fierce  monster- vipers  she  has  clothed  with  terror, 

*  Another  name  of  Tiamat. 


RIA 


IS 

3.<3S-NlPPUR,rwt^s 
«  -Niffer    " 


lOO 


_|    MILLS 


HER   BROOD   OF   MONSTERS.  65. 

"With  splendour  she  has  decked  them,  and  she  has 

caused  them  to  [mount  ?]  on  high. 
"  Whoever  behokls  them  is  overcome  by  dread. 
"  Their  bodies  rear  up  and  none  can  withstand  their 

attack. 
"  She  has  set  up  the  viper,  and  the  dragon,  and  the 

(monster)  Lakhamu, 
"  And  the  hurricane,  and  the  raging  hound,  and  the 

scorpion-man, 
"  And  mighty  tempests,  and  the  fish-man,  and  the  ram ; 
"  They  bear  merciless  weapons,  without  fear  of  the 

fight. 
"  Her  commands  are  mighty,  none  can  resist  them  ; 
"After  this  fashion,  huge  of  stature,  she  has  made 

eleven  (monsters). 
"Among  the  gods  who  are  her   sons,  inasmuch  as 

he  gave  her  support, 
"  She  has  exalted  Kingu  ;  in  their  midst  she   has 

raised  him  to  power. 
"  To  march  before  the  forces,  to  lead  the  host, 
"  To  give  the  battle-signal,  to  advance  to  the  attack, 
"  To  direct  the  battle,  to  control  the  fight, 
"  To  him  has  she  entrusted ;  in  costly  raiment  she 

has  made  him  sit,  (saying)  : 
" '  I  have  uttered  thy  spell,  in  the  assembly  of  the 

gods  I  have  raised  thee  to  power, 
"  The  dominion  over  all  the  gods  have  I  entrusted 

to  thee. 

BAB.  EEL.  F 


66  KINGU   AND   THE   REBEL   HOST. 

"  Be  thou  exalted,  thou  my  chosen  spouse, 

"Let  them  magnify  thy  name  over  all  [the  world].' 

"  Then  did  she  give  him  the  Tablets  of  Destiny,^  on 

his  breast  she  laid  them,  (saying) : 
" '  Thy  command  shall  not  be  without  avail,  and  the 

word  of  thy  mouth  shall  be  established.' 
"Now  Kingu,  (thus)  exalted,  having  received  the 

power  of  Anu, 
"  Decreed  the  fate  for  the  gods,  her  sons  : 
" '  Let  the  opening  of  your  mouth  quench  the  Fire- 
god  ; 
"Whoso  prides  himself  on  valour,  let  him  display 

(his)  might ! '  " 
So  far  Anshar  has  described  the  revolt  of  Tiamat 
and  the  creation  of  the  monsters   who  were  to  help 
her  in  the  fight,  and  her  selection   of  Kingu  as  the 
captain  of  her  host ;  all  these  things  are  described  in 
the  First  Tablet  in  exactly  the  same  language.     He 
next  mentions  the  measures  he  has  taken  on  hearins 
of  Tiamat's  treachery  in  the  following  words  : — 
"  I  sent  Anu,  but  he  was  unable  to  go  against  her ; 
"  Nudimmud  ^  was  afraid  and  turned  back. 
"  Marduk  has  set  out,  the  director  of  the  gods,  your 
son  ; 

'  The  possession  of  the  "  Tablets  of  Destiny "  carried  with  it 
supremacy  among  the  gods;  with  a  view  of  obtaining  this  supremacy 
the  god  Za  stole  thera  from  Bel,  but  Shamash  the  Sun-god  compelled 
him  to  restore  them.     See  pp.  193  f. 

^  A  title  of  the  god  Ea. 


MARDUK,  THE  CHAMPION  OF  THE  GODS.   ^^ 

"  To  set  out  against  Tiamat  his  heart  has  prompted 

(him). 
"  He  opened  his  mouth  and  spake  unto  me : 
" '  If  I,  your  avenger, 
"  Conquer  Tiamat  and  give  you  life, 
"Appoint  an  assembly,  make  my  fate  pre-eminent 

and  proclaim  it. 
"In  Upshukkiunaku '"  seat   yourselves  joyfully  to- 
gether. 
"With  my  mouth  like  you  will  I  decree  fate. 
"  "Whatsoever  I  do,  shall  remain  unaltered, 
"  The  word  of  my  lips  shall  never  be  changed  nor 

made  of  no  avail.' 
"Hasten  therefore    and   swiftly  decree  for  him  the 

fate  which  you  bestow, 
"  That  he  may  go  and  fight  your  strong  enemy  !  " 
The  narrative  continues  : — 
"  Gaga  went,  he  took  his  way  and 
"Humbly  before  Lakhmu  and  Lakhamu,  the  gods, 

his  fathers, 
"He  made  obeisance,  and  he  kissed  the  ground  at 

their  feet. 
"He  humbled  himself;  then  he  stood  up  and  spake 

unto  them." 
Gaga  then   repeats  the  message  which  Anshar  has 
given   to  him,  but,  as  it  corresponds  word   for  word 
/  with  the  speech  of  Anshar  quoted  above,  it  may  here 


\ 


•  The  Bame  cf  the  place  •where  the  gods  met  together. 


6S  THE   ASSEMBLY   OF   THE   GODS. 

be   omitted.      The   narrative   describes   the    effect    of 
GaG^a's  messaf^e  in  the  followin;^  words : — 

"  Lakhmu  and  Lakhamu  heard  and  [were  afraid], 

"  All  of  the  Igigi  wailed  bitterly,  (saying) : 

" '  What  has  been  changed  that  they  should  conceive 

[this  hatred]  ? 
"  We  do  not  understand  the  deed  of  Tianiat ! ' 
"  Then  did  they  collect  and  go, 
"  The  great  gods,  all  of  them,  who  decree  fate, 
"  They  entered   in    before   Anshar,  they  filled   [the 

chamber]  ; 
"  They  pressed  on  one  another,  in  the  assembly  .  .  . 
"They  made   ready  for   the    feast,  at    the   banquet 

they  sat ; 
"  They  ate  bread,  they  mixed  sesame-wine. 
"  The  sweet  drink,  the  mead,  confused  their  [senses], 
"  They   became  drunk   with   drinking,  their   bodies 

were  filled  (with  meat  and  drink). 
"  Their  limbs  were  wholly  relaxed,  and  their  spirit 

was  exalted ; 
"Tlien   for  Marduk,  their  avenger,  did  they  decree 

the  fate." 
At    this    j)oii^t    the    Third    Tablet     of    the    series 

ends. 
The  Fourth  Tablet  opens  with  a  description  of  the 
ceremony  of  decreeing  fate  for  Marduk  thus  : — 
"  They  prepared  for  him  a  lordly  chamber, 
"  Before  his  fathers  as  counsellor  he  took  his  place." 


THEIR    ADDRESS   TO    MARDUK.  69 

When  Marduk  had  taken  his  seat,  the  gods  addressed 
hiin  in  the  following  words  : — 

"  Thou  art  chiefest  among  the  great  gods, 

"  Thy  fate  is  unequalled,  thy  word  is  Anu  !  ^ 

"  0  Marduk,  thou  art  chiefest  among  the  great  gods, 

"  Thy  fate  is  unequalled,  thy  word  is  Anu  ! 

"Henceforth  not  without  avail  shall  be  thy  com- 
mand, 

"  In  thy  power  shall  it  be  to  exalt  and  to  abase. 

"Established  shall  be  the  word  of  thy  mouth,  irre- 
sistible shall  be  thy  command  ; 

"  None  among  the  gods  shall  transgress  thy 
boundary. 

"  Abundance,  the  desire  of  the  shrines  of  the  gods, 

"  Shall  be  established  in  thy  sanctuary,  even  though 
they  lack  (offerings). 

"  0  Marduk,  thou  art  our  avenger  i 

"  We  give  thee  sovereignty  over  the  whole  world. 

"Sit  thou  down  in  majesty,  be  exalted  in  thy 
command. 

"Thy  weapon  shall  never  lose  its  power,  it  shall 
crush  thy  foe. 

"  0  lord,  spare  the  life  of  him  that  putteth  his  trust 
in  thee, 

"  But  as  for  the  god  who  led  the  rebellion,^  pour  out 
his  life ! " 

^  I.«.,  "  Thy  word  has  the  same  power  as  that  of  Ann." 
*  Literally,  "  began  the  evil." 


70  MARDUK   TESTS   HIS   POWER. 

But  before  Marduk  set  out  to  do  battle  with  Tiamat, 
the  gods  wished  him  to  put  to  the  test  the  power 
which  they  had  conferred  upon  him,  and  with  this 
object  in  view  they  brought  a  garment  into  their 
midst,  and  then  addressed  their  avenger,  saying : — 
"  '  May  thy  fate,  0   lord,   be   supreme   among  the 

gods, 
"  To  destroy  and  to  create ;  speak   thou  the  word, 

and  (thy  command)  shall  be  fulfilled. 
"  Command  now  and  let  the  garment  vanish  ; 
"  And  speak  the  word  again  and   let  the  garment 

reappear ! ' " 
In  obedience  to  the  words  of  the  gods  Marduk 
"  Spake  with  his  mouth,  and  the  garment  vanished; 
"Again   he   commanded    it,    and    the   garment    re- 
appeared. 
"  When  the  gods,  his  fathers,  beheld  (the  fulfilment 

of)  his  word, 
"They   rejoiced,  and   they  did   homage  (unto   him, 

saying),  '  Marduk  is  king  ! ' 
"They   bestowed    upon   him   the   sceptre,   and   the 

throne,  and  the  ring, 
"  They  gave  him  an  invincible  weapon,  wherewith 

to  overwhelm  the  foe. 
" '  Go,'  (they  said),  '  and  cut  off  the  life  of  Tiamat, 
"  And  let  the  wind  carry  her  blood  into  secret  places.* 
"  (Thus)  did  the  gods,  his  fathers,  decree  for  the  lord 

his  fate ; 


HE   PREPARES   FOR    BATTLE.  7 1 

"  They  caused  him  to  set  out.oii  a  path  of  prosperity 

and  success. 
"He   made   ready  the   bow,  he  girded   his   weapon 

upon  him, 
"  He  slung  a  spear  upon  him  and  fastened  it,  .  .  . 
"  He  raised  the  club,  in  his  right  hand  he  grasped  (it), 
"  The  bow  and  the  quiver  he  hung  at  his  side. 
"  He  set  the  lightning  in  front  of  him, 
"  AVith  burning  flame  he  filled  his  body. 
"  He  made  a  net   to   enclose   the   inward   parts    of 

Tiamat, 
"  The  four  winds  he  set  so  that  nothing  of  her  might 

escape  ; 
"The    South   wind,  and    the   North   wind,  and   the 

East  wind,  and  the  West  wind 
"  He  brought  near  to  the  net  which  his  father  Anu 

had  given  him. 
"  He  created  the  evil  wind,  and  the  storm,  and  the 

hurricane, 
"  The  four-fold  wind,  and  the  seven- fold  wind,  and 

the   whirlwind,    the   wind   which   was   without 

equal ; 
"He   sent   forth   the   winds  which  he  had   created, 

seven  in  all, 
"  To  destroy  the  inward  parts  of  Tiumat ;  and  they 

followed  after  him. 
"Then  the  lord  raised  the  thunderbolt,  his  mighty 

weapon. 


72       THE   MEETING   OF   MARDUK   AND   TIAMAT. 

"  He  mounted  the  chariot,  an  object  unequalled  for 

terror, 
"  He  harnessed  four  horses  and  yoked  them  to  it, 
''  [All  of  them]  ferocious,  and  high  of  courage,  and 

swift  of  pace  ; 
"  [They  gnashed  with]  their  teeth,  their  bodies  were 

flecked  with  foam, 
"They  had  been  [trained  to  gallop],  they  had  been 

taught  to  trample  underfoot," 
Thus,  standing  in  his  chariot,  and  followed  by  the 
seven  winds  he  had   created,  did  Marduk  set  out  for 
the  fight.     His  advance  against  Tianiat  in  the  sight  of 
all  the  gods  is  described  in  the  following  words  :  — 
"  Then  the  lord  drew  nigh,  on  Tiamat  he  gazed, 
''  He  beheld  the  scorn  (?)  of  Kingu,  her  spouse. 
^'As  (Marduk)  gazed,  (Kingu)  was  troubled  in  his 

gait, 
"  His  will  was  destroyed  and  his  movements  ceased. 
"  And  the  gods,  his  helpers,  who  marched  by  his  side, 
"  Beheld  their  leader's  [distress],  and  their  sight  was 

troubled." 
But  Tiamat  stood  firm,  with  unbent  neck,  and 
taunted  Marduk  and  the  gods  who  were  gathered  in 
safety  behind  him ;  to  these  taunts  Marduk  replied 
by  reproaching  her  with  her  treachery,  and  he  bade  her 
prepare  for  battle  in  these  words : — 

"  '  Let  thy  hosts  be  equipped,  and  let  thy  weapons  be 
set  in  order ! 


THE   DEATH   OF   TIAMAT.  ,    73 

*'  Stand !     I  and  thou,  let  us  join  battle  ! ' 

"  When  Tiamat  heard  these  words, 

"  She  was  like  one  possessed,  she  lost  her  senses, 

"  She  uttered  loud,  angry  cries. 

"  She  trembled  and  shook  to  her  very  foundations. 

"  She   recited   an   incantation,  she    pronounced   her 

spell, 
"And   the  gods  of  the   battle   cried    out  for  their 

weapons. 
^'Then  advanced  Tiamat  and  Marduk,  the  counsellor 

of  the  gods ; 
"  To  the  fight  they  came  on,  to  the  battle  they  drew 

nigh. 
"  The  lord  spread  out  his  net  to  catch  her, 
"  The  evil  wind  that  was  behind  (him)  he  let  loose  in 

her  face. 
"  As  Tiamat  opened  her  mouth  to  its  full  extent, 
"  He  drove  in  the  evil  wind,  while  as  yet  she  had 

not  shut  her  lips. 
"  The  terrible  winds  filled  her  belly, 
"  And  her  courage  was  taken  from  her,  and  her  mouth 

she  opened  wide. 
^'  He  seized  the  spear  and  broke  through  her  belly, 
"  He  severed  her  inward  parts,  he  pierced  her  heart. 
"  He  overcame  her  and  cut  off  her  life  ; 
"  He  cast  down  her  body  and  stood  upon  it. 
*'  When  he  had  slain  Tiamat,  the  leader, 
"  Her  might  was  broken,  her  force  was  scattered. 


74        CAPTURE  OF  THE  REBEL  HOST. 

"And   the  gods,  her  helpers,  who  marched  by  her 

side, 
"  Trembled,  and  were  afraid,  and  turned  back. 
"  They  took  to  flight  to  save  their  lives ; 
"  In  an  enclosure  they  were  caught,  they  were  not 

able  to  escape. 
"  He  took  them  captive,  he  broke  their  weapons  ; 
"  In  the  net  they  were  caught  and  in  the  snare  they 

sat  down. 
"  [The  whole]  world  they  filled  with  cries  of  grief. 
"  They   received   punishment   from   him,  they  were 

held  in  bondage. 
"And  on  the  eleven  creatures  whom  she  had  filled 

with  the  power  of  striking  terror, 
"  The  troop  of  devils  which  marched  at  her  bidding  (?), 
"He  brought  affliction,  [he  destroyed]  their  power; 
"  Them  and  their  opposition  he  trampled  under  his 

feet. 
"Moreover  Kingu,  who  had  been  made  leader  [over 

all  of]  them, 
"He  conquered   and   like   unto   the   god   ...    he 

counted  him. 
3^"  "  He  took  from  Kingu  the  Tablets  of  Destiny  that 

were  not  [rightly]  his, 
"  He  sealed  them  with  a  seal  and  on  his  own  breast 

he  laid  them. 
"Now  after  the  valiant  Marduk  had  conquered  and 

destroyed  his  enemies, 


THE   CREATION    OF    HEAVEN,  yj 

"  And  had  made  the  arrogant  foe  even  like  a  broken 

reed  (?), 
"  He  fully  established  Anshar's   triumph  over  the 

enemy, 
"  And  attained  the  purpose  of  Nudimmud. 
"  Over  the  gods  that  were  captive  he  strengthened 

his  durance. 
"  To  Tiamat,  whom  he  had  conquered,  he  returned, 
"  And  the  lord  stood  upon  Tiamat's  hinder  parts ; 
"  With  his  merciless  club  he  smashed  her  skull ; 
•'  He  cut  the  channels  of  her  blood, 
"  He  made  the  North  wind  bear  it  away  into  secret 

places. 
"His  fathers  beheld,  they  rejoiced  and  were  glad; 
"  Presents  and  gifts  they  brought  unto  him. 
"  Then  the  lord  rested,  and  gazed  on  her  dead  body. 
"He  divided  the  flesh  of  the  body,  having  devised  a 

cunning  plan. 
"  He  split  her  up  like  a  flat  fish  into  two  halves. 
"  One  half  of  her  he  set  in  place  as  a  covering  for 

the  heavens. 
"  He  fixed  a  bolt,  he  stationed  watchmen, 
"  And  bade  them  not  to  let  her  waters  come  forth. 
"  He  passed  through  the  heavens,  he  surveyed  the 

regions  (thereof), 
"  Over   against    the   Deep   he   set   the   dwelling   of 

Nudimmud. 
"  And  the  lord  measured  the  structure  of  the  Deep, 


78  THE   MEANING   OF  E-SHARA. 

"  And  he  founded  E-shara,  a  mansion  like  unto  it. 

"  The  mansion  E-shara,  which  he  created  as  heaven, 

"He  caused  Anu,  Bel  and  Ea  in  their  districts  to 
inhabit." 

With  these  words  the  Fourth  Tablet  of  the  series 
ends. 

Marduk  having  conquered  Tiamat,  thus  began  the 
work  of  creation.  From  one  half  of  the  monster's  body 
he  fashioned  heaven  in  the  form  of  a  solid  covering, 
which  he  also  furnished  with  bolts  and  watchmen  to 
keep  the  waters  which  were  above  it  in  their  place. 
The  dwelling  of  Nudimmud  he  fixed  in  the  deep,  i.e., 
the  abyss  of  waters  beneath  the  earth,  and  he  also 
founded  E-shara.  Some  think  that  E-shara  is  the  earth ;  ^ 
and  according  to  this  view  Marduk  may  be  regarded  as 
having  now  created  and  set  in  place,  the  heavens,  and 
the  earth,  and  the  waters  which  were  beneath  the  earth. 
Others,  however,  consider  E-shara  to  be  a  name  for 
heaven,  or  for  a  part  of  it,  and  the  last  two  lines  of 
the  Fourth  Tablet  of  the  poem  certainly  favour  this 
view.  The  most  natural  meaning  of  the  passage  is 
that  Marduk  made  the  mansion  of  E-shara  to  be 
heaven,  which  he  then  divided  between  the  three  gods 
Anu,  Bel  and  Ea.  Moreover  we  know  from  other  sources 
that  these  three  gods,  in  addition  to  ruling  the  heaven, 
and  the  earth,  and  the  abyss  respectively,  in  their 
astrological   characters   divided    the    heaven   between 

'  See  Jensen,  Die  Eosmologie  der  Balylonier,  pp.  195  If. 


CREATION   OF   THE   HEAVENLY   BODIES.  79 

them ;  ^  aud  the  position  of  certain  stars  is  noted  in 
astrological  tablets  by  apportioning  them  to  the  various 
dominions  of  these  deities.  According  to  the  former 
view  this  passage  in  the  poem  means  that  Marduk 
created  E-shara  (the  earth)  "like  a  heavenly  vault," ^ 
i.e.,  in  the  form  of  a  hollow  hemisphere  like  the  firma- 
ment overhead ;  but  to  obtain  this  sense  the  ordinary 
meaning  of  the  words  has  to  be  strained  considerably. 

In  the  Fifth  Tablet  of  the  series  Marduk  continued 
the  work  of  creation.  He  had  already  jDortioned  out 
the  heavens  and  the  abyss,  and  he  now  assigned  to  each 
part  its  separate  function,  and  laid  down  laws  for 
the  regulation  of  the  whole.  The  tablet  describes  the 
creation  of  the  heavenly  bodies  and  the  regulation  of 
the  seasons,  but  unfortunately  only  the  beginning  part 
has  been  preserved.     The  text  reads  : — 

"  He  made  the  stations  for  the  great  gods, 

"The  stars,  their  images,  (and)  the  constellations 
he  fixed ; 

"He  ordained  the  year  and  into  sections  he 
divided  it. 

"  For  the  twelve  months  he  fixed  three  stars. 

"From  the  day  when  the  year  comes  forth ^  until 
(its)  close, 

"He  founded  the  station  of  Nibir*  to  determine 
their  bounds ; 

'  See  above,  p.  26. 

*  See  Jensen,  op.  cit,  p.  289.  »  I.e.,  begins.  *  I.e.,  Jupiter. 


So  THE    MOON   TO    RULE   THE   NIGHT. 

"  That  none  might  err  or  go  astray, 
"  He  set  the  stations  of  Bel  and  Ea  along  with  him. 
"  He  opened  great  gates  on  both  sides  (of  the  firma- 
ment), 
"  He  made  strong  the  bolt  on  the  left  and  on  the 

right, 
"  In  the  midst  thereof  he  fixed  the  zenith. 
"  The  Moon-god  he  caused  to  shine  forth,  the  night 

he  entrusted  to  him. 
"  He  appointed  him,  a  being  of  the  night,  to  deter- 
mine th'e  days. 
"  Every  month  without  ceasing  with  the  crown  he 

covered  (?)  him,  (saying)  : 
" '  At  the  beginning  of  the  month,  at  the  shining 

of  the  .  .  .  , 
"Thou  shalt  command  the  horns  to  determine  six 

days, 
"  And  on  the  seventh  day  to  [divide]  the  crown.' " 
Here  the  text  becomes  too  broken  to  make  a  con- 
nected translation,  though  from  what  remains  it  may 
be  gathered  that  Marduk  continued  to  address  the 
Moon-god,  and  to  define  his  position  with  regard  to 
Shamash,  the  Sun-god,  at  the  different  points  of  his 
course.  What  the  actually  missing  portion  of  the 
text  contained  we  cannot  say  with  certainty,  but  we 
may  conjecture  that  it  described  further  acts  of  creation. 
That  there  was  a  Sixth  Tablet  is  proved  by  the  catch- 
line  at  the  end  of  the  Fifth  Tablet,  and  the  text  of  this 


CREATION   OF   BEASTS   OF   THE    FIELD.  8 1 

also  must  have  referred  to  the  same  subject.  There  is. 
110  evidence  to  show  how  many  tablets  were  comprised 
in  the  Creation  Series,  although  some  have  thought 
that  the  number  was  greater  than  six.  Fragments  of 
tablets  have  been  found  which  refer  to  acts  of  creation, 
and  as  these  cannot  be  fitted  into  places  in  the 
tablets  already  described,  it  has  been  suggested  they 
formed  parts  of  the  tablets  which  seem  to  be  missing. 
One  such  fragment  is  of  especial  interest,  for  it  con- 
tains a  reference  to  the  creation  of  the  "  beasts  of 
"the  field,  the  cattle  of  the  field,  and  the  creeping 
"  things  of  the  field."  It  is  improbable  that  the  frag- 
ment belonged  to  the  Creation  Series,  inasmuch  as  the 
gods  as  a  body,  and  not  Marduk  alone,  are  credited  by 
it  with  the  creation  of  the  world,  and  besides  this  the 
god  Ea,  Marduk's  father,  is  mentioned  as  taking  a 
prominent  part  in  the  work.  The  fragment  in  fact 
reproduces  a  variant  form  of  the  creation  legend,  but 
its  description  of  the  creation  of  the  beasts  may  well  be 
cited  in  favour  of  the  view  that  some  missing  portion 
of  the  poem  contained  a  similar  episode.  The  fragment 
which  contains  the  opening  lines  of  the  tablet 
begins : — 

"  When  all  the  gods  had  made  [the  world], 

"  Had  created  the  heavens,  had  formed  [the  earth], 

"  Had  brought  living  creatures  into  being  .  .  .  , 

"  The  cattle  of  the  field,  the  [beasts]  of  the  field,  and 

the  creeping  things  [of  the  field],  .  .  ." 
BAB.  iiv.L.  G 


82  CREATION   OF   MANKIND. 

The  rest  of  the  fragment  is  too  broken  to  admit 
of  a  trustworthy  restoration  of  the  text,  though  the 
reference  to  Mn-igi-azag,  i.e.,  "  the  lord  of  clear  vision," 
a  title  of  the  god  Ea,  seems  to  connect  him  with  some 
further  act  of  creation. 

There  are  also  some  grounds  for  believing  that  in 
addition  to  the  creation  of  animals  some  portion  of  the 
poem  described  the  creation  of  mankind.  A  hymn 
has  been  found  inscribed  upon  a  tablet  which  con- 
tains a  number  of  remarkable  addresses  in  honour 
of  the  god  Marduk,  and,  as  many  of  them  refer  to  his 
acts  of  creation,  it  has  been  thought  that  the  com- 
position formed  the  concluding  tablet  of  the  series.^ 
After  addressing  him  as  one  who  shewed  mercy  to 
the  gods  he  had  taken  captive,  and  who  removed  the 
yoke  from  the  neck  of  the  gods  his  enemies,^  the  hymn 
refers  to  his  having  created  men  and  declares  that  his 
word  shall  be  established  and  shall  not  be  forgotten 
"  in  the  mouth  of  the  black-headed  ones  {i.e.,  mankind) 
"  whom  his  hands  have  created."  In  view  of  this 
evidence  it  may  be  concluded  that  the  description  of 
the  creation  of  mankind  had  a  place  in  the  tablets  that 
are  missing ;  and  it  is  probable  that  upon  another 
fragment  of  a  tablet  ^  we  have  a  copy  of  the  instructions 
which   ]\Iarduk  was   believed   to  have  given  to  -  man 

'  British  Museum,  K.  8522.  Pee  G.  Smith,  Trans.  Soc.  Bibl.  Arch., 
Vol.  IV.,  p.  303,  and  pLates  3  and  4. 

^  The  allusion  here  is  to  tlie  Fourth  Tablet;   see  above,  p.  74. 
=  British  Museum,  K.  3304. 


THE   DUTIES   OF   MAN.  83 

after   his  creation.     The  following   extracts  from  this 
fragment  reveal  a  very  lofty  conception  of  man's  duties 
towards  his  god  and  towards  his  neighbour  : — 
"  Towards  thy  god  shalt  thou  be  pure  of  heart, 
"  For  that  is  the  glory  of  the  godhead  ; 
"  Prayer  and  supplication  and    bowing  low  to   the 

earth, 
"  Early    in    the     morning     shalt    thou    offer    unto 

him  .  .  ." 
A  little  further  on  Marduk  continues  : — 
"  The  fear  of  god  begets  mercy, 
"  Offerings  increase  life, 
"  And  prayer  absolves  from  sin. 
"  He  that  fears   the   gods   shall   not  cry  aloud  [in 

grief], 
"He  that  fears  the  Anunnaki^  shall   have  a  long 

[life]. 
"  Against  friend  and  neighbour  thou  shalt  not  speak 

°[evil]. 
"  Speak   not   of  things   that    are  hidden,  [practice] 

mercy. 
"  When  thou  makest  a  promise  (to  give),  give  and 

[hold]  not  [back]." 

In  the   hymn  which  has   been  referred   to   in   the 

previous  paragraph  as  having  not  improbably  formed 

the  concluding  tablet  of  the  series,  the  other  gods  are 

represented  as  addressing  Marduk,  their  deliverer,  by 

>  I.e.,  the  Spirits  cf  tie  E.uth^ 


84         LAST  TABLET  OF  THE  POEM. 

every  conceivable  name  and  title  of  honour.  They 
called  him  "  the  life  of  all  the  gods,"  "  the  god  of 
"  pure  life,"  "  the  bringer  of  purification,"  "  the  god  of 
"  the  favouring  breeze,"  "  the  lord  of  hearing  and  mercy," 
"  the  creator  of  abundance  and  mercy,  who  establishes 
"  plenteousness,  and  increases  all  that  is  small "  ;  and  it 
is  also  said  that  when  the  gods  themselves  were  in  sore 
distress  they  felt  his  favouring  breeze.  The  text  con- 
tinues in  the  above  strain,  referring  to  his  mercy  towards 
his  opponents,  his  conquest  of  Tiamat,  and  his  acts  of 
creation,  and  Bel  and  Ea  are  made  to  bestow  their  own 
titles  upon  him.  Finally  the  wise  are  bidden  to  ponder 
on  the  story,  the  father  is  to  teach  it  to  his  son,  and  the 
prince  or  ruler  is  to  listen  to  its  recital.  With  such  an 
ode  to  Marduk  as  the  god  of  creation  the  great  poem 
might  fitly  conclude. 

In  addition  to  the  great  poem,  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  several  different  accounts  of  the  creation 
were  current  in  Babylonian  literature.  One  such 
account  is  preserved  on  a  broken  tablet  from  Ashur- 
bani-xjal's  library,  which  contains  a  very  different 
description  of  the  great  battle  with  the  dragon  to  that 
given  in  the  Fourth  Tablet  of  the  Creation  Series.  In 
this  version  the  fight  does  not  precede  the  creation  of 
the  world  but  takes  place  after  man  has  been  created 
and  cities  built.  In  fact,  men  and  gods  are  equally 
terrified  at  the  dragon's  appearance,  and  it  is  to  de- 
liver the  lands  from  the  monster  that  one  of  the  gods 


ANOTHER   DESCRIPTION   OF   TIAxMAT.  85 

goes  out  and  slays  him.  The  text  begins  with  a 
description  of  the  terror  which  came  upon  creation  at 
the  advent  of  Tiamat,  who  has,  however,  become  a  male 
monster,  and  says  : — 

"  The  cities  sighed,  men  [groaned  aloud], 

"Men  uttered  lamentation,  [they  wailed  grievously]. 

"  For  their  lamentation  there  was  none  [to  help], 

"  For  their  grief  there  was  none  to  take  [them  by  the 
hand]. 

"  Who  was  the  [great]  dragon  ? 

"  Tiamat  ^  was  the  [great]  dragon  ! 

"  Bel  in  heaven  has  formed  [his  image]. 

"Fifty  kashu^  is  his  length,  one  kashtt  [is  his 
breadth], 

"  Half  a  rod  (?)  is  his  mouth,  one  rod  (?)  [his  .  .  .]." 

The  next  few  lines  continue  the  description  of  the 
dragon,  and  give  the  measurements  of  other  parts  of 
his  body  as  being  "  sixty  rods  "  and  "  sixty-five  rods," 
and  narrate  how  he  wallowed  in  the  water  and  lashed 
his  tail.  All  the  gods  in  heaven  were  afraid.  They 
bowed  down  and  grasped  the  robe  of  the  Moon-god  Sin, 
and  they  cried  out  asking  who  would  go  out  and  slay 
the  monster,  and  deliver  the  broad  earth,  and  so  make 
himself  king.  They  then  appealed  to  the  god  Sukh 
to  undertake  the  task,  but  he  made  excuses.     Who 

'  Here  called  Tdmtu,  "Ibe  Sea." 

^  The  Icatbu  is  a  space  tliat  can  be  covered  in  two  houi  s'  travelling ; 
i.e.,  about  six  or  seven  miles. 


86  THE   dragon's   blood. 

eventually  consented  to  do  battle  with  the  dragon  we 
do  not  know,  for  the  text  is  broken,  but  it  is  probable 
that  in  this  version  also  Marduk  was  the  hero.  The 
end  of  the  composition,  in  which  we  find  the  god, 
whoever  he  may  have  been,  setting  out  to  do  battle, 
while  one  of  the  other  gods  cries  to  him  in  encourage- 
ment, has  fortunately  been  preserved ;  it  reads  : — 

"'Stir  up  cloud,  storm  [and  tempest], 

"  Set  the  seal  of  thy  life  before  thy  face  ^  .  .  .  , 

"  And  slay  the  dragon  ! ' 

"  He  stirred  up  cloud,  and  storm  [and  tempest], 

"  He  set  the  seal  of  his  life  before  his  face  .  .  .  , 

"  And  he  slew  the  dragon. 

"  For  three  years  and  three  months,  day  and  [night], 

"  The  blood  of  the  dragon  flowed  .  .  ." 

The  details  as  to  the  size  of  the  dragon  and  the 
amount  of  his  blood  are  of  considerable  interest.  In 
the  Creation  Series  the  North  wind  is  said  to  have 
carried  the  blood  away  into  secret  places,  and  the 
prominence  given  to  the  dragon's  blood  in  both  versions 
lends  colour  to  a  suggestion  that  has  been  made  with 
regard  to  one  of  the  details  in  the  account  of  creation 
given  by  Berosus.  In  that  version  Bel  is  said  to  have 
formed  animals  and  men  from  earth  mixed  with  his 
own  blood  after  one  of  the  gods  had,  at  his  com- 
mand, cut  off  his  head.  The  account  would  afford  a 
much  closer  parallel  to  the  legend  as  we  find  it  on 

*  I.e.,  as  a  protection  against  the  monster. 


OTHER   VERSIONS   OF   THE   CREATION    STORY.     8/ 

the  tablets  if  we  might  assume  that  it  was  not  his 
own  blood,  but  that  of  Tiamat,  which  Bel  used  for  the 
purpose.  It  is  possible  that  either  Polyhistor  or 
Eusebius,  or  both,  misunderstood  the  original  story. 

We  have  described  the  great  story  of  the  creation 
which  was  current  in  Assyria  during  the  seventh 
century  before  Christ,  as  far  as  its  contents  can  be 
ascertained  from  the  fragments  that  have  come  down 
to  us.  The  numerous  tablets  and  duplicates  in- 
scribed with  the  legend,  which  have  been  found  in 
the  ruins  of  Ashur-bani-pal's  library,  indicate  the 
important  position  it  held  among  the  religious  and 
mythological  works  of  the  period ;  and  we  are  right 
in  assuming  that  this  version  of  the  creation  was  the 
one  most  widely  accepted  during  the  reigns  of  the 
later  Assyrian  kings.  But,  although  the  poem  in 
the  form  in  which  we  now  have  it  represents  the 
belief  most  generally  held  by  the  Babylonians  and 
Assyrians  at  this  comparatively  late  period  with  regard 
to  the  manner  in  which  the  world  came  into  being, 
it  can  only  have  attained  this  position  gradually. 
Babylonian  literature,  in  fact,  comprises  fragments  of 
other  myths  and  legends  which  give  different  accounts 
of  the  way  in  which  creation  took  place,  and,  as  one 
of  these  is  of  considerable  importance,  by  reason 
of  the  light  it  throws  upon  the  age  and  history  of 
such  legends  in  Babylonia,  it  will  be  convenient  to 
describe   it   before  considerint:^  what  connection    there 


SS  THE   SUMERIAN   STORY   OF   CREATION. 

may  have  been  between  the  Babylonian  poem  and  the 
story  of  creation  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis. 

After  the  great  Creation  Series  the  longest,  and 
indeed  the  only  other  distinct  version  of  the  story  of 
the  creation  in  Babylonian  literature  now  known  is 
found  upon  one  side  of  a  broken  incantation-tablet,^ 
which  was  inscribed  in  the  Neo-Babylonian  period  not 
earlier  than  600  B.C.  It  was  found  at  Abu-habbah,  the 
site  of  the  ancient  city  of  Sippar  in  Northern  Baby- 
lonia, in  1882. 

The  inscription  is  of  great  interest,  for  it  is  written 
in  the  ancient  Sumerian  language,  and  to  each  line  is 
attached  a  translation  in  Semitic  Babylonian.  The 
account  of  the  creation  here  given  offers  few  parallels 
to  the  great  Creation  Series  which  has  been  described 
above.  It  is  true  that  the  godMarduk  is  credited  with 
the  creation  of  the  world,  but  there  is  no  mention  of 
the  battle  which  the  god  successfully  waged  against  the 
powers  of  chaos  before  the  earth  came  into  being.  In 
fact  the  god  proceeds  to  the  work  of  creation  without 
any  previous  struggle  and  entirely  of  his  own  free  will. 
The  tablet  opens  with  a  description  of  chaos  at  a  period 
when  the  ancient  cities  and  temples  of  the  land  had  no 
existence,  when  no  towns  had  been  built,  nor  any 
veGtetation  created — in  short,  all  lands  were  sea.  In 
the  account  of  the  creation  that  follows  it  is  possible 
that  the  order  in  which  the  various  acts  are  described 

»  British  Museum,  No.  82-5-22,  1048, 


DESCRirXION    OF  CHAOS.  89 

is  not  intended  to  be  chronological,  but  is  dictated  by 
the  structure  of  the  poem.  Otherwise  we  must  assume 
that  the  cities  of  Eridu  and  Babj'lon  and  the  temple 
E-sagil  were  the  things  first  created,  and  that  their 
creation  preceded  not  only  the  construction  of  the  cities 
of  Nippur  and  Erecli  and  their  temples,  but  even  the 
creation  of  mankind,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field,  and 
vegetation,  and  the  rivers  of  Babylonia.  j\Iarduk's  act 
of  laying  a  reed,  or  bank  of  reeds,  upon  the  waters  and 
creating  dust  which  he  poured  out  round  about  it  would 
appear  to  be  merely  a  device  for  forming  dry  land  in 
the  expause  of  waters,  and  his  object  in  laying  in 
a  dam  or  embankment  at  the  edge  of  the  waters  was 
•evidently  to  keep  the  sea  from  flooding  the  land  he  had 
so  formed.     The  text  reads  as  follows : — 

"The  holy  temple,  the  temple  of  the  gods,  in  the 
holy  place  had  not  yet  been  made  ; 

"  jSTo  reed  had  sprung  up,  no  tree  had  been  created. 

"  No  brick  had  been  laid,  no  building  had  been  set  up  ; 

"  No  house  had  been  erected,  no  city  had  been  built ; 

"  No  city  had  been  made,  no  dwelling-place  had  been 
prepared. 

"Nippur  had  not  been  made,  E-kur  had  not  been 
built ; 

"Erech  had  not  been  created,  E-ana  had  not  been 
built ; 

*'  The  Deep  had  not  been  created,  Eridu  had  not  been 
built; 


90  THE   FORMATION   OF   DRY   LAND. 

"  Of  the  pure  temple,  the  temple  of  the  gods,  the 

habitation  had  not  been  made. 
"  All  lands  were  sea. 

"  At  length  there  was  a  movement  in  the  sea, 
"  Then  was  Eridu  made,  and  E-sagil  was  built, 
"E-sagil,  where  in  the  midst  of  the  Deep  the  god 

Lugal-dul-azaga  dwells. 
"  The  city  of  Babylon  was  built,  and  E-sagil   was 

finished. 
"  The   gods,   the   Anunnaki,    were    created    at    one 

time; 
"  The  holy  city,  the  dwelling  of  their  hearts'  desire, 

they  proclaimed  supreme. 
"  Marduk  laid  a  reed  upon  the  face  of  the  waters, 
"  He  formed  dust  and  poured  it  out  upon  the  reed. 
"  That  he  might  cause  the  gods  to  dwell  in  the  habi- 
tation of  their  hearts'  desire, 
"  He  formed  mankind. 
"  The  goddess  Aruru  together  with  him  created  the 

seed  of  mankind. 
"  He  formed  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  the  cattle  of 

the  field. 
"  He  created  the  Tigris,  and  the  Euphrates,  and  he 

set  them  in  their  place, 
"  Their  names  he  declared  to  be  good. 
"  The  wsA-s/m-plant,  the  Mttu-plsint  of  the  marsh,  the 

reed  and  the  forest  he  created, 
"  The  lands,  and  the  marshes,  and  the  swamps ; 


THE   CREATION    OF   MEN   AND   CITIES.  9 1 

"  The  wild  cow  and  her  young,  that  is  the  wikl  ox  ; 
the  ewe  and  her  young,  that  is  the  lamb  of  the 
fold; 

"  Plantations  and  forests  ; 

"  The  he-goat,  and  the  mountain-goat,  and  the  .  .  . 

"  The  lord  Marduk  laid  in  a  dam  by  the  side  of  the 
sea, 

" as  before  he  had  not  made, 

" he  brought  into  existence. 

" trees  he  created, 

"  [Bricks]  he  made  in  their  place. 

" brickwork  he  made  ; 

"  [Houses  he  made],  cities  he  built ; 

"  [Cities  he  made],  dwelling-places  he  prepared. 

"  [Nippur  he  made],  E-kur  he  built ; 

"  [Erech  he  made],  E-ana  he  built." 

The  rest  of  the  legend  is  broken  off,  and  the  reverse 
of  the  tablet  does  not  contain  a  continuation  of  the 
legend,  but  a  prayer,  or  incantation,  which  was  to  be 
recited  for  the  purification  of  the  temple  E-zida  in 
Borsippa.  The  connection  between  the  legend  and  the 
incantation  is  not  obvious,  but  the  fact  that  the  legend 
is  found  upon  an  incantation  tablet  does  not  detract 
from  its  value,  and  does  not  indicate  a  late  date  for  its 
composition.  In  fact,  as  will  presently  be  pointed  out, 
there  are  grounds  for  believing  that  the  legend  may  go 
back  to  a  time  when  Sumerian  was  still  a  living 
language,  and  when  it  was  not  merely  a  dead  tongue  - 


92        THE   "CUTH^AN   LEGEND   OF   CREATION." 

employed  in  religious  ritual  and   known   only  to  the 
scribes. 

In  tliis  connection  mention  must  be  made  of  two 
tablets,  wliicli  are  frequently  said  to  contain  the 
"  Cuthsean  legend  of  Creation,"  and  have  been  thought 
to  describe  a  local  account  of  the  creation  which  was 
current  in  the  ancient  city  of  Cuthah.  It  has  been 
asserted  that  this  legend  gives  an  account  of  the  creation 
of  the  world  by  Nergal,  the  god  of  Cuthah,  after  he  had 
conquered  the  brood  of  monsters  which  Tiamat  had 
brought  forth.  Eecently,  however,  it  has  been  pointed 
out  ^  that  the  tablets  are  not  concerned  with  the  creation, 
but  with  the  fortunes  of  an  early  Babylonian  king.  In 
the  reign  of  this  king,  whose  name  is  unknown,  the  land 
was  invaded  by  a  strange  race  of  monsters  who  were 
descended  from  the  gods,  and  for  three  years  the  king 
waged  war  against  this  foe  unsuccessfully,  but  at  length 
he  defeated  them.  In  fact,  the  tablets  have  nothing 
whatever  to  do  with  the  creation  or  with  the  fight 
l)etween  Tiamat  and  the  gods ;  but,  as  the  two  tablets 
which  contain  this  story  have  been  regarded  as  frag- 
ments of  a  legend  of  the  creation,  it  will  perhaps  be 
well  to  give  a  translation  of  them.  The  words  of  the 
text  are  put  in  the  mouth  of  the  king  himself,  who 
throughout  speaks  in  the  first  person ;  the  beginnings 
of  both  the  tablets  are  missing,  but  where  the  text 

'  Sec  Zimmern,  Zeitschrift  fur  Asstjriologie,  Bd.  XII.  (1898),  pp. 
317  ff. 


INVASION   OF   THE   LAND   BY    MONSTERS.         93 

becomes  continuous  we  find  a  description  of  the  strange 
monsters,  wliich  had  invaded  the  land,  in  the  following- 
words  : — 

"A  people  who  drink  turbid  water,  and  who  drink 

not  pure  water, 
"  Whose  sense  is  perverted,  have  taken  (men)  captive, 

have  triumphed  over  tliem,  and  have  committed 

slaughter. 
"  On  a  tablet  nought  is  written,  nought  is  left   (to 

write)  .-^     In  mine  own  person 
"  I  went  not  forth,  I  did  not  give  them  battle. 
"  A  people  who  have  the  bodies  of  birds  of  the  hollow, 

men  who  have  the  faces  of  ravens, 
"  Did  the  great  gods  create. 

"  In  the  ground  the  gods  created  a  dwelling  for  them, 
"  Tiamat  gave  them  suck, 

"  The  lady  of  the  gods  brought  them  into  the  world. 
"  In  the  midst  of  the  mountain  (of  the  world),  they 

became  strong,  they  waxed  great,  they  multiplied 

exceedingly. 
"  Seven  kings,  brethren,  fair  and  comely, 
"  360,000  in  number  were  their  warriors, 
"  Banini,  their  father,  was  king ;  their  mother,  Melili, 

queen. 
"  Their    eldest    brother,    their    leader,    was    named 

Memangab, 

*  I.e.y  the  city  was  in  confusion,  and  no  business  was  transacted, 
and  no  records  kept. 


94  DEFEAT   OF   THE   KING'S   FORCES. 

"  Their  second  brother  was  named  Med.udu." 

The  tablet  then  gives  the  names  of  the  other  five 
brethren,  all  of  which  are,  however,  broken.  After  the 
names  a  gap  occurs  in  the  legend,  for  the  beginning  of 
the  second  column  of  the  principal  tablet  is  missing. 
•Where  the  story  is  again  connected  we  find  the  king 
had  enquired  of  the  gods  if  he  should  give  the  enemy 
battle.  He  addressed  them  through  his  priests,  and 
offered  up  to  them  offerings  of  lambs,  which  he  placed 
in  rows  of  seven.  The  answer  of  the  gods  was  evidently 
favourable,  for  he  decided  to  engage  the  enemy ;  but 
for  a  space  of  three  years  every  man  he  sent  against 
the  foe  was  destroyed.     The  text  continues  : — 

"  As  the  first  year  drew  near, 

"  120,000  warriors  I  sent  out,  but  not  one  of  them 
returned  alive. 

"  As  the  second  year  drew  near, 

"90,000  warriors  I  sent  out,  but  not  one  of  them 
returned  alive. 

"  As  the  third  year  drew  near, 

"  60,700  warriors  I  sent  out,  but  not  one  returned 
alive. 

"  Despairing,  powerless,  perishing,  I  was  full  of  woe, 
and  I  groaned  aloud, 

"  And  said  I  to  my  heart :  '  By  my  life ! 

"  What  have  I  brought  upon  my  realm ! 

"  I  am  a  king,  who  hath  brought  no  prosperity  to 
his  country. 


HIS   FINAL   VICTORY.  95 

"  And  a  shepherd,  who  hath  brought  no  prosperity 

to  his  people. 
"  But  this  thing  will  I  do.      In  mine  own  person 

will  I  go  forth  ! 
"The  pride  of  the  people  of  the  night  I  will  curse 

with  death  and  destruction, 
"  With  fear,  terror,  .  .  .  and  famine, 
"...  and  with  misery  of  every  kind  ! '  " 
The  king  then  foretold  the  destruction  of  his  enemies 
by  means,  apparently,  of  a  deluge,  and  before  setting 
out  to  meet  them  he  again  offered  up  offerings  to  the 
gods.  How  he  conquered  the  enemy  we  do  not  know, 
but  the  fact  that  he  went  forth  in  his  own  person  to  do 
battle  against  them  evidently  secured  for  him  the  favour 
of  the  gods,  and  victory  over  the  monstrous  creatures 
who  had  so  long  oppressed  his  land.  In  the  latter 
portion  of  the  legend  the  king  addresses  words  of 
encouragement  to  any  future  prince  who  shall  rule  over 
his  kingdom.  The  king  exhorts  his  successor  when  in 
peril,  not  to  despair,  but  to  take  courage  from  his  own 
example;  in  the  following  words  : — 

"Thou,    0   king,    or   ruler,    or   prince,    or   any   one 

whatsoever, 
"  Whom  the  god  shall  call  to  rule  over  the  kingdom, 
"  A  tablet  concerning  these  matters  have  I  made  for 

thee,  and  a  record  have  I  written  for  thee. 
"  In  the  city  of  Cuthah,  in  the  temple  E-shidlam, 
"  In  the  shrine  of  Nergal  have  I  deposited  it  for  thee. 


g6  THE  LEGEND   OF   CUTHAII 

"  Behold  this  record,  and 

"  To  the  words  thereof  hearken, 

"  That  thou  mayest  not  despair,  nor  be  feeble, 

"  That  thou  mayest  not  fear,  nor  be  affrighted. 

"  Stablish  thyself  firmly, 

"  Sleep  in  peace  beside  thy  wife, 

"  Strengthen  thy  walls, 

"  Fill  thy  trenches  with  water, 

"  Bring  in  thy  treasure-chests,  and  thy  corn,  and  thy 
silver,  and  thy  goods,  and  thy  possessions, 

"  [And  thy  weapons],  and  thy  household  stuff," 

The  ruler  himself  is  bidden  to  take  heed  unto  his 
own  safety,  not  to  go  forth  nor  to  draw  near  his  foe. 
The  meaning  of  the  exhortation  seems  to  be  that  as  in 
days  of  old  the  gods  helped  the  king  of  the  land  and 
turned  his  mourning  into  victory,  so  in  the  future  when 
the  land  is  in  sore  trouble  and  the  foe  is  at  the  gate  the 
king  is  not  to  despair  but  to  expect  that  the  gods  will 
help  him  also. 

This  legend  has  for  some  years  been  known  as  "  the 
Cuthajan  legend  of  Creation,"  but  from  the  above 
translation  it  will  be  seen  that  the  description  is 
inaccurate.  It  was  thought  that  the  poem  was  spoken 
by  the  god  Nergal,  who  was  supposed  to  be  waging  war 
ao^ainst  the  brood  of  Tiamat,  and  it  was  assumed  that 
Nergal  took  the  place  of  Marduk  in  accordance  with 
local  tradition  at  Cuthah.  It  is  clear,  however,  that 
although  the  tablet  on  which  the  legend  was  inscribed 


NOT   A   CREATION   LEGEND.  97 

was  meaut  to  be  preserved  at  Cutliali  in  the  shrine  of 
Nergal  (as  stated  towards  the  end  of  the  poem)  the 
speaker  is  not  the  god  Nergal  but  an  old  Babylonian 
king ;  and  we  have  already  seen  that  this  king  recounts 
how  the  gods  delivered  him  and  his  land  from  the 
hosts  of  the  monsters.  It  is  true  that  in  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  monsters,  some  of  which  had  the  bodies 
of  birds  and  others  the  heads  of  ravens,  Tiamat  is 
mentioned  as  having  suckled  them ;  but  this  state- 
ment hardly  affords  sufficient  evidence  to  justify  their 
identification  with  her  monster  brood  which  has  already 
been  described  in  the  Creation  story.  It  is  more 
probable  that  Tiamat  is  called  their  foster-mother  in 
order  to  indicate  their  terrible  nature.  Moreover,  the 
speaker  in  the  poem  does  not  perform  any  acts  of 
creation,  but  does  battle  with  the  monsters  merely  to 
deliver  his  land  from  their  assault. 

In  conclusion  it  may  be  mentioned  that  last  year  a 
fragment  of  a  Babylonian  tablet  preserved  in  the 
Imperial  Ottoman  Museum  at  Constantinople  was 
published,^  which  contains  part  of  a  copy  of  this  legend ; 
the  inscription  upon  it  is  a  parallel  and  not  a  duplicate 
text.  If,  as  has  been  stated,  this  fragment  belongs  to 
the  old  Babylonian  period,  it  will  afford  valuable 
evidence  of  the  early  existence  of  these  legends  in 
Babylonia. 

The  great  Babylonian  legend  of  creation  has  been 

'  See  Scheil,  Becueil  de  Travaux,  Vol.  XX.,  p.  65  f. 
B.U3.  KEL.  -  H 


98      DATE  OF  THE  CREATION  LEGENDS. 

examined  and  its  variant  forms  have  been  traced,  so  far 
as  tliey  can  be  restored  from  late  Assyrian  and  Baby- 
lonian tablets,  and  from  the  extract  from  the  history 
of  Berosus  which  has  come  down  to  us.  Not  one  of 
the  tablets  on  which  the  legends  are  written  belongs 
to  a  period  earlier  than  the  seventh  century  B.C.,  and 
the  question  naturally  arises,  Do  the  legends  they 
contain  also  date  from  the  seventh  century,  or  must 
they  be  referred  to  some  earlier  period  ?  In  other 
words.  Were  they  composed  by  the  priestly  scribes  who 
had  them  written  upon  the  actual  tablets  which  we 
possess,  or  did  these  scribes  simply  copy  the  documents 
belonging  to  an  older  period  ?  And,  if  the  scribes  of 
the  seventh  century  were  mere  copyists  and  not  com- 
posers, we  must  also  ask,  To  what  period  must  we 
assign  the  origin  of  the  old  texts  which  they  copied  ? 
These  questions  can,  fortunately,  be  decided  by  a  careful 
examination  of  the  available  evidence. 

The  first  question  is  best  answered  by  considering 
the  various  forms  which  the  Creation  legends  assume 
on  different  tablets.  Were  the  legends  brand-new  com- 
jDOsitions  of  the  seventh  century  we  should  expect  to 
find  all  the  copies  which  were  written  at  the  same  time 
and  preserved  in  the  same  library  agreeing  closely  with 
each  other.  It  is  true  that  we  do  find  several  copies  of 
the  Creation  tablets  which  correspond  with  each  other 
word  for  word,  and  these  were,  no  doubt,  made  from 
some  common  archetype.     But  we  also  possess  another 


INDICATIONS   OF   THEIR   EARLY   ORIGIN.         99 

tablet  from  Ashur-bani-pal's  library,  which  gives  quite 
a  different  account  of  the  struggle  with  Tiamat.  The 
tablet  has  been  already  referred  to/  and  we  have  seen 
that  on  it  the  fight  is  described  as  taking  place  after 
and  not  before  creation,  and  that  Tiamat's  body  is  not 
used  to  form  the  vault  of  heaven ;  moreover,  the  dragon 
is  a  male  and  not  a  female  monster,  and  the  description 
of  it  is  quite  different  from  that  in  the  Creation  Series ; 
and  finally  another  god  than  Anu  is  first  of  all  asked 
to  go  forth  and  slay  her.  Other  events  differently 
described  may  have  been  narrated  on  the  tablet,  for 
only  a  fragment  of  it  has  been  preserved  ;  but  those  that 
we  have  enumerated  are  suf&cient  to  prove  our  point. 
Such  variant  forms  of  the  same  story  cannot  have 
arisen  in  one  generation.  They  presuppose  many 
centuries  of  tradition,  during  which  the  two  accounts 
were  handed  down  independently.  Though  the  two 
stories  were  derived  from  a  common  original,  they 
were  related  in  different  cities  in  different  ways.  At 
first  they  were  probably  identical  in  form,  but  in 
course  of  time  variations  crept  in,  and  two  or  more 
forms  of  the  story  were  developed  along  different  lines. 
The  process  must  have  been  gradual,  and  the  resultant 
forms  of  the  story  afford  sufficient  evidence  as  to  the 
great  age  of  their  common  ancestor.  That  they  were 
found  together  in  Ashur-bani-pal's  library  is  to  be 
explained  as  the  result  of  that  monarch's  energy 
'  See  pp.  8i  ff. 


100        EVIDENCE   FROM   SEPARATE   VERSIONS. 

in    scouring   the    country   for    literary   and    religious 
works. 

A  similar  conclusion  follows  if  we  compare  the  two 
separate  and  distinct  versions  of  the  creation  which 
have  also  been  described  above.^  In  both  of  them 
Marduk  is  the  creator  of  the  world,  but,  while  the 
great  Creation  Series  is  chiefly  taken  up  with  the  revolt 
and  conquest  of  Tiamat  as  a  necessary  preliminary  to  the 
creation  of  the  world,  in  the  shorter  Sumerian  version 
there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  conflict,  nor  is  the  dragon 
Tiamat  even  mentioned.  In  this  tablet  we  have  an 
instance  of  quite  a  different  version  of  the  creation  which 
we  may  perhaps  assume  goes  back  to  a  period  when 
the  dragon-myth  had  not  become  associated  with  the 
creation  of  the  world.  The  so-called  "  Cuthsean  legend 
of  Creation  "  cannot  be  cited  as  a  true  variant  form  of 
the  legend,  for,  as  we  have  seen,  it  is  not  a  creation 
legend  at  all,  but  a  story  of  an  old  Babylonian  king. 
It  contains  a  reference  to  the  dragon  Tiamat,  however,, 
and  evidently  presupposes  on  the  part  of  the  reader 
a  knowledge  of  the  story  concerning  the  monsters  to 
which  she  is  said  to  have  given  birth.  If  the  frag- 
mentary duplicate  of  the  inscription  which  has  recently 
been  found  ^  was  written  in  the  old  Babylonian  period^ 
this  reference  to  Tiamat  in  the  legend  is  important 
evidence  for  the  early  date  of  the  dragon-myth.     But, 

*  I.e.,  the  great  Creation  Series  on  pp.  61  IT.,  and  the  Sumerian 
version  of  the  Creation  on  pp.  88  IT. 
2  See  p.  97. 


EVIDENCE   FROM   SCULPTURE.  lOI 

even  if  we  leave  the  Ciithfean  tablet  out  of  account 
altogether,  the  existence  of  the  two  versions  of  the 
Creation  story  and  the  variants  we  have  traced  in  the 
accounts  of  the  fight  with  Tiamat  prove  conclusively 
their  early  origin. 

So  far  we  have  considered  the  internal  evidence  of 
date  offered  by  tlie  legends  themselves.  Additional 
evidence,  pointing  in  the  same  direction,  is  afforded  by . 
a  study  of  certain  aspects  of  Babylonian  and  Assyrian 
art.  In  a  temple  built  by  Ashur-niitsir-pal  at  Nimrud, 
the  site  of  the  ancient  Assyrian  city  of  Calah,  there 
was  found  a  slab  sculptured  in  relief  with  a  represen- 
tation of  the  fight  between  Marduk  and  Tiamat.^  The 
monster,  half  bird,  half  lion,  turns  roaring  in  anger 
towards  the  god  who,  in  human  form  and  borne  upon 
four  wings,  swoops  down  to  give  battle.  Now  Ashur- 
natsir-pal  reigned  from  B.C.  884  to  B.C.  860,  so  that 
we  here  have  evidence  of  the  existence  of  the  legend 
more  than  two  hundred  years  before  the  formation  of 
the  library  of  Ashur-bani-pal,  who  reigned  from  B.C.  669 
to  about  B.C.  625.  Moreover  the  battle  between 
Marduk  and  Tiamat  was  a  very  favourite  subject 
for  engraving  upon  cylinder-seals.  Numbers  of  these 
have  been  found,  and  many  give  quite  different  repre- 
sentations of  Tiamat.  The  god  Marduk  is  generally 
represented    in    human    form    with    wings,    but    the 

'  In  the  British  Museum,  Nimroud  Gallcrj',  Xos.  28  and  29.     See 
the  illustration  on  p.  75. 


102 


EVIDENCE   FROM    CYLINDER-SEALS. 


monster  assumes  many  guises.  Sometimes  slie  is 
pictured  as  a  winged  and  human-headed  lion,  at  other 
times  she  has  the  body  of  a  horse  or  bull,  and  the 
wings  and  crested  head  of  a  bird.  On  certain  cylinder- 
seals  she  figures  simply  as  a  beast,  while  on  others 
though  she  has  an  animal's  body  she  has  a  woman's 
head/     On  a  very  interesting  cylinder,  here  published 


The  god  Marfuk  armed  with  the  thumlerbolt  ami  other  weapons  standing  on  the 
bact  of  'rirmiat  and  slaying  her.  (From  a  cylinder-seal,  in  tUe  British  Museum, 
No.  b9  5890 

for  the  first  time,  she  is  represented  as  a  huge  dragon 
on  whose  back  the  god  Marduk,  fully  armed,  has  leapt, 
and  he  and  his  ministers  are  in  the  act  of  slaying  her. 
It  is  true  that  many  of  these  cylinder-seals  belong  to 
the  late  Assyrian  and  Persian  periods,  i.e.,  from  about 
B.C.  700  to  B.C.  300 ;  a  few,  however,  are  archaic 
in  style  and  may  be  assigned  to  a  somewhat  earlier 
date.  But  without  laying  too  much  stress  on  the 
possibly  early  date  of  some  of  them,  the  great  variety 

'  For  reproductions  of  several  cylinder-seals  of  this  class,  see  the 
Collection  de  Ctercq,  Plates  xxix.  ff. 


EVIDENCE   FROM   HISTORICAL   INSCRIPTIONS.     I03 

of  treatment  of  the  same  subject  which  they  present 
certainly  points  to  the  existence  of  many  variant  forms 
of  the  legend,  and  so  indirectly  bears  witness  to  its 
early  origin. 

A  third  class  of  evidence  for  the  early  date  of  tlie 
legends  of  creation  may  be  found  in  certain  passages 
in  the  historical  inscriptions  which  record  the  erection 
of  statues  and  the  making  of  temple  furniture,  etc., 
in  the  earlier  periods  of  Babylonian  history.  In  the 
copy  of  an  inscription  of  Agum,  an  early  Babylonian 
king,  who  flourished  not  later  than  the  seventeenth 
century  before  Christ,  we  have,  fortunately,  an  allusion 
to  the  dragon-myth  of  Babylonia.  Now  although  we 
do  not  possess  an  actual  inscription  of  this  king's 
reign,  the  copy  of  one  in  the  British  Museum,  which, 
we  know,  was  made  for  Ashur-bani-pal,^  is  to  all 
intents  and  purposes  just  as  good.  From  this  we 
learn  that  Agum  brought  back  to  Babylon  a  statue  of 
the  god  Marduk  and  one  of  the  goddess  Tsarpanitum, 
which  at  some  previous  time  had  been  carried  off  to 
the  land  of  Khani  which  lay  to  the  north-west  of 
Babylonia.  The  statues  were  carried  to  the  temple 
E-sagil  in  Babylon,  and  with  much  pomp  and  ceremony 
were  re-installed  in  their  shrines.  Agum  recounts 
at  length  the  sumptuous  temple  furniture  which  he 
caused  to   be   made   for   this   occasion,  and   also   the 

'  Published  in  Cuneiform  Imcriptions  of   Western  Asia,  Vol.   V., 
plate  33. 


104  AGUM  S   TEMPLE-FURNITURE. 

apparel  and  head-dresses  for  the  statues  of  these  gods, 
which  he  caused  to  be  made  of  fine  gold  and  inlaid 
with  precious  stones.  In  the  shrine  itself,  he  tells 
us,  he  also  set  a  dragon,  which  must  have  resembled 
those  made  at  a  later  time  by  Nebuchadnezzar  and 
Neriglissar,^  and  that  this  dragon  was  connected  with 
Tiamat  of  the  Creation  legend  is  clear  from  the  fact 
that  along  with  her  he  also  set  up  figures  of  monsters, 
including  vipers,  and  monsters  called  lakhmic,  and  a 
ram,  and  a  hurricane,  and  a  raging  hound,  and  a  fish- 
man,  and  a  goat-fish.  The  list  of  the  eleven  classes 
of  monsters  in  the  Creation  Series  gives  us  monster- 
serpents,  and  monster-vipers,  and  a  viper,  and  a 
dragon,  and  monsters  called  lahhamu,  and  a  hurricane, 
and  a  raging  hound,  and  a  scorpion-man,  and  tem- 
pests, and  a  fish-man,  and  rams.  AVe  are  not  here 
concerned  with  the  astrological  character  of  these 
monsters,  nor  with  their  connection  with  the  origin 
of  the  signs  of  the  Zodiac ;  but  what  is  evident  from 
the  two  lists  is  that  already  in  the  time  of  Agum 
the  legend  of  Tiamat  and  her  monster  brood  had  been 
accepted  and  had  become  absorbed  into  the  ancient 
religious  traditions  of  the  land. 

A  further  reference  to  the  legend  may  be  seen  in 

^  When  Nebuchadnezzar  II.  set  up  colossal  serpents  in  the  gate- 
wa3's  of  Babylon  in  the  sixth  century  before  Christ,  and  when  Neri- 
glissar,  his  successor,  set  up  eight  such  serpents  whicli  he  had  made 
of  bronze  and  coated  with  silver,  it  is  tolerably  clear  that  these  figures 
were  intended  to  represent  the  dragon  of  the  Creation  story. 


THE   "deeps"   of   bur-sin   AND   UR-NINA.     IO5 

the  mention  of  another  object  used  for  ceremonial 
purposes  which  was  given  by  Agum  to  Marduk's 
temple.  In  Marduk's  shrine,  beside  the  great  serpent 
he  set  what  he  terms  a  tamtu,  or  "  sea "  ;  this  was, 
no  doubt,  a  large  basin,  or  "laver,"  similar  to  the 
brazen  sea  of  Solomon's  temple  which  stood  upon 
twelve  oxen.^  Such  a  vessel,  as  its  name  indicates, 
was  symbolical  of  the  abyss  of  water  personified  in  the 
legend  by  Apsu  and  Tiiimat,  and  its  mention  in  the 
inscription  in  such  close  connection  with  the  dragon 
and  the  brood  of  monsters  is  peculiarly  significant. 
Similar  vessels,  called  apse,  i.e.,  "abysses,"  or  "deeps," 
as  we  know  from  other  inscriptions,  were  placed  in  the 
temples  of  Babylonia  from  the  earliest  periods.  Bur- 
Sin,  a  king  of  Ur  who  lived  about  B.C.  2500,  erected 
for  the  god  Enki,  or  Ea,  a  zu-ah  Tci-ag-ga-ni,  "  an  abyss 
""  that  was  dear  to  him  "  ;  ^  and  in  the  reign  of  Ur-Xina, 
an  ancient  Sumerian  king  of  Shirpurla,  and  one  of  the 
■earliest  rulers  of  that  city  whose  names  have  come 
down  to  us,  such  vessels  were  already  used  in  religious 
ceremonies.  The  latter  monarch  caused  a  limestone 
tablet  to  be  inscribed  with  the  list  of  the  temples  erected 
during  his  reign,  and  in  the  inscription  upon  it  we  read 
that  he  constructed  a  zu-ctb  gal,  or  "great  " abyss."  ^ 

'  1  Kings  vii.  23  ff. 

-  The  tablet  containing  this  record  is  iiublislied  in  Gun.  Inscr.  of 
We4.  Asia,  Vol.  I.,  plate  3,  No.  XII.  (1). 

'  See  De  Sarzec,  D^couiertes  en  Chaldee,  plate  II.,  No.  1,  Col.  III., 
a.  5  f. 


I06  SUMERIAN   INFLUENCE. 

The  fact  that  at  these  early  periods  Ur-Nina  and  Bur- 
Sin  provided  their  temples  with  "seas"  and  "deeps," 
i.e.,  lavers,  does  not,  of  course,  prove  that  the  Creation 
legends  were  current  among  the  Sumerians  in  the  forms 
in  which  we  find  them  on  Assyrian  tablets  of  the 
seventh  century  before  Christ.  But  the  references  at 
least  indicate  the  source  and  period  to  which  the  legends 
may  be  traced.  The  Semitic  Babylonians  learnt  from 
the  Sumerians  the  art  of  writing;  in  their  business 
transactions  they  adopted  the  legal  forms  and  phrases 
that  were  current  in  the  land  before  they  came  there, 
while  as  for  the  gods  of  the  conquered  race  they  either 
adopted  them  or  identified  them  with  their  own  deities. 
It  is  probable,  therefore,  that  from  the  Sumerians 
also  they  took  their  ideas  of  the  creation  of  the  world. 
We  know  that  at  the  time  of  Khammurabi  the  Semitic 
scribes  copied  out  and  studied  Sumerian  religious 
texts,  and  from  the  ancient  libraries  of  Southern 
Babylonia  we  have  recovered  religious  compositions 
bearing  a  striking  resemblance  to  those  which  were 
employed  in  the  Assyrian  temples  of  the  later  period ; 
but  in  this  early  Sumerian  literature  we  have  not  yet 
found  any  fragment  of  the  story  of  the  creation,  or 
indeed  of  any  mythological  legend.  The  shorter  ver- 
sion of  the  creation  inscribed  upon  a  Neo-Babyloniau 
tablet  is,  however,  written  in  Sumerian  and  furnished 
with  a  Semitic  translation ;  and,  although  the  scribes  of 
that  late  period,  in  all  probability,  frequently  attempted 


PROBABLE   SOURCE   OF   THE   LEGENDS.         IC/ 

to  compose  in  the  Sunierian  language,  that  version  of 
the  Creation  story  may  well  have  been  copied  from 
an  early  original  Sunierian  document.  As  the  study 
of  the  Sumerian  language  progresses  and  the  mass 
of  tablets  that  have  been  brought  to  light  within  the 
last  few  years  are  examined  and  published,  we  may 
in  time  find  definite  proofs  of  the  existence  of  such 
legends.  Meanwhile  the  evidence  available  is  sufficient 
to  show  that  the  legends  of  the  creation  current  in 
Assyria  and  Babylonia  during  the  seventh  and  succeed- 
ing centuries  before  Christ  were  based  upon  archetypes 
the  existence  of  which  may  date  from  Sumerian  times. 
The  actual  text  of  the  legends,  no  doubt,  underwent 
many  processes  of  editing ;  the  division  of  the  great 
poem  into  sections,  each  written  on  a  separate  tablet, 
may  well  have  been  the  work  of  later  scribes ;  but 
the  legends  themselves  were  ancient  and  had  their 
origin  in  the  earliest  period  of  Babylonian  history. 

We  have  now  described  the  contents  of  the  great 
Babylonian  poem  of  the  creation,  we  have  referred  to 
the  variant  traditions  that  have  come  down  to  us  con- 
cerning the  several  episodes  of  the  story,  and  we  have 
also  examined  a  second  version  of  the  creation  which 
bears  but  small  resemblance  to  the  great  poem.  We 
have  suggested  that  the  existence  of  so  many  variants 
is  a  proof  of  the  great  age  of  the  legends,  and  it  has 
been  seen  that  this  evidence  is  corroborated  by  the 
traces  which  the  legends  have  left  in  Babylonian  and 


I08      BABYLONIAN   AND   HEBREW   NARRATIVES. 

Assyrian  art,  and  by  certain  indirect  references  to 
them  in  some  early  historical  inscriptions.  The  ex- 
tracts given  from  the  tablets  will  have  conveyed  better 
than  any  summary  would  have  done  the  exact  nature 
of  their  contents,  and,  as  the  translations  have  been 
made  as  literal  as  possible,  the  reader  has  been  able 
to  form  his  own  opinion  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
resemblance  which  may  be  detected  between  these 
ancient  Babylonian  stories  and  the  account  of  the 
creation  in  the  Book  of  Genesis.  It  now  remains  to  con- 
sider what  connection  there  is  between  the  Hebrew  and 
the  Babylonian  accounts  of  the  creation  of  the  world. 

That  there  must  have  been  a  connection  between  the 
two  accounts  is  generally  admitted,  for  it  is  only 
necessary  to  read  the  tablets  to  be  struck  by  their 
resemblance  to  the  Biblical  narrative  in  many  par- 
ticulars ;  the  question  now  to  be  decided  is,  In  what 
does  this  connection  consist  ?  Three  possible  solutions 
of  the  problem  suggest  themselves :  (1)  The  Baby- 
lonians may  have  derived  their  legends  from  the 
Hebrews ;  (2)  both  Babylonians  and  Hebrews,  as 
different  branches  of  the  same  Semitic  race,  may  have 
inherited  the  legends  from  a  common  ancestral  stock  ; 
and  (3)  the  Hebrews  may  have  derived  their  legends 
from  Babylonia.  Of  these  possible  solutions  the  first 
may  be  dismissed  at  once.  During  whatever  period  of 
their  history  the  inhabitants  of  Mesopotamia  came  in 
contact  with  the  peoples  of  the  Mediterranean  coast, 


THE   REASON   OF   THEIR   RESEMBLANCE.        IC9 

tliey  always  came  in  the  character  of  conquerors,  and 
we  know  from  their  inscriptions  that  the  Babylonians 
and  Assyrians  regarded  the  other  nations  of  Western 
Asia  only  in  the  light  of  payers  of  tribute.     It  is  in- 
conceivable, therefore,  that  they  should  have  borrowed 
their   sacred  traditions   from   a  race   they  considered 
inferior  to  themselves ;  moreover,  the  existence  of  the 
legends  in  Babylonia  has  been  traced  to  a  very  early 
period,  before  any  contact  between  the  Babylonians  and 
the  Hebrews  can  have  taken  place.     The  second  theory 
has  far  more  to  recommend  it,  and  has  met  with  warm 
supporters.      It  has   been  urged  that,  coming  of  the 
same  stock,  both  Babylonians  and  Hebrews  possessed 
the  legends  of  the  creation  as  a  common  inheritance, 
and  that  each  of  these  nations  modified  and  developed 
them  independently.      Against  this  explanation  is  to 
be  set  the  distinctly  Babylonian  character  and  colour- 
ing of  the   stories,  and  it  is   generally  regarded   as 
impossible  for  them  to  have  other  than  a  Babylonian 
origin.     In  the  account  of  the  Flood  given  in  Genesis, 
which  will  be  referred  to  in  the  following  chapter,  the 
Babylonian   origin  is  still   more   apparent.      We   are, 
therefore,  reduced   to  the  third  solution  as   being  the 
most   probable  of  the  three.      The  legends,   we   may 
conclude,  are  Babylonian  in  origin  and  character,  and 
the  resemblances  which  the  account  in  Genesis  bears 
to  them  must,  we  think,  be  put  down  to  Babylonian 
influence.     We  may  then  ask,  At  what  time,  and  by 


no  THE   IIEXATEUCH. 

what  means,  was  this  influence  exerted  which  has  left 
its  traces  on  the  Hebrew  story  in  Genesis  ? 

The  critical  study  of  the  text  of  Genesis  has  shown 
that  this  book,  like  the  rest  of  the  Pentateuch,  is  not 
from  the  pen  of  a  single  writer,  and  that  it  is  made 
vip  of  a  number  of  separate  works.  In  the  earlier 
periods  of  Hebrew  history  these  works  had  not  been 
woven  into  a  continuous  narrative,  and  they  were  not 
in  the  form  in  which  they  are  now  known  to  us  ;  each 
work  had  a  separate  existence.  The  evidence  on  which 
this  conclusion  rests  consists  in  part  of  the  numerous 
repetitions  which  occur  throughout  the  books,  and  in 
the  existence  of  two  separate  and  sometimes  quite 
different  narratives  of  the  same  event,  and  in  diffi- 
culties in  chronology,  and  the  like.  A  careful  study  of 
the  Hebrew  text  by  scholars  throughout  the  present 
century  ^  has  further  shown  that  there  are  three  prin- 
cipal works  on  which  the  Pentateuch  and  the  Book  of 
Joshua  are  based.  These  works  dealt  with  the  early 
history  of  the  Hebrew  race,  and,  as  each  of  them 
frequently  goes  over  the  same  ground  as  the  others,  it 
is  easy  to  explain  the  repetitions  which  the  combined 
narrative  contains.  Each  of  these  books,  or  histories, 
can  be  recognized  with  tolerable  certainty  by  their 
differences  in  style  and  treatment,  the  use  of  phrases 
peculiar  to  themselves,  the  names  for  God  which  they 

'  Cf.  Cheyue,  Founders  of  Old  Testament  Criticism :  Biographical, 
T>e"rijtiee,  and  Critical  Studitt  (Loudon,  1893). 


ITS   COMPOSITE   CHARACTER.  Ill 

employ,  etc.  One  of  these  works  was  used  to  form 
the  groundwork  of  the  "  Hexateuch/'  or  first  six  books 
of  the  Bible,  and  it  was  well  adapted  for  the  purpose, 
inasmuch  as  it  presented  an  orderly  system  of  chro- 
nology. It  dealt  with  the  laws  and  customs  of  the 
people,  and  explained  their  origin  ;  and  from  the 
general  nature  of  its  contents  it  is  usually  termed 
the  "  Priestly  writing,"  or  the  "  Priests'  code."  The 
other  two  books  which  were  incorporated  with  this 
"Priestly  writing,"  dealt  with  the  legends  and  early 
history  of  the  Hebrew  race ;  they  are  far  more  primitive 
and  picturesque  in  style  than  the  more  formal  and 
annalistic  narrative  ,with  which  they  are  combined. 
The  writers  of  these  two  narratives  are  generally  dis- 
tinguished by  the  names  "  Jehovist "  and  "  Elohist," 
from  the  fact  that  in  one  of  them  the  Divine  name 
employed  is  Jahweh  or  Jehovah,  translated  as  "  the 
Lord  "  in  the  Authorized  Version ;  while  in  the  other 
it  is  Elohim,  which  is  translated  as  "  God." 

It  is  needless  for  our  purpose  to  discuss  here  the 
relations  which  these  three  works  bear  to  one  another, 
or  to  enumerate  any  additional  documents  of  which 
use  was  made  in  the  Hexateuch.  It  will  suffice  to 
state  that  in  the  early  chapters  of  Genesis,  two  only, 
of  the  three  writings  referred  to,  have  been  used 
— the    "  Priestly    writing  "  ^    and     the     "  Jehovistic 

'  The  "Priestly  writing"  also  makes  use  of  the  word  ElGhitn 
for  "  God." 


112       THE   BIBLICAL  VERSIONS   OF   CREATION. 

narrative."^  Thus  the  account  of  the  creation  in 
Genesis  i.  1 — ii.  4  (first  half  of  the  verse)  is  from  the 
former  writing,  and  contains  a  complete  account  of  the 
history  of  creation  in  a  series  of  successive  acts.  The 
story  of  the  garden  of  Eden,  which  follows  in  chapters 
ii.  4  (second  half  of  the  verse) — iii.  24,  is  taken  from 
the  "Jehovistic  narrative,"  and  it  gives  another  ac- 
count of  creation  which  is  not  marked  by  the  literary 
•^precision  and  balanced  structure  of  the  first  chapter. 
That  account  had  given  a  complete  description  of  the 
making  of  the  world  ;  the  second  narrative  begins  at 
the  beginning  again,  going  back  to  a  time  when  there 
were  no  plants,  nor  beasts,  nor  men,  and  then  nar- 
rates their  creation.  If  we  compare  these  accounts 
with  the  two  principal  traditions  of  the  creation  pre- 
served in  Babylonian  literature,  and  which  we  have 
already  described,^  we  see  that  the  account  in  the 
first  chapter  agrees  more  closely  with  the  longer 
Babylonian  narrative  than  with  the  shorter;  on  the 
other  hand  the  earlier  part  of  the  story  of  the 
garden  of  Eden,  both  in  its  structure  and  in  several 
of  its  phrases,  is  not  unlike  the  shorter  Babylonian 
version. 

'     To  the  greater   part  of  the  story  of  the  garden  of 
Eden,    no    parallel    has   been   found    in    Babylonian 

•  An  analysis  of  the  first  eleven  chapters  of  the  Book  of  Genesis 
on  these  lines  is  given  in  Prof.  Driver's  Introduction  to  the  Literature 
of  the  Old  Testament,  (Gth  ed.),  pp.  14  ff. 

-  See  above,  pp.  Gl  if.,  and  88  ff. 


THE   GARDEN   OF   EDEN. 


II 


mytliology ;  it  has,  however,  been  pointed  out  that 
in  the  description  of  Paradise  Babylonian  sources  have 
been  largely  drawn  upon.  The  illustration  here  given 
has  been  by  some  supposed  to  be  a  Babylonian  repre- 
sentation of  the  story  of  the  temptation  of  Eve ;  but 
as  no  cuneiform  text  in  support  of  this  view  has  been 
forthcoming,   the   identification    of    the   female   figure 


Imprpsslon  of  a  cylinder-seal  representing  a  uiaie  and  a  female  figure  seated  near 
a  sacred  tree  ;  betiind  the  woman  is  a  serpent.    (British  Museum,  No.  89,326.) 

with  Eve  must  be  regarded  as  somewhat  fanciful. 
Writers  on  Babylonian  mythology  have  sought  to  find 
in  the  Babylonian  legends  the  counterparts  of  Adam 
and  Eve,  but  without  success.  Eecently  Ea-bani,  a 
mythical  and  savage  hero  of  the  Gilgamesh  legend,^ 
has  been  identified  with  Adam,  and  the  maiden  Ukhat, 
by  whom  he  was  tempted,  with  Eve,^  but  the  grounds 
on  which  the  identifications  are  made  are  not  con- 
vincing. 

In   consequence   of    the    many   points    of    identity 
between  the  Hebrew  and  the  Babylonian  versions  of 

'  See  below,  pp.  150  ff. 

*  See  Jastrow,  Amer.  Juur.  Semit.  Lavg.,  Yol.  XT.,  No.  4  (July,  1899). 

T,kV:  EEL.  1 


114  JEWS   AND   BABYLONIANS. 

the  creation,  some  advanced  critics  hold  that  the  Jews 
heard  the  Babylonian  stories  for  the  first  time  during 
their  exile  in  Babylon,  and  that  on  their  return  from 
captivity  they  brought  them  back  with  them  and 
incorporated  them  in  their  sacred  writings.  Against 
this  assumption  it  has  been  urged  that  it  is  hardly 
likely  the  captive  Jews  would  have  adopted  strange 
legends  from  their  conquerors,  and  raised  them  to  a 
jplace  of  honour  among  their  national  traditions.  But, 
apart  from  this  consideration,  such  an  assumption  is 
not  necessary  in  order  to  explain  the  resemblances — 
indeed  it  is  hardly  admissible,  for  it  takes  no  account  of 
the  striking  differences  and  variations  which  the  narra- 
tives present.  Moreover,  in  many  passages  throughout 
the  Old  Testament,  we  find  traces  of  the  Babylonian 
dragon-myth,  and  it  is  scarcely  possible  that  all  such 
references  should  date  from  the  post-exilic  period. 

In  several  passages  we  find  allusions  to  a  dragon 
or  serpent  who  is  thought  to  inhabit  the  deep.  Thus 
the  prophet  Amos,  describing  how  none  shall  escape 
God's  hands  when  He  comes  in  judgment,  exclaims, 
"And  though  they  hide  themselves  in  the  top  of 
"  Carmel,  I  will  search  and  take  them  out  thence ; 
"  and  though  they  be  hid  from  my  sight  in  the  bottom 
"  of  the  sea,  thence  will  I  command  the  serpent,  and 
-  "  he  shall  bite  them."  ^  This  serpent  or  dragon  is 
sometimes  referred  to  as  "  Leviathan "  or  "  Eahab," 
>  Amos  ix.  3. 


TRACES   OF   THE   DRAGON-MYTII.  II5 

and  in  several  passages  allusion  is  made  to  a  battle 
with  tlie  dragon  of  the  deep,  in  which  the  dragon 
was  pierced  or  slain,  "Awake,  awake,  put  on  strength, 
"  0  arm  of  the  Lord ;  awake,  as  in  the  days  of  old, 
"  the  generations  of  ancient  times.  Art  thon  not  it 
"  that  cut  Eahab  in  pieces,  that  pierced  the  dragon  ?  "  ^ 
Here  the  allusion  to  a  battle  with  a  dragon,  that  took 
place  "  in  days  of  old,"  is  unmistakable.  "  Thou  didst 
"  divide  "  (Heb.  "  break  up  ")  "  the  sea  by  thy  strength  : 
"  thou  brakest  the  heads  of  the  dragons  in  the  waters. 
"  Thou  brakest  the  heads  of  leviathan  in  pieces, 
"  thou  gavest  him  to  be  meat  to  the  people  inhabiting 
"  the  wilderness."  ^  In  this  and  in  the  following 
passage  from  the  Book  of  Job  the  connection  of  the 
dragon  with  the  deep  is  brought  out :  ^  "  He  stirreth 
"  lip  the  sea  with  his  power,  and  by  his  understanding 
"  he  smiteth  through  Eahab.  By  his  spirit  the  heavens 
"  are  garnished  ;  his  hand  has  pierced  the  swift  serpent."'* 
In  the  last  sentence  quoted  the  parallelism  between 
the  garnishing  of  the  heavens  and  the  piercing  of  the 
serpent  recalls  the  Babylonian  myth,  in  which  Marduk 
formed  the  heavens  from  half  of  the  dragon's  body. 
A  phrase  in  an  earlier  chapter  of  Job  appears  to  reflect 
another  episode  of  the  Babylonian  legend  ;  in  the. 
course  of  a  description  of  the  power  of  God  in  com- 
parison with  man's  impotence  it  is  stated :  "  God  will 

'  Isaiah  li.  9.  2  Psalm  Ixxiv.  13  f. 

*  See  also  Psalm  Lxxxis.  0  f.  *  Job  xxvi.  12  f. 


Il6  RAHAB   AND   LEVIATHAN. 

"  not  withdraw  liis  anger ;  the  helpers  of  Eahab  do 
"  stoop  under  him."  ^  The  "  helpers  of  Eahab,"  stooping 
beneath  their  conqueror,  call  to  mind  "  the  gods,  her 
"  helpers,"  who  went  at  the  side  of  Tiamat,  and  shared 
her  defeat. 

It  is  doubtful  if  the  Babylonian  form  of  the  name 
Eahab  has  been  found  in  a  synonym  employed  for 
the  dragon  on  one  of  the  creation  fragments,^  but  at 
least  the  conception  and  description  of  the  monster 
may  be  regarded  as  based  on  the  Babylonian  myth. 
Egypt  is  sometimes  referred"  to  as  Eahab,^  but  this 
application  of  the  term  does  not  conflict  with  its 
Babylonian  origin.  The  origin  of  the  kindred  monster 
"  Behemoth "  may,  on  the  other  hand,  be  rightly 
traced  to  Egypt,  for  many  of  the  characteristics  assigned 
to  him  in  Job  xl.  15  ff.,  are  evidently  taken  from  the 
liippopotamus ;  while  the  picture  of  Leviathan,  which 
immediately  follows  that  of  Behemoth,  offers  a  distinct 
contrast  to  it,  and  would  not  be  inappropriate  as  a 
description  of  the  monster  Tiamat.  In  the  passages 
cited  above  a  dragon-myth  is  clearly  and  unmistakably 
referred  to.  The  passages  are  poetical,  and  the  language 
is  to  a  great  extent  figurative  and  symbolical;  the 
figures  and  symbols  employed,  however,  are  drawn 
from  mythology,  and  presuppose  a  Jvuowledge  of  the 
legend.     Traces  of  the  myth  may  perhaps  also  be  been 

*  Job  ix.  13.         ^  See  Gunkel's  Schopfung  mid  Chaos,  pp.  29  and  418. 
'  See  Psalm  Ixxxvii.  -l,  ami  I-.aiali  xxx.  7. 


TERIOD   OF   BABYLONIAN   INFLUENCE.  11/ 

in  certain  phrases  or  expressions,  as  in  Gen.  xlix.  23, 
where  the  expression  "  the  deep  that  coucheth  beneath  " 
seems  to  suggest  the  picture  of  a  beast  about  to  spring-. 
But  it  is  very  easy  to  press  imagery  too  far,  and  to 
see  mythological  references  in  pictures  suggested  to 
the  poet  by  his  own  observations  of  nature.  If,  how- 
ever, we  select  only  those  passages  in  the  Old  Testament, 
in  which  the  dragon-myth  is  definitely  referred  to, 
we  have  sufficient  evidence  to  show  that  the  myth 
must  have  been  familiar  to  the  Hebrews  lono-  before 
the  exile. 

It  now  remains  to  enquire  at  what  period  before  the 
exile  these  legends  from  Babylon  could  have  reached 
the  Hebrews.  The  question  is  one  that  does  not  admit 
of  any  certain  or  definite  answer,  but  it  is  permissible  at 
least  to  search  for  any  evidence  on  which  a  conjectural 
theory  may  be  based.  Such  evidence  is  furnished  by 
one  of  the  most  surprising  discoveries  of  Babylonian 
tablets  that  has  .been  made  during  recent  years.  In 
1887  at  Tell  el-Amarna,  a  village  in  Upper  Egypt  on 
the  east  bank  of  the  Nile,  the  natives  unearthed  about 
three-hundred-and-twenty  clay  tablets  inscribed  in  the 
Babylonian  character.  The  ruins  near  the  village  mark 
the  site  of  a  town  that  was  built  by  Khu-en-aten,  or 
Amenophis  IV.,  who  was  king  of  Egypt  about  B.C.  1500. 
The  finding  of  these  Babylonian  tablets  on  Egyptian 
soil  was  of  the  greatest  historical  interest,  and  has  con- 
siderably modified  the  notions  generally  held  up  to  the 


Il8  THE   TELL   EL-AM ARNA   TABLETS. 

time  of  their  discovery  with  regard  to  the  early  influence 
of  Babylonia  upon  the  other  nations  of  the  nearer  East. 
An  examination  of  the  tablets  showed  that  some  were 
letters  and  drafts  of  letters  that  passed  between  the 
kings  of  Egypt,  Amcnophis  III.  and  IV.,  and  contem- 
porary kings  of  countries  and  districts  of  Western  Asia ; 
others  proved  to  be  letters  and  reports  addressed  by 
2:)vinces  and  governors  of  cities  in  Palestine,  Phoenicia, 
and  Syria  to  the  King  of  Egypt.  It  is  not  necessary 
for  our  present  purpose  to  give  a  detailed  description  of 
the  contents  of  these  documents,  and  it  will  suffice  to 
point  to  the  evidence  which  they  furnish  of  the  far- 
reaching  influence  of  Babylonian  culture  during  the 
XVth  century  B.C.  That  correspondence  between  kings 
of  Assyria,  or  Babylon,  and  Egypt  should  be  conducted 
in  the  Babylonian  language  is  not  so  very  surprising, 
but  that  governors  of  Egyptian  cities  and  provinces  on 
the  Mediterranean  coast  should  make  their  reports  in  the 
same  tongue  shows  that  a  knowledge  of  Babylonian  was 
common  throughout  Western  Asia,  and  that  the  Baby- 
lonian language,  like  French  at  the  present  day,  was  at 
this  period  the  language  of  diplomacy.  It  is  obvious 
that  the  Babylonian  literature  must  have  found  its  way 
among  the  nations  that  used  its  language,  and  that  this 
was  the  case  there  is  conclusive  evidence  among  the 
Tell  el-Amarna  tablets  themselves.  Two  of  these  docu- 
ments, in  fact,  are  not  letters  or  reports,  but  relate  to 
Babylonian  legends,  one  containing  a  legend  concerning 


BABYLON   AND   WESTERN   ASIA.  II9 

the  goddess  Eresbkigal,  the  other  insciibed  with  the 
legend  of  Adapa.^  It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  the  legends 
of  Babylon  were  known  to  the  Egyptians  of  this  time 
and  the  inference  is  justified  that  the  tribes  of  Syria  and 
the  Mediterranean  coast  must  have  also  been  acquainted 
with  them.  We  may  conclude,  therefore,  that  the  Baby- 
lonian legends  of  creation  had  penetrated  to  Canaan 
long  before  the  immigration  of  the  Israelites,  and,  as 
the  Israelites  after  the  conquest  of  the  country  had  close  i 
intercourse  with  its  previous  inhabitants,  it  is  not  im- 
probable that  they  received  from  them  many  of  the 
legends  and  myths,  which  they  in  their  turn  had  derived 
from  Babylon. 

It  has  even  been  suggested  that  the  Hebrews  of  a 
still  earlier  time,  during  the  patriarchal  period,  may 
have  acquired  the  legends  by  direct  contact  with  Baby- 
lonia. Tradition  held  that  Terah,  the  ancestor  of  the 
Israelites,  had  dwelt  in  Ur  of  the  Chaldees,^  which 
is  now  generally  identified  with  the  city  of  Ur  in  South- 
ern Babylonia,  and  it  is  urged  that  Abraham,  Terah's  son, 
when  migrating  from  Mesopotamia  to  Canaan  may  have 
carried  with  him  the  legends  of  the  land  of  his  nativity. 
If  this  were  so,  however,  we  should  expect  to  find  more 
frequent  references  to  them  among  the  earlier  literature 
of  the  Hebrews,  and  it  seems  to  be  more  probable  that 
the  acquisition  of  the  legends  should  be  assigned  to  a 
time  subsequent  to  the  conquest  of  Canaan.     At  some 

»  See  below,  pp.  ISS  if.  ^  Gen.  xi.  28. 


120  THE   JEWS   OF   THE   CAPTIVITY. 

unknown  period,  then,  whether  by  inheritance  from  the 
Canaanites  or  by  contact  with  Babylonia  itself,  we  may 
assume  that  the  Hebrews  acquired  the  Babylonian 
legends  which  we  find  incorporated  in  their  national 
traditions.  In  the  absence  of  any  positive  information 
one  point,  at  least,  is  clear,  that  is  to  say,  the  Jews  of 
the  exile  did  not  come  across  Babylonian  mythology  as 
an  entirely  new  and  unfamiliar  subject,  much  of  which 
they  adopted  and  modified  on  their  return  to  Jerusalem. 
It  is  possible  that  their  sojourn  in  Babylon  during  the 
captivity  may  have  given  an  impetus  to  their  study  of 
the  Ijaby Ionian  elements  in  their  own  traditions,  but  the 
wide  differences  which  these  present  to  the  forms  of 
the  corresponding  legends  that  have  been  recovered  in 
the  cuneiform  inscriptions  forbid  the  supposition  that 
they  were  directly  borrowed  at  this  period.  In  the  apoc- 
ryphal story  of  the  destruction  of  the  great  dragon  in 
Babylon  by  Daniel  we  doubtless  have  a  late  reproduction 
of  the  Babylonian  myth,  and  the  contrast  this  narrative 
presents  to  the  Biblical  stories  of  creation  is  singularly 
instructive.  From  the  absence  in  the  latter  of  all 
grotesque  and  mythological  detail,  from  the  monotheism 
which  is  strictly  in  accord  with  the  teaching  of  the 
prophets  before  the  exile,  we  may  infer  that  the  stories 
had  long  been  familiar  in  Israel,  and  that  Ezra  and  the 
Jews  of  the  restoration  did  not  compose  these  narratives 
but  were  compilers  of  earlier  traditions  of  their  race. 


(      121      ) 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE   STORY   OF   THE   DELUGE. 

In  the  traditions  of  many  races  scattered  in  various 
parts  of  the  world  is  to  be  found  a  story,  under  many 
different  forms  and  -^-ith  many  variations,  of  a  great 
Hood  or  deluge  which  in  former  times  inundated  and 
laid  waste  the  land  in  which  they  dwelt.  The  explana- 
tion that  such  traditions  refer  to  a  universal  deluge 
which  took  place  in  the  early  ages  of  the  world,  is 
now  generally  regarded  as  inadmissible,  inasmuch  as 
there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  catastrophe  in  the  earth's 
geological  formation.  Moreover  science  has  shown 
that  in  the  present  physical  condition  of  the  world 
such  a  universal  deluge  would  be  impossible.  It  is 
not  necessary  on  the  other  hand  to  refer  all  these 
scattered  legends  to  the  direct  influence  of  the  Biblical 
story  of  the  flood.  Primitive  races,  dwelling  in  low- 
lying  and  well-watered  districts,  in  their  conflict  with 
nature  meet  with  no  more  destructive  foe  than  inunda- 
tion, and  amongst  such  races  it  would  be  surprising  if 


122  THE   BABYLONIAN    DELUGE   STORY 

we  did  not  find  stories  of  past  floods  from  wliich  but 
few  dwellers  in  the  land  escaped.  It  is  probable,  how- 
ever, that  the  story  of  the  flood  in  Genesis  is  responsible 
for  some  of  the  deluge  legends,  though  it  is  now  certain 
that  the  Biblical  story  itself  is  not  original,  but  was 
derived  from  a  similar  legend  of  the  Babylonians. 

From  the  extracts  that  have  been  preserved  of  the 
history  of  Berosus  ^  we  obtain  a  brief  summary  of  the 
Babylonian  version  of  the  deluge.  According  to  this 
account,  ten  Babylonian  kings  reigned  before  the 
deluge,  which  occurred  in  the  reign  of  a  king  named 
Xisuthros.  To  this  king  the  god  Chronos  appeared  in 
a  vision  and  warned  him  that  a  flood  would  take  place 
which  would  destroy  mankind.  The  god  therefore  bade 
him  write  a  history  of  the  world  from  the  beginning, 
and  place  it  in  Sippar,  the  city  of  the  sun  ;  he  was 
then  to  build  a  ship  into  which  he  might  bring  his 
friends  and  relations,  and  every  kind  of  bird  and  beast. 
Xisuthros  did  as  the  god  told  him,  and  the  flood  came 
upon  the  earth.  After  the  flood  had  begun  to  abate, 
^visiithros  sent  out  birds  from  the  vessel  to  see  if  the 
waters  had  fallen,  but  as  they  found  no  resting-place 
they  returned.  After  some  days  he  again  sent  them 
out,  and  this  time  they  came  back  with  mud  upon  their 
feet.  The  third  time  he  sent  them  out  they  did  not 
return.  He  therefore  came  forth  from  the  vessel,  with 
his  wife,  his  daughter,  and  tlie  pilot,  and  upon  the  side 

1  See  Euseljius,  Citron.  T.,  ed.  Schoene,  col.  20  ff. 


ACCORDIXG   TO   BEROSUS.  I  23 

of  the  mountain  upon  which  the  ship  \yas  stranded  he 
offered  a  sacrifice,  and  immediately  he  and  his  three 
companions  were  taken  up  into  heaven.  Those  who 
had  remained  in  the  ship  then  came  forth,  and  as  they 
could  not  find  Xisuthros  they  lamented  and  called  on 
him  by  name.  He  did  not  appear  to  them,  however, 
though  they  heard  his  voice  telling  them  that  he  and 
his  companions  were  now  living  with  the  gods. 
Xisuthros  further  informed  them  that  the  land  they 
were  in  was  called  Armenia,  and  he  told  them  to  return 
to  Babylonia  and  to  search  for  and  recover  the  writings 
hidden  at  Sippar.  Those  that  were  left  carried  out 
his  instructions,  and  found  the  writings  and  built 
cities ;  and  thus  Babylon  was  again  inhabited. 

This  legend  preserved  from  the  history  of  Berosus 
was  long  supposed  to  have  taken  its  colouring  from  the 
account  in  Genesis,  but  it  is  now  admitted  that  Berosus 
derived  the  story  from  Babylonian  sources.  On  the 
tablets  from  Ashur-bani-pal's  library  a  very  complete 
form  of  the  legend  has  been  recovered.  These  tablets 
date  from  the  seventh  century  B.C.,  and  the  story  told 
on  them  appears  as  part  of  a  great  poem  concerning  an 
ancient  hero  named  Gilgamesh.  The  poem  was  divided 
into  twelve  sections,  each  of  which  was  written  upon  a 
separate  tablet ;  these  are  described  in  detail  in  the 
following  chapter.  It  must  here  suffice  to  point  out 
that  many  of  the  stories  comprised  in  the  poem  have 
no  organic  connection  with  the  original  legend  of  the 


124  TSiT-NAPISHTIM'S   STORY. 

hero.  Gilgamesh  was  the  most  prominent  heroic  figure 
in  Babylonian  mythology,  and,  as  with  many  heroes  of 
the  past,  his  name  has  formed  a  centre  around  which 
stories  and  legends  of  quite  distinct  origin  have 
gathered  in  the  course  of  time.  One  such  legend  is  the 
story  of  the  deluge  which  occurs  on  the  Eleventh 
Tablet  of  the  series.  The  story,  of  which  we  give  a 
translation,  loses  nothing  by  being  taken  from  its 
context.  It  there  forms  a  complete  tale  related  to 
Gilgamesh  by  Tsit-napishtim,  who  together  with  his 
family  was  saved  from  the  deluge.  That  the  legend 
had  originally  no  connection  with  the  story  of  Gilga- 
mesh is  sufficiently  clear  from  the  artificial  manner  of 
its  introduction,  but,  if  farther  proof  were  needed,  it 
has  recently  been  supplied  by  the  discovery  of  a  broken 
Babylonian  tablet,  which  contains  a  version  of  the 
story  as  it  was  told  at  an  early  period  of  Babylonian 
history. 

The  tablet  is  dated  in  the  reign  of  Ammizaduga,  one 
of  the  last  kings  of  the  First  Dynasty  of  Babylon,  and 
may  therefore  be  roughly  ascribed  to  about  B.C.  2100. 
It  was  found  during  the  excavations  that  were  recently 
undertaken  by  the  Turkish  Government  at  Abu- 
liabbah,  the  site  of  the  ancient  city  of  Sippar,  and  no 
doubt  it  represents  the  local  form  of  the  legend  that 
was  current  in  that  city  during  this  early  period.  The 
tablet  is  unfortunately  very  badly  preserved,  but  from 
what  remains  of  it,  it  is  quite  certain  that  it  has  been 


AN   OLD   BABYLONIAN   VERSION.  1 25 

inscribed  with  a  variant  account  of  the  story  of  the 
deluge.  Even  at  this  time  the  story  was  not  a  short 
one,  for  the  text  is  written  in  eight  columns,  four  on 
each  side  of  the  tablet.  In  the  second  column  of  the 
tablet  a  god  appears  to  be  giving  directions  for  sending 
destruction  upon  men,  while  in  the  seventh  column, 
towards  the  end  of  the  tablet,  the  god  Ea  remonstrates 
with  this  deity  for  sending  the  deluge  and  destroying- 
mankind  ;  in  the  last  line  but  one  of  the  text,  more- 
over, the  name  Atrakhasis  occurs.-^  So  little  has  been 
preserved  of  the  tablet,  however,  that  its  chief  interest 
is  derived  from  the  note,  or  colophon,  with  which  lb 
concludes.  Erom  this  we  learn  two  very  important 
facts :  (1)  the  name  of  the  composition  of  which  the 
tablet  forms  a  part,  and  (2)  the  date  at  which  the  tablet 
was  written.  With  regard  to  the  first  of  these  points 
vre  find  that  the  story  is  not  described  as  the  Eleventh 
Tablet  of  the  poem  of  Gilgamesh,  but  as  the  Second 
Tablet  of  quite  a  different  composition.  We  have  thus 
direct  evidence  that  it  was  inserted  into  the  former 
poem  at  a  comparatively  late  period  of  its  literary 
development.  Of  still  greater  interest  is  the  date  of 
the  writing  of  the  tablet,  for  it  proves  conclusively  that 
an  early  date  must  be  assigned  to  the  legends  which 
are  known  to  us  from  tablets  written  in  the  seventh 
century  for  the  library  of  Ashur-bani-pal.  In  this 
fragmentary  version  of  the  deluge  story,  found  upon  a 

»  See  Scheil,  Recueil  de  Tmmux,  Vol.  XX.  (1S98),  pp.  55  fi". 


126      THE   NARRATIVE   OF   BEROSUS   COMPARED. 

tablet  which  was  written  more  than  1300  years  before 
Ashur-bani-pal's  time,  the  internal  evidence  furnished 
by  the  late  Assyrian  tablets  is  amply  corroborated. 

Eeturning  to  the  account  of  the  deluge  preserved  in 
the  Gilgamesh  poem,  we  there  find  a  form  of  the  legend 
which  in  general  resembles  the  story  reproduced  from 
Berosus.  "We  there  read  that  the  gods  in  the  city  of 
Shurippak  decided  to  send  a  deluge  upon  the  earth.  In 
a  dream  the  god  Ea  revealed  their  intention  to  a  man 
of  the  city  named  Tsit-napishtim  who,  in  accordance 
with  Ea's  instructions,  saved  himself,  and  his  family, 
and  every  kind  of  beast,  by  building  a  ship  in  which 
they  escaped  from  the  flood.  The  thread  of  the  narra- 
tive is  identical  with  that  of  Berosus,  though  it  differs 
from  it  in  details.  The  hero  of  the  story,  for  instance, 
dwells  in  Shurippak,  not  in  Sippar,  and  the  god  does 
not  bid  him  write  a  history  of  the  world  to  instruct 
posterity  after  the  deluge  has  destroyed  all  other 
records.  The  warning  of  Xisuthros  by  Chronos,  how- 
ever, corresponds  to  that  of  Tsit-napishtim  by  Ea,  and 
the  name  Xisuthros  finds  its  equivalent  in  Atrakhasis, 
or  Khasisatra,  a  name  by  which  Tsit-napishtim  is 
referred  to  in  the  speech  of  Ea  at  the  end  of  the  story. 
Both  heroes,  moreover,  are  deified  after  coming  forth 
from  the  ship.  With  regard  to  the  name  Tsit-napishtim, 
it  must  be  mentioned  that  the  reading  of  the  first  part 
of  the  name  is  still  a  matter  of  conjecture,  and  that 
some  scholars  render  it  Par-napishtim ;  whichever  be 


TSiT-NAPISHTIM    AND   ATRAKHASIS.  12/ 

correct  the  meaning  of  the  name  appears  to  be '' the 
"  offspring  of  life."  It  has  ah'eady  been  stated  that  Ea 
refers  to  Tsit-napishtim  by  the  name  Atrakhasis,  which 
means  "  abounding  in  wisdom " ;  and  a  theory  has 
recently  been  put  forward  to  account  for  the  occurrence 
of  these  two  names  for  the  hero  of  the  legend.  Accord- 
ing to  it  ^  the  story  of  the  deluge  in  the  Gilgamesh  epic 
is  made  up  of  two  legends  which  have  been  interwoven. 
One  was  a  nature  myth  describing  a  universal  deluge, 
and  the  other  a  local  legend  referring  to  the  destruction 
of  a  single  city.  Atrakhasis  is  the  hero  of  the  nature 
myth,  and  Tsit-napishtim,  "  the  man  of  Shurippak,"  is 
the  hero  of  the  local  legend  ;  while  both  names  are  given 
to  the  hero  in  the  story,  as  told  in  the  poem  of  Gilga- 
mesh.    The  theory  is  ingenious,  but  it  lacks  evidence. 

Eefore  proceeding  to  compare  the  Babylonian  story 
of  the  flood  with  that  preserved  in  Genesis,  we  give 
a  translation  of  the  former  version,  so  far  as  the  present 
state  of  preservation  of  the  text  will  allow.'-^  The  whole 
story  is  put  into  the  mouth  of  Tsit-napishtim,  who  tells 
it  to  Gilgamesh,  without  interruption,  from  beginning 
to  end.  He  begins  by  describing  how  the  gods  in 
council,  in  the  city  of  Shurippak,  decided  to  send  a 
deluge  upon  the  earth,  and  how  Ea  revealed  the  secret 

''  See  Jastrow,  Zeiischrift  fiir  AfsyrioJogie,  Bd.  XIII.  (1899),  pp. 
288  ff. 

^  Cf  Jerraeias,  Jzduhar-Nimrod.  pp.  32  fi'. ;  Jensen,  Die  Kosmologie 
der  Babyloiiitr.  pp.  307  fl'. ;  and  Zimmern  iu  Guukel's  Schopfung  und 
Chaos,  pp.  423  tt. 


128       THE  GODS  AND  THE  DELUGE. 

to  Tsit-napishtim,  one  of  the  dwellers  in  the  town. 
The  opening  lines  of  Ea's  address  to  Tsit-napishtim, 
which  begins,  "  0  reed-hut,  reed-hut !  0  wall,  wall ! 
"  0  reed-hut,  hear  !  0  wall,  understand  !  "  has  proved 
a  leather  puzzling  passage  to  commentators,  for  it  is  not 
quite  obvious  why  Ea  should  address  a  dwelling  in  this 
manner  when  he  gives  his  warning  to  Tsit-napishtim. 
The  best  explanation  of  the  passage  seems  to  be  that 
Ea,  before  speaking  to  Tsit-napishtim,  first  addresses 
the  hut  in  which  he  is  sleeping.  We  know  from  the 
end  of  the  story  that  Ea  levealed  the  secret  to  Tsit- 
napishtim  in  a  vision,  and  in  view  of  the  passage  in 
Ea's  speech,  it  is  not  unnatural  to  suppose  that  Tsit- 
napishtim  was  sleeping  at  the  time  in  a  hut  built  of 
reeds,  a  common  form  of  dwelling  among  the  poorer 
inhabitants  of  Babylonia. 

Tsit-napishtim  begins  his  story  thus : — 

"  I  will   reveal   to  thee,  0   Gilgamesh,  the   hidden 

word, 
*'  And  the  decision  of  the  gods  will  I  declare  to  thee. 
"  Shurippak,  a  city  which  thou  knowest, 
"  Which  lieth  on  the  bank  of  the  Euphrates, 
"  That  city  was  old  ;  and  the  gods  within  it, 
'■  Their  hearts  prompted  the  great  gods  to  send  a 

deluge.^ 
'•'  There  was  their  father  Anu, 
"  And  their  counsellor  the  warrior  Bel, 

'  I.e.,  upon  the  city  and  Oiankind. 


EAS   WARNING   TO   TSIT-NAPISHTIM.  129 

"  And  their  messenger  Ninib, 

"  And  their  governor  Ennugi. 

"  The  lord  of  wisdom,  Ea,  sat  also  with  them, 

"  And  he  repeated  their  purpose  to  the  hut  of  reeds, 

(saying)  : 
"  '  0  reed-hut,  reed-hut !     0  wall,  wall ! 
"  0  reed-hut,  hear  !     0  wall,  understand ! 
"  Thou  man  of  Shurippak,^  son  of  Ubara-Tutu, 
"  Pull  down  thy  house,  build  a  ship, 
"Eorsake  thy  possessions,  take  heed  for  thy  life  ! 
"  Abandon  thy  goods,  save  thy  life, 
"And  bring  up  living  seed  of  every  kind  into  the 

ship. 
"  As  for  the  ship,  which  thou  shalt  build, 
"  Well  planned  must  be  its  dimensions, 
"  Its  breadth  and   its  length  shall   bear  proportion 

each  to  each, 
"And  thou  shalt  launch  it  in  the  ocean! ' 
"  I  took  heed,  and  spake  unto  Ea,  my  lord,  (saying)  : 
"  '  [The  command],  0  my  lord,  which  thou  hast  given, 
"  I  will  honour,  and  will  fulfil. 
"  But  how  shall  I  make  answer  unto  the  city,  the 

people  and  the  elders  thereof  ? ' 
"  Ea  opened  his  mouth  and  spake, 
"And  he  said  unto  me,  his  servant, 
"  '  Thus  shalt  thou  answer  and  say  unto  them : 
"  Bel  hath  cast  me  forth,  for  he  hateth  me, 

'  I.e.,  Tbit-napislitim. 
BAB.  REL.  K 


130  EAS   INSTRUCTIONS, 

"  And  I  can  no  longer  live  in  your  city ; 

"  Nor  on  Bel's  earth  can  I  any  longer  lay  my  head. 

"  I  will  therefore  go  down  to  the  deep  and  dwell  with 
my  lord  Ea.' " 

The  next  few  lines,  which  contain  the  end  of  the 
answer  which  Tsit-napishtim  is  to  give  to  the  people, 
are  broken,  and  their  meaning  is  not  quite  plain. 
The  general  drift  of  the  passage  seems  to  be  that 
his  departure  will  bring  blessings  on  the  land  he 
is  leaving,  for  Bel  will  shower  down  upon  it  multi- 
tudes of  birds  and  fish,  and  will  grant  a  plenteous 
harvest.  They  will  know  when  to  expect  their  pros- 
perity, for  Shamash  has  set  an  appointed  time,  when 
the  lord  of  darkness,  the  god  Eamman,  will  pour  down 
upon  them  an  abundant  rain.  According  to  this 
interpretation  Tsit-napishtim  is  ordered  to  allay  any 
misgivings  that  his  fellow  citizens  may  feel  by 
assuring  them  beforehand  that  the  signs  of  the  deluge 
are  marks  of  coming  prosperity,  and  not  of  destruction. 
Some  explain  the  passage  by  assuming  that  Tsit- 
napishtim  is  to  make  no  secret  of  the  coming  deluge, 
but  to  foretell  its  advent  and  the  destruction  of  all 
living  things  including  birds  and  fish.  The  former 
rendering  seems  to  agree  better  with  the  earlier  part 
of  his  answer  ;  otherwise  Ea  would  have  told  him  to  say 
tliat  Bel  hated,  not  himself  only,  but  mankind  at  large. 

Quite  a  different  version  of  Ea's  instructions  to  Tsit- 
napishtim    and   of    his   answer   to   the   god   is   given 


THE   BUILDING   OF   THE   SHIP. 


I^I 


on  another  tablet,  of  which  only  a  fragment  has 
been  recovered.  According  to  this  version  Ea  told 
him  to  watch  for  the  appointed  time  and  then  to 
enter  the  ship,  wherein  he  was  to  bring  his  corn,  and 
his  property,  and  his  possessions,  and  his  family,  and 
his  household  and  handicraftsmen,  together  with  certain 
cattle  and  beasts  of  the  field.  In  his  answer  to  the 
god  Tsit-napishtim  does  not  ask  how  he  is  to  explain 
his  action  to  his  fellow  citizens,  and  only  seems  to 
be  troubled  by  the  practical  difficulties  of  his  task. 
He  complains  that  he  has  never  yet  built  a  ship,  and 


A  Eabylouian  ship.     (From  a  cylinder-seal  iu  the  British  Museum,  No.  89,349.) 

therefore  asks  the  god  to  trace  out  a  plan  of  the 
vessel  upon  the  ground.  At  this  point  the  version 
breaks  off. 

After  receiving  Ea's  commands  Tsit-napishtim  col- 
lected the  wood  and  the  materials  necessary  for  the 
construction  of  the  ship  for  four  whole  days,  and 
on  the  fifth  day  he  laid  it  down.  He  made  the  hull 
in  the  form  of  a  flat-bottomed  barge,  120  cubits  in 
width.  Upon  the  hull  he  constructed  a  sort  of  house 
or  cabin,  120  cubits  in  height.     This  great  deck-house 


132  THE   EMBARKATION. 

lie  divided  into  six  stories,  and  eacli  story  contained 
nine  rooms.  The  outside  of  the  ship  he  rendered 
watertight  by  pouring  six  measures  of  bitumen  over 
it,  and  the  inside  lie  smeared  with  pitch.  He  then 
caused  oil  to  be  brought  and  he  slaughtered  oxen ; 
and,  after  filling  jars  with  sesame-wine,  and  oil,  and 
grape- wine,  he  held  a  feast  "  like  that  of  New  Year's 
"  Day."  On  the  seventh  day  the  ship  was  ready,  and 
Tsit-napishtim  then  hastened  to  carry  out  I^a's  instruc- 
tions, and  to  fill  it  with  all  that  he  possessed.  The 
narrative  continues  : — 

"  With  all  that  I  had  I  filled  it. 

"With  all  the  silver  I  had,  I  filled  it, 

"  With  all  the  gold  I  had,  I  filled  it, 

"  With  all  living  seed  of  every  kind  that  I  possessed, 
I  filled  it. 

"  I  brought  up  into  the  ship  all  my  family  and 
household, 

"  The  cattle  of  the  field,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field, 
the  handicraftsmen — all  of  them  I  brought  in. 

"  A  fixed  time  Shamash  had  appointed,  (saying) : 

" '  The  lord  of  darkness  will  at  eventide  send  a  heavy 
rain ; 

'■'  Then  go  into  the  ship,  and  shut  thy  door.' 

"  The  appointed  season  arrived,  and 

"  The  ruler  of  the  darkness  sent  at  eventide  a  heavy 
rain. 

"  Of  the  storm  I  saw  the  beginning; 


THE   COMING   OF   THE   FLOOD.  1 33 

"  To  look  upon  the  storm  I  was  afraid  ; 

"  I  entered  into  the  ship  and  shut  the  door. 

"  To  the  pilot  of  tlie  ship,  to  Puzur-Bel  the  sailor, 

"I  committed  the  great  building,^  and  the  contents 

thereof. 
"  When  the  early  dawn  appeared, 
"  There  came  up  from  the  horizon  a  black  cloud. 
"  Eamman  in  the  midst  thereof  thundered, 
*'  And  Nabu  and  Marduk  went  before, 
"They  passed  like  messengers  over  mountain  and 

country. 
"  Uragal  parted  the  anchor-cable. 
"  There   went   Ninib,   and   he   made   the   storm   to 

burst. 
"  The  Anunnaki  carried  flaming  torches, 
"  And  with  the  brightness  thereof  they  lit  up   the 

earth. 
"The  whirlwind  of  Eamman  mounted  up  into  the 

heavens,  and 
"All  light  was  turned  into  darkness." 
The   tempest   raged   for  a  whole  day.     The  waters 
rose,  and  all  was  confusion;    men  by  reason  of  the 
darkness  could  see  nothing,  and  they  perished  miserably. 
The  text  continues  : — 

"  No  man  beheld  his  fellow, 

"  Xo    longer    could    men    know    each    other.      In 
heaven 

'  I.e.,  the  sliip. 


134  ishtar's  lamentation. 

"  The  gods  were  afraid  of  the  deluge, 

"  They  retreated,  they  went  up  into  the  heaven  of  Anu. 

"  The  gods  crouched  down  like  hounds, 

"  In  the  enclosure  (of  heaven)  they  sat  cowering. 

"  Then  Ishtar  cried  aloud  like  a  woman  in  travail, 

"  The  Lady  of  the  gods  lamented  with  a  loud  voice, 

-  (saying) : 
"  '  The  old  race  of  man  hath  been  turned  back  into 

clay, 
"  Because  I  assented  to  an  evil  thing  in  the  council 

of  the  gods ! 
"  Alas  !    I  have  assented    to  an  evil    thing  in  the 

council  of  the  gods, 
"  And  agreed  to   a  storm  which  hath  destroyed  my 

people  ! 
"  That  which  I  brought  forth — where  is  it  ? 
"  Like  the  spawn  of  fish  it  filleth  the  sea  ! ' 
"  The  gods  of  the  Anunnaki  wept  with  her, 
"  The  gods  were  bowed  down,  they  sat  down  weeping, 
"  Their  lips  were  pressed  together  .  .  . 
"  For  six  days  and  six  nights 
"The  wind  blew,  and  the  deluge  and  the  tempest 

overwhelmed  the  land. 
"  When  the  seventh  day  drew  nigh,  then  ceased  the 

tempest  and  the  deluge,  and  the  storm, 
"  Which  had  fought  like  a  host. 
"  Then  the  sea  became  quiet  and  it  went  down ;  and 

the  hurricane  and  the  deluge  ceased. 


THE   STRANDING   OF    THE    SHIP.  1.35 

"  I  looked  upon  the  sea  and  cried  aloud, 

"  For  all  mankind  was  turned  back  into  clay. 

"  In  place  of  the  fields  a  swamp  lay  before  me. 

"  I  opened  the  window  and  the  light  fell  upon  my 

cheek ; 
"  I  bowed  myself  down,  I  sat  down,  I  wept ; 
"  Over  my  cheek  flowed  my  tears. 
"  I  looked  upon  the  world,  and  behold  all  was  sea. 
"  After  twelve  (days  ?)  the  land  appeared, 
"  To  the  land  Nitsir  the  ship  took  its  course. 
"  The  mountain  of  the  land  of  Nitsir  held  the  ship 

fast  and  did  not  let  it  slip. 
"  The  first  day,  the  second  day,  the  mountain  Nitsir 

held  the  ship  fast. 
"  The  third  day,  the  fourth  day,  the  mountain  Nitsir 

held  the  ship  fast. 
"The  fifth  day,  the  sixth  day,  the  mountain  Nitsir 

held  the  ship  fast. 
"When  the  seventh  day  drew  nigh,  I    sent  out  a 

dove,  and  let  her  go  forth. 
"  The  dove  flew  hither  and  thither, 
"  But  there  was  no  resting-place  (for  her)  and  she 

returned. 
"  Then  I  sent  out  a  swallow,  and  let  her  go  forth. 
"  The  swallow  flew  hither  and  thither, 
"  But  there  was  no  resting-place  (for  her)  and  she 

returned. 
"  Then  I  sent  out  a  raven  and  let  her  go  forth. 


J36  THE   SACRIFICE. 

"  The  raven  flew  away  and  beheld  the  abatement  of 

the  waters, 
"And  she  came  near,  wading  and  croaking,  but  did 

not  return. 
"  Then  I  brought  (all)  out  unto  the  four  winds,  I 

offered  an  offering, 
"  I  made  a  libation  on  the  peak  of  the  mountain. 
"  By  sevens  I  set  out  the  vessels, 
"  Under  them  I  heaped  up  reed,  and  cedar-wood,  and 

incense. 
"  The  gods  smelt  the  savour, 
"  The  gods  smelt  the  sweet  savour, 
"  The  gods  gathered  like  flies  about  him  that  offered 

up  the  sacrifice. 
"  Then  the  Lady  of  the  gods  drew  nigh, 
"  And  she  lifted  up  the  great  jewels,  which  Anu  had 

made  according  to  her  wish,  (and  said) : 
"  *  What  gods  these   are !     By  the  jewels  of  lapis 

lazuli    which    are  upon   my  neck,  I  will   not 

forget ! 
"  These  days  I  have  set  in  my  memory,  never  will  I 

forget  them ! 
"  Let  the  gods  come  to  the  offering, 
"  But  Bel  shall  not  come  to  the  offering, 
"  Since  he  refused  to  ask  counsel  and  sent  the  deluc^e, 
"  And  handed  over  my  people  unto  destruction.' 
"Xow  when  Bel  drew  nigh, 
"  He  saw  the  ship,  and  he  was  very  wro;h ; 


ea's  protest.  137   I 

I 

"  He  was  filled  with  anger  against  the  gods,  the  Igigi, 

(saying) : 
"  '  Who  then  hath  escaped  with  his  life  ? 
•''  Xo  man  shall  live  after  the  destruction  ! ' 
"  Then  Ninib  opened  his  month  and  spake, 
"  And  said  to  the  warrior  Bel, 
" '  Who  but  Ea  could  have  done  this  thing  ? 
"'  For  Ea  knoweth  every  matter  ! ' 
"  Then  Ea  opened  his  mouth  and  spake, 
"  And  said  to  the  warrior  Bel, 
" '  Thou  art  the  governor  of  the  gods,  0  warrior, 
"  But  thou  wouldst  not  take  counsel  and  thou  hast 

sent  the  deluge ! 
"  On  the  sinner  visit  his  sin,  and 
*'  On  the  transgressor  visit  his  transgression  ; 
"  Bu't  hold  thy  hand,  that  all  be  not  destroyed ! 
"  And  forbear  (?),  that  all  be  not  [confounded]  ! 
"  Instead  of  sending  a  deluge, 
*'  Let  a  lion  come  and  minish  mankind ! 
"  Instead  of  sending  a  deluge, 
"  Let  a  leopard  come  and  minish  mankind ! 
"  Instead  of  sending  a  deluge, 
*'  Let  a  famine  come  and  [waste]  the  land  1 
"  Instead  of  sending  a  deluge, 
"  Let  the  Plague-god  come  and  [slay]  mankind  ! 
"  I  did  not  reveal  the  purpose  of  the  great  gods. 
*'  I  caused  Atrakhasis  to  see  a  dream,  and  (thus)  he 

heard  the  purpose  of  the  gods.' 


138  DEIFICATION   OF   TSIT-NAPISIITIM. 

"  Thereupon  Bel  arrived  at  a  decision, 

"  And  he  went  up  into  the  ship. 

"  He  took  my  hand  and  brought  me  forth, 

"  He  brought  my  wife  forth,  he  made  her  to  kneel 

at  my  side, 
"He  turned  towards   us,  he  stood   between  us,  he 

blessed  us,  (saying) : 
"  '  Hitherto  hath  Tsit-napishtim  been  of  mankind, 
"But  now  let  Tsit-napishtim  be  like  unto  the  gods, 

even  us, 
"  And  let  Tsit-napishtim  dwell  afar  off  at  the  mouth 

of  the  river  ! ' 
"  Then  they  took  me,  and  afar  off,  at  the  mouth  of 

the  rivers,  they  made  me  to  dwell." 
The  reader  will  now  have  gained  a  notion  of  the 
form  of  the  deluge  story  current  in  Assyria  during 
the  seventh  century  B.C.,  but,  before  comparing  it  with 
the  Biblical  account,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
following  facts.  The  Biblical  story  is  contained  in 
Gen.  vi.  9 — ix.  17,  and,  like  the  stories  of  the  creation 
given  in  the  first  and  second  chapters  of  that  book, 
is  taken  from  two  separate  writings — the  "Priestly 
"  writing "  and  the  "  Jehovist  narrative,"  brief  de- 
scriptions of  which  have  already  been  given.^  In  the 
case  of  the  accounts  of  the  creation  we  have  seen  that 
the  two  stories  were  not  interwoven  one  with  the  other, 
and  that  one  was  first  given  and  then  the  other.  In 
'  See  above,  pp.  110  f. 


THE   BIBLICAL   STORY   OF   THE   FLOOD.         1 39 

the  case  of  the  deluge  on  the  other  hand,  the  two 
accounts  are  not  given  separately,  but  have  been 
united  so  as  to  form  a  single  narrative.  The  compiler, 
however,  has  made  very  little  alteration  in  his  two 
sources  of  information,  and  has  scrupulously  preserved 
the  texts  upon  which  he  has  drawn.  Even  where  the 
two  versions  differ  from  each  other  in  points  of  detail 
he  has  not  attempted  to  harmonize  them,  but  without 
change  has  given  each  as  he  found  it ;  thanks  to  this 
fact  it  is  possible  to  disentangle  the  two  accounts  with 
absolute  certainty. 

As  the  text  reads  at  present  we  find  considerable 
differences  in  certain  passages  with  regard  to  two 
important  details  of  the  story,  viz.,  the  length  of  the 
duration  of  the  deluge,  and  the  number  of  the  animals 
which  were  preserved.  According  to  Gen.  vii.  10,  the 
flood  took  place  seven  days  after  Noah  was  told  to 
build  the  ark ;  in  Gen.  vii.  12  and  viii.  6,  the  waters 
are  said  to  have  prevailed  for  forty  days ;  and  accord- 
ing to  Gen.  viii.  6-12,  the  waters  subsided  after  three 
periods  of  seven  days  each.  These  passages  give  the 
total  duration  of  the  deluge,  including  the  seven  days 
of  preparation,  as  sixty-eight  days.  On  the  other 
hand,  in  Gen.  vii.  11,  the  flood  is  said  to  have  begun 
"in  the  six  hundredth  year  of  Noah's  life,  in  the 
"  second  month,  on  the  seventeenth  day  of  the  month  "  ; 
in  Gen.  vii.  24,  it  is  stated  that  "  the  waters  prevailed 
"  upon   the   earth  an  hundred  and   fifty  days " ;    and 


140  TWO   VERSIONS   IN   GENESIS. 

according  to  Gen.  viii.  13  and  14,  the  waters  finally 
disappeared,  and  the  earth  became  dry  in  the  "six 
"  hundred  and  first  year "  of  Noah,  "  in  the  second 
"month,  on  the  seven  and  twentieth  day  of  the 
"month."  Tims,  according  to  these  passages,  the 
total  duration  of  the  deluge  was  more  than  a  year 
— a  statement  that  is  not  compatible  with  the  pre- 
viously cited  passages  which  give  the  length  of  its 
duration  as  sixty-eight  days.  The  second  most  striking 
instance  of  divergence  occurs  in  the  numbers  of  the 
animals  to  be  preserved  in  the  ark ;  according  to 
Gen.  vi.  19,  ISToah  is  told  to  preserve  two  of  every  sort, 
while  in  Gen.  vii.  2,  Noah  is  to  preserve  seven  of  every 
clean  beast,  and  two  of  every  beast  that  is  not  clean. 
These  are  perhaps  the  two  most  striking  instances  of 
divergence  in  the  narrative,  for  they  cannot  be  recon- 
ciled except  on  the  supposition  that  they  are  the 
accounts  of  two  different  writers  which  have  been 
interwoven  with  each  other. 

Other  evidence,  such  as  the  occurrence  of  double 
accounts  of  the  same  episode,  each  written  in  a  style 
of  its  own,  points  in  the  same  direction;  and  it  is 
possible  on  the  basis  of  such  evidence  to  separate 
the  two  threads  of  the  narrative.  These  two  threads 
are  so  distinct  that  any  one  may  trace  them  for  him- 
self in  the  Authorized  Version  of  the  English  Bible. 
This  will  be  apparent  if  we  mark  with  a  line  at  the 
side   of   the   column   the    following    passages .  of    the 


SEPARATION   OF   THE    NARRATIVES.  141 

narrative:  Gen.  \i.  9-22;  vii.  6,  11,  13-16  (down  to 
"  as  God  commanded  him") ;  vii.  18-21  and  24 ;  viii.  1 
and  2  (down  to  "  were  stopped ") ;  viii.  3  (from 
"  and  after  the  end ")  -5  ;  viii.  13  (down  to  "  from 
off  the  earth");  viii.  14-19;  and  ix.  1-17.  When 
this  has  been  done  and  these  passages  read  consecu- 
tively, it  will  be  seen  that  we  have  a  perfectly  complete 
and  consistent  account  of  the  deluge.  If  the  passages 
which  have  been  left  unmarked  are  next  read,  it  will 
be  seen  that,  although  one  fragment  of  a  verse  has  been 
transposed  (chapter  vii.,  the  second  half  of  verse  16), 
we  have  here  another  complete  and  consistent  account 
of  the  deluge.^ 

'  TIjIs  will  be  apparent  from  the  following  summaries ;  we  will 
summarize  the  marked  passages  first,  which  together  contain  the 
account  of  the  deluge  according  to  the  "Priestly  writing": — Because 
the  earth  was  corrupt  God  decided  to  send  a  deluge.  He  therefore 
warned  Noah  to  build  an  ark,  giving  liim  precise  directions  with 
regard  to  its  size  and  to  the  mode  of  its  construction ;  when  it  was 
finished  he  was  told  to  bring  his  own  family  into  the  ark,  and  two  of 
every  kind  of  living  creature,  male  and  female,  as  well  as  food  for 
himself  and  for  them;  Noah  did  as  he  was  commanded  (vi.  9-22). 
Noah  was  six  hundred  years  old  when  the  flood  began  (vii.  6) ;  in  the 
sis  hundredth  year  of  his  life  the  flood  was  caused  by  tlie  breaking  up 
of  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep  and  by  the  opening  of  the  windows 
of  heaven  (vii.  11).  On  the  self-same  day  Noah  and  his  family  entered 
the  ark,  and  he  brought  in  the  animals  in  pairs  (vii.  13-16).  And  the 
waters  increased  and  covered  the  high  mountains,  and  the  depth  of 
the  flood  was  fifteen  cubits,  and  every  living  creature  perished  (vii. 
18-21).  And  the  waters  prevailed  for  an  hundred  and  fifty  daj's, 
when  God  sent  a  wind  to  assuage  the  waters ;  and  the  fountains  of 
the  deep  and  the  windows  of  heaven  \Yere  stopped  (vii.  21-viii.  2). 
After  the  end  of  the  hundred  and  fifty  days  the  waters  decreased  and 
in  the  seventh  month  the  ark  rested  upon  the  mountains  of  Ararat. 
And  the  waters  decreased  continually  until  the  tenth  mouth,  wbea 


142  SUMMARY   OF   THE   ACCOUNTS. 

The  reader  will  see  that  each  account  repeats  phrases 
characteristic  to  itself,  and  each,  when  separated  from 
the  other,  contains  a   consistent  and  uncontradictory 

the  tops  of  the  mountains  were  seen  (viii.  3-5).  And  on  the  first  day 
of  the  six  hundred  and  first  year  tlie  waters  were  dried  up  from  the 
earth  (viii.  13),  and  by  the  seven  and  twentieth  day  of  the  second 
montli  the  earth  was  quite  dry  (viii.  14).  And  Noah  came  forth  from 
the  ark  (viii.  15-19),  and  God  blessed  Noah  and  liis  sons,  and  He  maiie 
a  covenant  tliat  He  would  not  again  send  a  flood  to  destroy  the  earth, 
and  as  a  token  of  the  covenant  He  set  His  rainbow  in  the  clouds  (ix. 
1-17).  Such  is  tlie  story,  complete  and  consistent  with  itself,  which 
is  given  by  the  marked  passages. 

The  unmarked  passages  represent  the  "  Jehovistic  narrative."  In 
the  marked  passages  the  reader  will  have  noticed  that  the  Divine 
name  used  is  "  God,"  which  corresponds  to  the  Hebrew  word  "  Elo- 
"hiiii";  in  the  unmarked  passages  he  will  notice  that  the  word 
generally  used  is  "  the  Lord,"  representing  the  Hebrew  word 
"Jahveh"  or  Jehovah.  The  "  Jehovislic  narrative"  is  not  quite 
a  complete  account,  for  its  beginning,  whicli  contained  the  command 
to  build  the  ark,  is  omitted,  doubtless  because  the  "  Priestly  writing" 
gives  so  full  an  account  of  it.  From  what  remains  of  the  "  Jehovistic 
"narrative"  we  gain  the  following  picture  of  the  flood: — Since  Noah 
had  been  righteous  in  his  generation,  the  Lord  bade  him  and  all  his 
house  go  up  into  the  ark.  Noah  was  also  told  to  bring  into  the  ark 
with  him  seven  of  every  kind  of  clean  beast  and  two  of  every  unclean 
beast,  the  greater  number  of  clean  beasts  no  doubt  being  taken  lo 
serve  as  food  during  the  tiaie  Noah  and  his  household  sliould  be  shut 
up  in  the  ark.  Noah  was  warned  that  iu  seven  days'  time  the  Lord 
would  cause  it  to  rain  upon  the  earth  for  forty  days  and  forty  nights, 
and  every  living  thing  the  Lord  had  made  would  be  destroyed  (vii. 
1-5).  Noah  therefore  did  as  he  was  commanded ;  he  took  the  clean 
and  unclean  beasts  into  the  ark  with  him  (vii  7-9)  and  the  Lord  shut 
him  in  (vii.  16).  As  had  been  foretold,  after  seven  days  the  flood 
came  upon  the  earth  (vii.  10),  and  the  rain  was  upon  the  earth  forty 
days  and  forty  nights  (vii.  12).  And  the  flood  was  forty  days  upon 
the  earth,  and  the  waters  increased  and  bore  up  the  ark  (vii.  17)  ;  and 
every  living  thing  was  destroyed,  except  Noah  and  they  that  were 
with  him  in  the  ark  (vii.  22  and  23).  Then  the  rain  from  heaven  was 
restrained  and  the  waters  returned  from  off  the  earth  continually 
(viii.  2  and  3),  and  at  the  end  of  foity  days  Noah  opened  the  windov\r 


POINTS   OF   CONTRAST.  I43 

narrative  of  the  event.  The  "Priestly  writing,"  in 
accordance  with  its  annalistic  character,  gives  exact 
details  concerning  the  size  and  structure  of  the  ark, 
records  the  depth  of  the  flood  in  cubits,  gives  precise 
dates,  by  day  and  month  and  year,  as  to  when  the 
flood  began,  when  the  ark  rested  upon  Ararat,  when 
the  tops  of  the  mountains  were  seen,  when  the  waters 
were  dried  up,  and  also  when  the  earth  was  quite  dry. 
Episodes  peculiar  to  it  are  the  breaking  up  of  the 
fountains  of  the  deep  as  a  cause  of  the  flood,  the 
restinc'  of  the  ark  on  the  mountains  of  Ararat,  and 
the  making  of  the  covenant  with  the  rainbow  as  its 
token.  The  "  Jehovistic  narrative  "  is  faf  more  pictu- 
resque ;  the  Lord  shuts  Noah  into  the  ark,  He  smells 
the  sweet  savour  of  Noah's  sacrifice,  and  He  says  in 
His  heart  He  will  not  again  send  a  deluge.  The 
episodes  peculiar  to  this  account  are  the  distinction 
made  between  clean  and  unclean  animals,  the  bringing 

of  the  ark  and  seut  forth  a  raveri,  which  flew  to  and  fro  and  did  not 
return ;  then  a  dove,  which,  finding  no  rest  for  the  sole  of  her  foot, 
returned  to  him.  He  waited  another  seven  days  and  again  he  seut 
forth  the  dove,  which  this  time  brought  in  her  mouth  an  olive  leaf 
plucked  off;  so  Noah  knew  the  waters  were  abated.  He  waited  yet 
another  seven  days  and  then  again  sent  forth  the  dove,  which  this 
time  did  not  return  (viii.  6-12).  So  Noah  removed  the  covering  of  the 
ark  and  beheld  that  the  face  of  the  ground  was  dried  (viii.  13).  And 
Noah  built  an  altar  unto  the  Lord,  and  took  of  every  clean  beast  and 
of  every  clean  fowl  and  oftered  burnt  offerings  on  the  altar.  And  the 
Lord  smelled  the  sweet  savour,  and  said  in  His  heart  He  would  not 
again  curse  the  ground  nor  smite  every  living  tldng  ;  while  the  earth 
remained,  the  natural  order  of  the  universe  should  not  be  changed 
(viii.  20-22). 


144      COMPARISON   WITH   THE   BABYLONIAN   POEM. 

on  of  the  deluge  by  a  heavy  rain  only  and  not  hy 
the  breaking  up  of  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep, 
the  sending  forth  of  the  raven  and  the  dove,  the 
building  of  the  altar  and  the  sacrifice  to  Jehovah. 
The  chief  points  of  divergence  between  the  two 
narratives,  that  is  to  say,  the  statements  as  to  the 
length  of  the  flood's  duration,  have  been  referred 
to  already. 

When  we  compare  the  Babylonian  account  of  the 
deluge  with  these  two  versions  in  the  book  of  Genesis, 
we  see  that  it  contains  many  of  the  peculiarities  of 
both.  The  details  with  regard  to  the  form  and  struc- 
ture of  the  ship  are  very  similar  to  those  of  the  ark 
in  the  "Priestly  writing,"  both  accounts  stating  that 
the  vessel  was  built  in  stories,  and  that  pitch  was 
used  for  making  it  watertight ;  in  both  narratives  the 
ark  is  said  to  have  rested  upon  a  mountain ;  and  Ea's 
protest  against  the  sending  of  a  deluge  in  the  future 
is  perhaps  the  equivalent  of  God's  covenant  with  Noah 
that  mankind  should  not  again  be  so  destroyed.  On 
the  other  hand,  many  of  the  features  peculiar  to  the 
"  Jehovistic  narrative "  also  appear  in  the  Babylonian 
version.  Such  are  the  seven  days  which  elapsed 
between  the  warning  and  the  coming  of  the  deluge, 
the  cause  of  the  deluge  ascribed  to  heavy  rain,  the 
sending  forth  of  birds  to  test  the  condition  of  the 
waters,  the  burning  of  a  sacrifice  from  which  a  sweet 
savour  rose,  etc. 

\ 


ORIGIN   OF    THE   HEBREW   VERSIONS.  145 

We  have  therefore  in  Genesis  beyond  doubt  two 
independent  versions  of  the  dekige  story,  both  originally 
derived  from  Babylonian  sources,  but  neither  directly 
copied  from  the  Babylonian  version  as  we  know  it  on 
the  tablets  from  Ashur-bani-pal's  library.  In  the  case 
of  the  legends  of  the  creation  we  have  already  noted 
indications  that  they  were  derived  from  Babylon  at 
some  period  prior  to  the  exile,  and  the  arguments  there 
brought  forward  apply  with  equal  force  to  the  story 
of  the  deluge.  It  is  a  striking  fact,  however,  that  the 
latter  narrative  has  not  left  so  strong  a  mark  upon 
the  earlier  Hebrew  writings  as  did  the  Babylonian 
dragon-myth.  In  the  second  half  of  the  book  of 
Isaiah  the  wrath  of  Jehovah  in  sending  the  Jews  into 
captivity  is  compared  to  "the  waters  of  ISToah,"^  and 
in  Ezekiel^  also  there  is  an  interesting  reference  to 
Noah,  which  presupposes  a  knowledge  of  the  Biblical 
story  of  the  flood ;  but  traces  of  the  story  in  the  other 
books  of  the  Old  Testament  are  not  very  numerous. 
Moreover  the  resemblance  between  the  Hebrew  and 
the  Babylonian  versions  of  the  deluge  is  very  much 
closer  than  that  between  the  corresponding  accounts 
of  the  creation.  These  facts  indicate  a  later  date  for 
the  adoption  of  the  deluge  story  by  the  Hebrews,  but 
a  date  which  may  have  been  centuries  before  the 
taking  of  Jerusalem. 

»  Isaiali  liv.  9.  '      2  Ezcldel  xiv.  12-20. 

BAB.   EEL.  T. 


(  146  ) 


CHAPTER  V. 

TALES  OF  GODS  AND  HEROES. 

In  the  two  preceding  chapters  we  have  described  the 
legends  of  the  Babylonians  which  have  left  their  mark 
upon  Hebrew  literature.  Of  such  legends  those  which 
dealt  with  the  creation  of  the  world  formed  in  them- 
selves a  complete  body  of  traditions,  and  these  we 
have  treated  as  such  in  Chapter  III.  The  story  of  the 
deluge,  on  the  other  hand,  which  formed  the  subject  of 
Chapter  IV.,  has  not  come  down  to  us  as  a  separate 
legend,  but  occurs  in  the  course  of  a  long  poem  which 
describes  the  adventures  of  a  great  Babylonian  hero 
named  Gilgamesh.  As  the  account  of  the  deluge  there 
narrated  forms  a  complete  story,  we  took  it  from  its 
context,  in  order  to  treat  it  in  connection  with  the 
lefrends  of  creation.  We  will  now  describe  the  re- 
maining  portions  of  this  great  poem  of  the  Babylonians, 
which  deals  with  the  exploits  of  Gilgamesh,  the  greatest 
mythical  hero  of  their  race. 

The  name  of  the  hero  was,  for   many  years,  read 
"  Izdubar,"  or  "  Gishdubar,"  but  we  now  know  that  the 


THE   FOEM    OF   GILGAMESII.  I47 

Babylonians  pronounced  the  ideogram  wliicli  formed 
the  name,  "  Gilgamesh."  ^  It  has  been  suggested  that 
Gilgamesh  is  to  be  identified  with  the  hero  Nimrod, 
who  was  "a  mighty  hunter  before  the  Lord,"  and 
the  beginning  of  whose  kingdom  was  "  Babel,  and 
"  Erech,  and  Accad,  and  Calneh,  in  the  land  of 
"  Shinar "  ;  ^  but,  beyond  the  fact  that  both  Mmrod 
and  Gilgamesh  were  great  Babylonian  heroes  of 
antiquity,  there  are  no  other  grounds  for  assuming 
their  identity.  Of  Nimrod  we  know  little  besides 
what  is  told  us  in  the  passage  in  Genesis  re- 
ferred to,  but  the  deeds  of  Gilgamesh  are  recounted 
in  the  longest  Babylonian  poem  that  has  come  down 
to  us.  It  is  written  upon  a  series  of  twelve  tablets, 
which,  like  those  of  the  Creation  series,  are  distin- 
guished by  numbers.  The  late  Sir  Henry  C.  Piaw- 
linson  made  the  suggestion  that  the  poem  was  a  solar 
myth,  the  twelve  tablets  «orresponding  to  the  twelve 
months  of  the  year,  but  the  contents  of  the  majority 
of  the  tablets  do  not  fit  in  with  this  view  of  their 
origin.  In  fact,  it  is  probable  that  the  division  of  the 
poem  into  twelve  sections  was  a  comparatively  late 
arrangement,  the  work  of  the  scribes  who  collected 
and  edited  the  ancient  legends.  We  know  that  stories 
and    legends   of    the   hero   Gilgamesh    go   back    into 


'  ^lian  mentions  an  ancient  king  Gilgamos,  a  name  he  evidently 
took  from  the  hero  of  this  poem. 
'  Gen.  X.  8-10. 


148  INTRODUCTION   TO   THE   POEM. 

remote  antiquity,  for  cylinder-seals,  made  during  the 
Sumerian  period,^  have  been  found,  on  which  are 
engraved  the  deeds  of  valour  performed  by  him.  The 
actual  poem,  however,  in  which  we  read  these  stories, 
like  most  of  the  other  legends  of  the  Babylonians, 
is  known  to  us  from  Assyrian  tablets  which  were 
written  in  the  seventh  century  before  Christ.  Several 
copies  of  the  work  were  made  for  Ashur-bani-pal's 
library,  and,  from  the  numerous  fragments  of  them 
that  are  in  the  British  Museum,  it  is  possible  to  piece 
together  the  story,  and  to  give  several  of  the  episodes 
of  the  narrative  in  detail.^  The  story  clings  to  the 
ancient  city  of  Erech,  the  chief  seat  of  the  worship 
of  the  goddess  Ishtar,  and,  although  in  the  course 
of  his  adventures,  Gilgamesh  travelled  into  distant 
lauds,  he  always  returned  to  the  city  of  Erech. 

The  First  Tablet  of  the  series  is  much  broken.  A 
fragment  has  been  found  which  not  improbably  con- 
tained the  opening  words  of  the  poem,  for  it  seems  to 
describe  the  benefits  that  will  accrue  to  a  man  who 
will  study  the  poem  and  make  himself  acquainted 
with  the  hero's  history.  After  these  prefatory  remarks, 
the  text  introduces  the  name  of  Erech,  and  describes 
the  misfortunes  that  have  fallen  upon  this  ancient 
city  in  consequence  of  a  siege  that  has  taken  place. 
All  living  things  that  are  in  the  city,  gods,  and  men, 

>  I.e,  from  about  B.C.  4000  to  B.C.  2300. 

"  Cf.  Jereinias,  Iziubar-Nimvod,  Leipzig,  1891. 


THE    SIEGE   OF  ERECH.  I49 

and  beasts,  are  confused  and  terrified ;  the  text  reads 
as  follows  : — 

"  She  asses  [tread  down]  then*  young, 

"  Cows  [turn  upon]  then'  calves. 

"  Men  cry  aloud  like  beasts, 

"  And  maidens  mourn  like  doves, 

"  The  gods  of  strong-walled  Erech 

"  Are  changed  to  flies,  and  buzz  about  the  streets. 

"  The  spirits  of  strong-walled  Erech 

"  Are  changed  to  serpents,  and  glide  into  holes  (?). 

"  For  three  years  the  enemy  besieged  Erech, 

"And  the  doors  were  barred,  and  the  bolts  were 
shot, 

"And  Ishtar  did  not  raise  her  head  against  the  foe." 

We  have  no  mention  of  Gilgamesh  upon  these  frag- 
ments of  the  First  Tablet,  but,  as  on  the  Second  Tablet 
we  find  the  inhabitants  of  Erech  groaning  under  his 
rule,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  foe  mentioned  as 
besieging  Erech  was  led  by  Gilgamesh,  and  that  they 
succeeded  in  capturing  the  city.  Another  view  is  that 
Gilgamesh  came  forward  and  delivered  Erech  from  her 
enemies,  and  in  return  for  his  services  was  elected 
ruler  of  the  city.  By  whichever  of  these  means  he 
obtained  his  throne  in  Erech,  there  is  no  doubt  that 
his  rule  soon  became  unpopular,  for  he  forced  all  the 
young  men  of  the  city  into  his  service  and  carried 
off  the  maidens  to  his  court.  The  elders  complained. 
saying  :— 


150  THE   TYRANNY    OF   GILGAMESII. 

"  Gilgamesli  hath  not  left  the  son  to  his  father, 
"Nor  the  maid   to  the   liero,  nor   the  wife  to  her 

husband." 
They  therefore  cried  to  the  goddess  Aruru  against  the 
tyranny  of  Gilgamesh,  complaining  that  he  acted  in  this 
despotic  manner  because  he  had  no  rival  to  keep  him 
in  check.  Day  and  night  the  people  raised  their  com- 
plaint, and  the  gods  of  heaven  heard  them  and  had 
compassion  upon  them.  And  the  gods  also  cried  aloud 
to  Aruru,  bidding  her  create  a  being,  equal  to  Gilga- 
mesh in  strength,  who  might  fight  with  him  and  limit 
his  power.  They  urged  that  as  she  had  created  Gilga- 
mesh,^ so  she  must  now  create  his  rival.  Aruru  listened 
to  their  words  and  proceeded  to  plan  and  to  create  a 
being  who  should  be  capable  of  opposing  Gilgamesh. 
The  passage  referring  to  the  creation  of  this  being,  who 
was  named  Ea-bani,  reads  as  follows  : — 

"  Upon  hearing  these  words  (i.e.,  the  words  of  the  gods) 
"  Aruru  conceived  a  man  of  Anu  ^  in  her  mind. 
"  Aruru  washed  her  hands, 
"  She  broke  off  a  piece  of  clay,  she  cast  it  on  the 

ground. 
"  Thus  she  created  Ea-bani,  the  hero." 
Ea-bani,  however,  was  not  wholly  human  in  form. 

'  It  will  be  remembered  that  according  to  one  version  of  the  Crea- 
tion story,  the  goddess  Aruru,  iu  company  with  Marduk,  is  credited 
with  the  creation  of  mankind ;  see  above,  p.  90. 

"  I.e.,  a  divine  man,  a  demi-god.  In  this  phrase  "  Auu  "  is  used  as 
a  general  name  for  "  god." 


THE   CREATION   OF    EA-BAXI.  151 

From  his  picture  upon  cylinder-seals  we  know  that  he 
had  the  head,  and  body,  and  arms  of  a  man,  but  his 
legs  were  those  of  a  beast.  The  following  description 
of  Ea-bani  is  given  in  the  poem  : — 

"  The  whole  of  his  body  was  [covered]  with  hair, 

"  He  was  clothed  with  long  hair  like  a  woman. 

"  The  quality  of  his  hair  was  luxuriant,  like  that  of 

the  Corn-god. 
"  He  knew  [not]  the  land  and  the  inhabitants  thereof, 
"  He  was  clothed  with  garments  as  the  god  of  the 

field. 

"  With  the  gazelles  he  ate  herbs, 

"  With  the  beasts  he  slaked  his  thirst, 

"With  the  creatures  of  the  water  his  heart  rejoiced." 

A  new  personage  now  comes  on  the  scene  and,  from 

the   abruptness    with   which   he   is    introduced,   it   is 

evident  that  he  has  already  been  described  in  some 

previous  portion  of  the  poem  that  is  wanting.     This 

new  personage  is  Tsaidu,  "the  hunter,"  who  appears 

to  have  been  sent  into  the  mountains  by  Gilgamesh 

in  order  to  capture  Ea-bani,     The  gods  no  doubt  in 

due  time  would  have  brought  Ea-bani  to  Erech  to  do 

battle  with  Gilgamesh,  and  the  object   of  Gilgamesh 

in  sending  Tsaidu  to  capture  Ea-bani  was  clearly  to 

forestall   their   intention.     "  The  hunter "  accordingly 

went   out  into   the    mountains    and   lay   in   wait   for 

Ea-bani.     For  three  days  Tsaidu  watched  Ea-bani  as 

he  went  down  to  the  stream  to  drink,  but  he  thou'>-ht 


152  TSAIDU,   THE   HUNTER. 

he  was  too  strong  to  overcome  in  single  combat.     He 
therefore  returned  to  Erech  and  told  Gilsfamesh  of  the 
monster's   strength;    he  described   his  own   terror   at 
beholding  him,  and  added  that  he  destroyed  all  the 
traps  which  had  been  set  for  him,  saying : — 
"He  rangeth  over  [all]  the  mountains, 
"  Eegnlarly  with  the  beasts  [he  feedeth], 
*'  Regularly  his  feet  [are  set]  towards  the  drinking- 

place. 
"  But  I  was  afraid,  I  could  not  approach  him. 
"  He  hath  filled  up  the  pit  which  I  digged, 
"  He  hath  destroyed  the  nets  which  I  [spread], 
"He  hath  caused  the  cattle  and  the  beasts  of  the 

field  to  escape  from  my  hands, 
"  And  he  doth  not  let  me  make  war  (upon  them)." 
Gilgamesh  was  not  discouraged  by  Tsaidu's  want  of 
success,  and  he  revealed  to  him  a  device  by  which  he 
might  capture  Ea-bani,  who  had  proved  too  cunning  for 
the  ordinary  snares  of  the  hunter,  saying : — 
"  Go,  my  Tsaidu,  and  take  Ukhat  with  thee. 
"And  when  the  beasts  come  down  to  the  drinkins:- 

place, 
"  Then  let  her  tear  off  her  clothing  and  disclose  her 

nakedness. 
"  (Ea-bani)  shall  see  her,  and  he  shall  draw  nigh 

unto  her, 
"  And  the  cattle,  which  grew  up  on  his  field,  shall 
forsake  him." 


THE   PLOT   TO   CAPTURE   EA-BANI.  1 53 

XJkhat,  whom  Tsaidu  was  told  to  take  with  him,  was 
one  of  the  sacred  women  who  were  in  the  service  of 
Ishtar  and  were  attached  to  the  ancient  temple  of 
that  goddess  in  the  city  of  Erech.  The  narrative 
continues : — 

"  Tsaidu  departed,  and  took  with  him  the  woman 
Ukhat. 

"  They  took  the  straight  road, 

"  And  on  the  third  day  they  reached  the  appointed 
place. 

"  Then  Tsaidu  and  the  woman  placed  themselves  in 
hiding, 

"  For  one  day,  for  two  days,  they  lurked  by  the 
drinking-place. 

"  "With  the  beasts  (Ea-bani)  slaked  his  thirst, 

"  With  the  creatures  of  the  waters  his  heart  rejoiced. 

"  Then  Ea-bani  (approached)  .  .  .  , 

"  With  the  gazelles  he  ate  herbs, 

"  With  the  beasts  he  slaked  his  thirst, 

"With  the  creatures  of  the  water  his  heart  rejoiced." 

As  Ea-bani  came  near,  Ukhat  caught  sight  of  him, 
and  Tsaidu  exclaimed : — 

"  That  is  he,  Ukhat,  loosen  thy  girdle, 

"Uncover  thy  nakedness  that  he  may  receive  thy 
favours, 

"  Be  not  faint-hearted,  lay  hold  upon  his  soul. 

"  He  shall  see  thee,  and  shall  draw  nigh  unto  thee. 

"  Open  thy  garment,  and  he  shall  lie  in  thine  arms. 


154  EA-BANI   TEMPTED   BY   UKHAT. 

"  Give  him  pleasure  after  the  manner  of  women. 

"  His  cattle,  which  grew  up  in  his  field,  shall  forsake 
him, 

"  While  he  holdeth  thee  in  the  embraces  of  love." 

Ukhat  did  as  Tsaidu  bade  her,  and  the  plot  was 
attended  with  success,  as  we  may  see  from  the  following 
lines  : — 

"Ukhat  loosened  her  garment,  she  uncovered  her 
nakedness, 

"  She  was  not  faint-hearted,  and  she  laid  hold  upon 
his  soul. 

"  She  opened  her  garment,  and  he  lay  in  her  arms. 

"  She  gave  him  pleasure  after  the  manner  of  women, 

"  And  he  held  her  in  the  embraces  of  love. 

"  For  six  days  and  six  nights  Ea-bani  drew  nigh  and 
tarried  with  Ukhat. 

"  After  he  had  satisfied  himself  with  her  abundance, 

"  He  turned  his  attention  to  his  cattle. 

"  His  gazelles  lay,  and  looked  at  Ea-bani, 

'•  The  beasts  of  the  field  turned  away  from  him. 

"  Ea-bani  was  terrified,  his  body  grew  stiff, 

"  His  knees  stood  still,  as  his  cattle  departed." 

Ea-bani,  however,  did  not  attempt  to  pursue  them  or 
to  induce  them  to  return  to  him.  Eecovering  from  his 
dismay  he  turned  once  more  to  the  companion  at  his 
side  and — 

"  He  returned  to  love,  he  sat  at  the  feet  of  the 
woman, 


HIS   LOVE    FOR    THE   ^YOMAN.  155 

"  And  he  gazed  up  into  her  face, 

"  And  as  the  woman  spake  he  listened. 

*'  And  the  woman  said  unto  Ea-bani : 

"  '  Thou  art  of  great  stature,  0  Ea-bani,  and  art  hke 

unto  a  god. 
"  Why  then  dost  thou  lie  with  the  beasts  of  the  field  ? 
"  Come,  let  me  bring  thee  to  strong-walled  Erech, 
"  To   the   bright   house,  the   dwelling   of  Anu  and 

Ishtar, 
"To   the   palace   of  Gilgamesh,  who   is   perfect   in 

strength, 
"  And  who,  like   a   mountain-bull,  wieldeth   power 

over  men.' 
"She  spake  unto  him  and  he  hearkened  unto  her 

word, 
"  In  the  wisdom  of  his  heart  he  wished  for  a  friend. 
"  Ea-bani  spake  unto  the  woman  : 
"  '  Come  then,  Ukhat,  lead  me  away, 
"  To  the  bright  and  holy  dwelling  of  Anu  and  Ishtar, 
"  To  the   palace  of   Gilgamesh,  who   is    perfect   in 

strength, 
"And  who  like   [a  mountain-bull  wieldeth  power] 

over  men.'  " 
The  text  of  the  poem  which  follows  is  broken,  and  it 
is  only  with  difficulty  that  the  thread  of  the  narrative 
can  be  made  out.  Ea-bani  had  heard  so  much  of  the 
might  of  Gilgamesh  from  Ukhat  that  he  desired  to  win 
his  friendship  ;  but,  it  appears,  he  first  wished  to  test 


156  GILGAMESH   AND   EA-BANI. 

the  hero's  strength,  and  to  join  with  him  in  battle.  It 
was  with  this  object  that  he  set  out  with  Ukhat  for  the 
city  of  Erech,  and  they  happened  to  arrive  there  during 
the  celebration  of  a  festival.  Ea-bani,  however,  had  a 
dream  in  which  he  was  warned  to  refrain  from 
attempting  to  do  battle  with  Gilgamesh.  He  was  told 
that  Gilgamesh  was  more  powerful  than  he,  and  that, 
as  by  day  and  by  night  he  did  not  rest,  he  could  not 
hope  to  take  him  unawares.  He  was  also  told  in  his 
dream  that  Gilgamesh  was  beloved  of  Shamash,  the 
Sun-god,  and  that  the  three  great  gods,  Anu,  Bel,  and 
Ea,  had  given  wisdom  unto  him. 

Meanwhile  Gilgamesh  also  had  a  dream,  and  he  was 
troubled  because  he  could  not  interpret  it.  He  there- 
fore went  to  his  mother  Aruru  and  enquired  of  her 
the  meaning  of  his  vision.  He  told  her  that  in  his 
vision  the  stars  of  heaven  seemed  to  fall  upon  him,  and 
his  mother  seems  to  have  interpreted  the  dream  as  fore- 
telling the  coming  of  Ea-bani,  and  also  to  have  advised 
him  to  make  friends  witli  Ea-bani. 

Gilgamesh  and  Ea-bani  did  not  enter  into  combat, 
and  the  Third  Tablet  of  the  series  tells  how  they 
became  friends.  Erom  the  fragments  of  the  text  which 
remain,  it  appears  that  Ea-bani  did  not  at  first  give 
heed  to  the  warning  vouchsafed  him  in  his  dream, 
and  it  was  only  after  the  personal  intervention  of  the 
Sun-god  that  he  gave  up  the  desire  to  do  battle  with 
Gilgamesh,  and  consented  to  treat  him  henceforth  as 


EXPEDITION   AGAINST   KHUMBABA.  1 5/ 

his  comrade.  In  order  to  induce  Ea-bani  to  remain 
at  Erecli,  Sliamash  conferred  on  him  royal  rank,  and 
he  promised  him  that  he  should  recline  on  a  great 
couch  while  the  princes  of  the  earth  kissed  his  feet, 
and  that  the  people  of  Erech  should  proclaim  their 
submission  unto  him.  Ea-bani  listened  to  the  Sun- 
god,  and  consented  to  remain  in  Erech  as  the  friend 
of  Gilgamesh. 

The  next  section  of  the  poem  is  also  incomplete, 
but  enough  of  the  text  remains  to  enable  us  to  make 
out  the  story,  which  concerns  an  expedition  under- 
taken by  both  heroes  against  an  Elamite  despot  ^ 
named  Khumbaba.  The  preparations  for  the  expedi- 
tion and  the  battle  with  Khumbaba  are  described  upon 
the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Tablets  of  the  series.  Before 
setting  out  for  the  castle  of  Khumbaba,  Ea-bani  prayed 
to  the  Sun-god,  and  Gilgamesh  recounted  to  his  friend 
a  favourable  dream  which  had  been  sent  to  him,  in 
which  he  beheld  the  dead  body  of  Khumbaba.  In 
due  time  the  two  heroes  came  to  a  wood  of  cedar 
trees,  in  the  middle  of  which  Khumbaba's  castle  was 
built.  Khumbaba  was  feared  by  all  who  dwelt  near 
him,  for  his  roaring  was  like  the  storm,  and  any  man, 
who  was  rash  enough  to  enter  into  his  cedar  wood, 
perished.  The  two  heroes,  however,  undismayed  by 
the  reports  of   their  enemy's  power,  pressed  forward 

'  The  people  of  Elam,  which  was  situated  to  the  east  of  Mcsopo- 
xa-.maj  were,  from  an  early  period,  in  coustant  conflict  with  Babylonia. 


158  THE   SLAYING  OF   KHUMBABA. 

on  their  journey.  They  entered  the  wood,  but  were 
amazed  at  the  great  size  of  the  trees  that  grew  therein, 
and  in  the  words  of  the  poem — 

"  They  stood  still,  and  marvelled  at  the  wood, 

"  They  gazed  at  the  height  of  the  cedars, 

"  They  gazed  at  the  entrance  of  the  wood, 

"The  place  where  Khumbaba  was   wont   to   walk 

and  set  his  foot. 
"  The  road  had  been  laid  out,  and  the  path  was  well 

made." 
After  describing  the  beauty  of  the  greatest  of  the 
cedars,  which  possessed  a  pleasant  and  delightful  shade 
and  a  sweet  smell,  the  tablet  breaks  off.  How  the 
heroes  penetrated  to  the  castle,  and  in  what  manner 
they  succeeded  in  slaying  Khumbaba,  we  do  not  know ; 
but  that  they  were  successful  in  the  fight  is  clear  from 
the  last  line  of  the  tablet.  Half  this  line  is  preserved 
and  reads  "  the  head  of  Khumbaba,"  from  which  we 
may  perhaps  infer  that  Gilgamesh  and  Ea-bani,  after 
slaying  the  tyrant,  cut  off  his  head  from  his  body. 

Hitherto  the  heroes  had  only  met  with  success. 
Enjoying  the  favour  of  the  Sun-god,  they  had  suc- 
ceeded in  slaying  a  powerful  enemy  of  their  city,  and 
they  now  returned  to  Erech  elated  with  their  victory. 
Erom  this  time  forward,  however,  their  lot  was  not 
so  happy,  and  the  Sixth  Tablet  gives  the  reason  of 
their  misfortunes,  for  it  narrates  how  Gilgamesh  in- 
curred the  wrath  of  the  powerful  goddess  Ishtar.     The 


ishtar's  passion  for  gilgamesii.        159 

tablet  opens  with  an  account  of  how,  on  his  return 
from  Erech,  Gilgamesh  removed  the  stains  of  battle, 
and  clothed  himself  in  his  royal  robes,  in  the  following 
words : — 

"  [He  cleansed]  his  weapons,  he  polished  his  weapons, 
"  [He  removed]  his  armour  from  upon  him, 
"  [He  took  off]  his  soiled  garments,  he  clothed  him- 
self in  clean  raiment. 
"  He   donned  [his  robes  of]   honour,  he   bound   on 

his  diadem, 
"  Gilgamesh    wore    his    crown,    he    bound    on    his 

diadem." 
The  sight  of  the  hero  thus  arrayed  on  his  return 
from  battle  kindled  with  love  for  him  the  heart  of 
the  goddess  Ishtar.  The  poem  tells  how  she  beheld 
the  comeliness  of  Gilgamesh,  and  addressed  him  in 
these  words : — 

"  Come,  Gilgamesh,  be  thou  my  spouse. 

"  Bestow  thy  strength  upon  me  as  a  gift, 

"And   thou   shalt   be   my    husband,  and  I  will  be 

thy  wife. 
"  I  will  set  thee  in  a  chariot  of  lapis  lamli  and  gold, 
"  With   wheels   made   of  gold   and   horns   made  of 

diamonds, 
"  And  mighty  .  .  .  steeds  shalt  thou  yoke  to  it. 
"  Thou  shalt  enter  our  house  with  the  sweet  scent 

of  cedars. 
"  When  thou  enterest  our  house. 


l60  GILGAMESH   REPULSES   ISHTAR. 

"  [The  great  and]  the  mighty  shall  kiss  thy  feet. 
"Kings,  and   rulers,  and   princes    shall    bow  down 

before  thee, 
"And  from   mountain   and  plain  shall  they  bring 

gifts  unto  thee  as  tribute." 
The  goddess  promised  in  addition   that   his   flocks 
should  bear  twins,  that  the  horses  of  Ms  chariot  should 
be   swift,  and   that   his    cattle    should   be   unrivalled. 
But  Gilgamesh  refused  her  proffered  love,  remembering 
the  fate  of  those  who  had  already  enjoyed  it,  and  thus 
upbraided  her  with  her  treachery  : — 
"  On  Tammuz,  the  spouse  of  thy  youth, 
"  Thou  didst  lay  affliction  every  year. 
"  Thou  didst  love  the  brilliant  AUalu-bird, 
"  But  thou  didst  smite  him  and  break  his  wing  ; 
"  He  stands  in  the  woods,  and  cries,  '  0  my  wing.' 
"  Thou  didst  also  love  a  lion,  perfect  in  strength, 
"  Seven  by  seven  didst  thou  dig  snares  for  him. 
"  Thou  didst  also  love  a  horse,  pre-eminent  in  battle ; 
"  Bridle,  spur,  and  whip  didst  thou  lay  upon  him, 
"  Thou  didst  make  him  to  gallop  for  seven  Icaslm, 
"  Trouble  and  sweating  didst  thou  force  him  to  bear, 
"  And  on  his  mother  Silili  thou  didst  lay  affliction. 
"  Thou  didst  also  love  a  shepherd  of  the  flock, 
"  Who  continually  poured  out  for  thee  the  libation  (?), 
"  And  daily  slaughtered  kids  for  thee  ; 
"  But  thou  didst  smite  him,  and  didst  change  him 
into  a  leopard, 


THE   BULL   FROM   HEAVEN.  l6l 

"So  that  his  own  sheep- boy  hunted  him, 
"  And  his  own  hounds  tore  him  to  pieces." 
Gilgamesh  also  recounted  the  sad  fate  of  a  gardener 
in  the  service  of  Anu,  Ishtar's  father,  whom  she  had 
loved.  Every  day  he  brought  her  costly  gifts  and  made 
bright  the  dish  from  which  she  ate ;  but  when  she  grew 
tired  of  him  she  changed  him  into  a  cripple,  so  that 
henceforth  he  could  not  rise  from  his  bed.  Gilgamesh 
ended  his  taunts  with  the  words,  "As  for  me,  tliou 
"  wouldst  love  me,  and  like  unto  them  thou  wouldst 
"  [afflict  me]." 

When  Ishtar  heard  this  she  was  enraged  and  she  went 
up  into  heaven,  where  she  sought  out  her  father  Anu, 
and  her  mother  Anatu,  and  complained  that  Gilgamesh 
had  scorned  her.  Anu  attempted  to  soothe  her,  but  she 
demanded  vengeance  upon  Gilgamesh,  and  asked  Anu 
to  create  a  monstrous  bull,  named  Ahi,  which  should 
destroy  the  hero.  Anu  yielded  to  his  imperious 
daughter  and  created  the  bull  in  accordance  with  her 
wish.  The  account  of  the  battle  between  the  bull  and 
the  two  heroes  Ea-bani  and  Gilgamesh,  is  very  in- 
complete, but  the  struggle  seems  to  have  been  long  and 
fierce,  and  towards  the  end  of  the  account  we  read  that 
Ea-bani  seized  the  bull  by  the  tail  so  that  Gilgamesh 
was  no  doubt  enabled  to  slay  the  monster  with  his 
sword.  In  the  accompanying  illustration,  we  see  Gil- 
gamesh and  Ea-bani  each  engaged  in  conflict  with  a 
bull.     The  picture  may  possibly  be  based  upon  some 

BAB,  EEL.  M 


l62  THE   FIGHT   WITH   THE    BULL. 

variant  form  of  the  legend,  according  to  which  Ann  sent 
two  divine  bulls  against  Gilgamesh  and  his  friend. 
Perhaps  it  is  simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  picture 
of  the  two  heroes  on  a  hunting  expedition,  for  on 
other  cylinder-seals  they  are  frequently  represented  as 
struggling  with  several  bulls  and  lions  at  the  same  time. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  centre  of  the  picture  is  a 
lir  tree  growing  upon  what  appears  to  be  a  pile  of  stones. 


-5    ..  '\  -  .rj^^ 


'yPPIJTi^PWI^tlP^IM 


]j[¥--/ 


J 


Ea-baui  and  Gilgamesh   in  conflict  with  two  bulls.     (From  a  cylinder-seal  in  the 
British  Museum,  No.  89,308.) 

The  small  half  circles,  however,  which  look  like  stones, 
are  conventional  representations  of  mountains ;  the 
engraver  intended  to  convey  the  impression  that  the 
fight  with  the  bulls  took  place  in  a  well- wooded  and 
mountainous  country. 

The  poem  next  describes  the  wrath  of  Ishtar  at  the 
death  of  the  bull  as  follows  : — 

"  Then  Ishtar  went  up  on  to  the  wall  of  strong-walled 
Erech ; 

"  She  mounted  to  the  top  and  she  uttered  a  curse, 
(saying), 


EA-BANI   TAUNTS   ISHTAR.  163 

" '  Cursed  be  Gilgamesh,  who  has  provoked  me  to 
anger, 

*'  And  has  slain  the  bull  from  heaven.' 

"  When  Ea-bani  heard  these  words  of  Ishtar, 

"  He  tore  out  the  entrails  (?)  of  the  bull, 

"  And  he  cast  them  before  her,  (crying), 

"  '  As  for  thee,  I  will  conquer  thee, 

"And  I  will  do  to  thee  even  as  I  have  done  to 
him.'" 

Thus  Ea-bani  drew  down  upon  himself  the  wrath  of 
Ishtar. 

Then  Ishtar  assembled  the  three  grades  of  priestesses 
attached  to  her  service  and  they  made  lamentation  over 
the  death  of  the  bull. 

The  horns  of  the  bull  were  of  great  value,  for  they 
were  exceedingly  large  and  each  of  them  held  six 
measures  of  oil.  Gilgamesh,  therefore,  in  gratitude  for 
his  victory,  dedicated  them  to  the  Sun-god,  who  is 
described  in  this  passage  of  the  poem  under  the  local 
name  of  Lugal-Marada,  that  is  "  King  of  Marad,"  Marad 
being  a  city  in  Babylonia.  After  dedicating  the  horns 
with  much  ceremony  at  the  altar  of  the  god,  Gilgamesh 
and  his  attendants  washed  their  hands  in  the  Euphrates 
and  then  set  out  for  Erech.  On  their  arrival  they  rode 
through  the  streets  of  the  city,  and  the  people  gathered 
together  to  gaze  upon  them  as  they  passed.  The 
princesses  of  the  city  also  came  out  to  meet  Gilgamesh, 
and  he  cried  out  unto  them,  saying — 


1 64  EA-BANl'S   DEATH. 

"  Who  is  glorious  among  heroes  ? 

"  Who  is  mighty  among  men  ? 

"  Gilgamesh  is  glorious  among  heroes, 

"  Gilgamesh  is  mighty  among  men." 

In  this  manner  he  passed  through  Erech  and  entered 
into  his  palace.  There  he  prepared  a  banquet  at  which 
he  entertained  his  friends  in  honour  of  his  victory  over 
the  great  bull.  After  the  banquet  the  guests  reclined 
upon  their  couches  and  slept.  During  Ea-bani's  sleep 
he  saw  a  vision,  and  when  he  awoke  in  the  morning  he 
drew  nigh  to  Gilgamesh  and  began  to  tell  him  of  the 
things  which  he  had  seen. 

The  Seventh  Tablet  begins  with  Ea-bani's  account 
of  his  dream,  but  so  few  fragments  of  the  text  of  this 
and  the  following  tablet  have  been  preserved  that  it 
is  not  possible  to  follow  the  course  of  the  narrative  at 
this  point.  All  we  know  for  certain  is  that  Ea-bani's 
death  occurs  at  the  end  of  the  Eighth  Tablet.  He 
seems  to  have  received  a  wound  in  battle,  but  in 
what  manner  and  at  the  hands  of  what  foe,  we  cannot 
say.  All  that  we  can  gather  from  the  mutilated  text 
is  that  he  was  laid  low  upon  his  bed  with  the  sickness 
which  resulted  from  his  wound.  For  twelve  days  he 
lay  sick,  and  having  summoned  Gilgamesh  to  his  bed- 
side, and  having  told  him  the  manner  in  which  he 
had  received  his  wound,  he  died.  We  may  reasonably 
conjecture  that  his  death  was  brought  about  by 
Ishtar,  whose  anger  he  had  aroused.    Gilgamesh  himself 


THE   GRIEF   OF   GILGAMESH.  165 

escaped  from  death,  but  we  find  he  had  been  smitten 
with  a  sore  sickness,  which  no  doubt  was  also  due  to 
the  anger  of  the  great  goddess  whose  love  he  had 
scorned. 

The  Ninth  Tablet  opens  with  the  lament  of  Gilga- 
mesh  for  the  death  of  his  friend,  and  with  his  resolve 
to  seek  out  his  ancestor,  Tsit-napishtim,  who  might 
perhaps  help  him  to  escape  a  similar  fate.  The  tablet 
begins  as  follows  : — 
"For  his  friend  Ea-bani 
"  Gilgamesh  wept  bitterly  and  he  lay  stretched  out 

upon  the  ground. 
"  (He  cried)  :  '  Let  me  not  die  like  Ea-bani ! 
"  Grief  hath  entered  into  my  body,  and 
**  I  fear  death,  and   I  lie   stretched  out   upon    the 

ground. 
"  To  (test)  the  power  of  Tsit-napishtim,  son  of  Ubara- 

Tutu, 
"  I  will  set  out,  and  I  will  not  tarry  by  the  way.' " 
Gilgamesh  describes  his  journey  thus  :— 
"  To  a  mountain  gorge  I  came  by  night, 
"Lions  I  beheld,  and  I  was  terrified. 
"  I  raised  my  head  and  I  prayed  to  the  Moon-god, 
"  And  to  the  [chief]  of  the  gods  came  my  cry, 
"  [And  he  hearkened  and]  showed  favour  unto  me." 
From  what  remains  of  the  text  it  appears  that  Gil- 
gamesh had  a  dream  in  which  the  Moon-god  shewed 
him  the  way  by  which  he  might  safely  pass  over  the 


1 66  THE   MOUNTAIN   OF   THE   SUNSET. 

mountcains.  Gilgamesh  succeeded  in  crossing  the  first 
mountain  range  whicli  barred  his  path,  and  he  next 
came  to  a  still  greater  mountain  named  Mashu,  that 
is  to  say,  the  Mountain  of  the  Sunset.  The  poem 
continues  as  follows  : — 

"  Then  he  came  to  the  Mountain  of  Mashu, 

"  The    portals    of    which    are    guarded    daily    [by 

monsters]  ; 
"  Their  backs  mount  up  to  the  rampart  of  heaven, 
"  And  their  fore  parts  reach  down  beneath  Arallu. 
"  Scorpion- men  guard  the  gate  (of  Mashu) ; 
"They  strike  terror  [into  men],  and   it  is  death  to 

behold  them, 
"Their   sj^lendour   is    great,  for  it  overwhelms  the 

mountains ; 
"From  sunrise  to  sunset  they  guard  the  Sun. 
"  Gilgamesh  beheld  them, 
"  And  his  face  grew  dark  with  fear  and  terror, 
"And  the  wildness  of  their  aspect  robbed  him  of 

his  senses." 
One  of  the  Scorpion-men  then  caught  sight  of  Gil- 
gamesh, and,  turning  to  his  wife,  told  her  that  the 
body  of  the  man  they  saw  approaching  resembled  that 
of  a  god.  His  wife  replied  that  Gilgamesh  was  partly 
divine  and  partly  human.  The  Scorpion-man  then 
told  her  how  Gilgamesh  had  set  out  on  his  long 
journey  in  accordance  with  the  will  of  the  gods,  and 
he  described  the  steep  mountains  which  he  had  already 


THE   REGION   OF   THICK   DARKNESS.  1 67 

crossed.  Gilgamesb,  seeing  that  the  monster  regarded 
him  with  friendly  eyes,  recovered  from  his  fright,  and 
told  him  of  the  purpose  of  his  journey,  namely,  to  go 
to  Tsit-napishtim;  his  ancestor,  who  stood  in  the 
assembly  of  the  gods,  and  had  the  power  over  life  and 
death.  The  Scorpion-man  replied  by  describing  the 
difficulties  and  dangers  which  he  would  encounter  if 
he  persisted  in  his  purpose  of  traversing  the  Mountain 
of  Mashu,  adding  that  for  twelve  hasbu,  that  is,  for  a 
space  of  twenty-four  hours,  he  would  have  to  pass 
through  thick  darkness.  But  Gilgamesh  was  not  dis- 
couraged. The  Scorpion-man,  therefore,  yielded  to  his 
request,  and  opened  the  gate  of  the  mountain  and  let 
him  through. 

For  twenty-four  hours  Gilgamesh  marched  onwards, 
"  and  the  darkness  was  thick  and  there  was  no  light." 
But  at  the  end  of  this  long  and  dreadful  journey  he 
came  out  once  more  into  the  light  of  the  sun,  and  the 
first  thing  he  beheld  was  a  beautiful  and  wonderful 
tree.  The  poem'  describes  the  tree  in  the  following 
words : — 

"  Precious  stones  it  bore  as  fruit, 

"  Branches  hung  from  it  .which  were  beautiful  to 
behold. 

"  The  top  of  the  tree  was  /apis  lazuli, 

"  And  it  was  laden  with  fruit  which  dazzled  the  eye 
of  him  that  beheld," 

This  tree  grew  in  a  great   park  or  orchard  beside 


l68  THE   PRINCESS   SABITU. 

other  trees  which  were  also  laden  with  precious  stones ; 
but  Gilgamesh  did  not  tarry  among  the  trees  nor  stop 
to  gather  their  fruit.  The  shore  of  the  sea  was  not 
far  off  and  he  wished  to  lose  no  time  in  reaching  it, 
for  he  knew  that  he  must  cross  the  sea  to  reach 
Tslt-napishtim  his  ancestor. 

The  text  of  the  Tenth  Tablet  reveals  to  us  Gilga- 
mesh involved  in  further  troubles.  The  sea- coast,  to 
which  he  had  now  come,  was  ruled  over  by  a  princess 
named  Sabitu,  who  dwelt  ^  in  a  palace  by  the  shore. 
She  beheld  Gilgamesh  from  afar,  and,  as  he  drew 
near,  she  went  into  her  palace  and  shut  the  door. 
Without  her  assistance,  however,  Gilgamesh  could  not 
cross  the  sea,  so  he  went  up  to  her  door  and  demanded 
why  she  had  shut  it,  and  threatened  that  if  she  did 
not  open  it  he  would  break  it  down.  A  gap  in  the 
text  prevents  us  from  knowing  Sabitu's  answer  to  this 
threat.  When  the  text  is  again  continuous  we  find 
Gilgamesh  telling  Sabitu  the  reason  of  his  journey, 
namely,  that  he  may  learn  how  to  escape  the  fate  of 
his  friend  Ea-bani ;  he  ended  by  asking  her  the  way  to 
the  abode  of  Ttit-napishtim,  saying — 

"  [Tell  me]  0  Sabitu,  which  is  the  way  to  Tsit-na- 
pishtim  ? 

"  If  it  is  possible,  I  will  cross  the  sea. 

"  But  if  it  is  not  possible,  I  will  lie  me  down  upon 
the  ground  in  despair." 

Sabitu  replied,  saying — 


ARAD-EA,   THE   SAILOR.  169 

"  0  Gilgamesli,  there  hatli  never  been  a  ferry  (here), 

"  Xeither  hath  any  one  ever  crossed  the  sea. 

"  The  hero  Shamash  hath  crossed  the  sea,  but,  besides 
Shamash,  who  can  cross  it  ? 

"  The  crossing  is  difficult,  the  way  is  very  hard, 

"  The  Waters  of  Death  are  shut  in  (?),  they  are  closed 
np  as  with  a  bolt. 

"  0  Gilgamesh,  how  canst  thou  cross  the  sea  ? 

"  And  if  thou  shouldst  come  to  the  Waters  of  Death, 
what  wouldst  thou  do  ?  " 

Sabitu,  however,  told  Gilgamesh  that  there  was  one 
who  might  perhaps  help  him,  namely,  Arad-Ea,  the 
sailor  who  served  Tsit-napishtim.  To  him  she  sent  him 
and  told  him  to  ask  Arad-Ea  to  take  him  across.  If  he 
refused,  Gilgamesh  would  have  to  turn  back. 

Gilgamesh  sought  out  Arad-Ea  and  told  him  of  his 
grief,  and  of  the  reason  of  his  journey ;  he  then  made 
the  request  that  he  would  show  him  the  way  to  Tsit- 
napishtim,  and  ended  his  demand  with  the  words  he 
had  already  used  to  Sabitu,  saying — 

"  If  it  is  possible,  I  will  cross  the  sea, 

"  But  if  it  is  not  possible,  I  will  lie  me  down  upon 
the  ground  in  despair." 

Arad-Ea  consented  to  make  the  journey,  and  told 
Gilgamesh  to  go  into  the  wood  and  cut  down  a  tree 
out  of  which  he  might  make  a  large  rudder  for  the  ship, 
since  they  would  need  special  tackle  for  the  voyage. 
The  poem  then  describes  how  they  made  their  pre- 
parations and  set  out  on  their  journey,  as  follows — 


I/O 


THE   WATERS   OF   DEATH. 


"  Gilgamesli  on  hearing  this  {i.e.,  Arad-Ea's  instruc- 
tions) 

"  Took  liis  axe  in  his  hand  .  '.  .  . 

"  And  he  went  into  the  wood  and  [cut]  a  rudder,  five 
measures  in  length, 

"  And  he  smeared  it  all  over  with  pitch. 

"  Gilgamesh  and  Arad-Ea  then  went  up  into  [the 
ship]. 

"  The  ship  was  thrust  out  into  the  waves,  and  they 
began  their  voyage. 


1.4/ >.  J  Jv 


Gilgamesli  and  Arad-Ea  crossing  the  ocean  and  the  "  Waters  of  Death."  On  the  left 
of  the  picture  is  a  representation  of  Gilgamesh  and  Ea-bani  in  conflict  with  a  lion. 
(From  a  cylinder-seal  in  the  British  Museum,  No.  89,588.) 

"  A  course  of  one  month  and  five  days  within  three 

days  [did  they  accomplish], 
"  And  thus  Arad-Ea  arrived  at  the  Waters  of  Death." 
To  pass  over  the  Waters  of  Death  was  a  task  attended 
with  difficulty  and  danger,  and  Arad-Ea  needed  all  the 
help  that  Gilgamesh  could  give  him  to  steer  the  ship  in 
safety.  After  they  had  made  the  passage,  Gilgamesh 
loosened  his  girdle  and  rested  from  his  exertions. 
Then   they  drew  nigh   the    shore  of  the   land  where 


THE   MEETING   ^^TTH   TSIT-NAPISHTIM.         17I 

Tsit-napishtim  and  his  wife  dwelt  apart  from  mankind. 
Tsit-napishtim  beheld  Gilgamesh  afar  off  and  marvelled 
to  see  a  living  man  cross  the  Waters  of  Death.  Gilga- 
mesh then  approached  the  shore  and,  while  still  sitting  in 
the  ship,  he  explained  to  Tsit-napishtim  the  reason  he 
had  sonrrlit  him  out.  He  told  him  of  his  adventures  with 
Ea-bani,  and  he  described  the  sad  death  of  his  friend 
and  his  own  o-pief  at  his  loss.  He  recounted  how  he 
had  set  out  to  seek  help  from  Tsit-napishtim,  and  how 
on  his  journey  he  had  passed  over  steep  mountains  and 
crossed  dangerous  seas.  He  ended  his  long  recital  by 
asking  his  ancestor  how  he  might  escape  the  sad  fate  of 
death  that  had  overtaken  Ea-bani  his  friend.     ^ 

Tsit-napishtim  was  grieved  at  the  words  of  Gilgamesh, 
but  told  him  he  could  do  nothing  to  help  him  to  escape 
from  death.     He  told  him  that  death  comes  to  all,  and 
that  no  man  could  escape  from  it, 
"  As  long  as  houses  are  built,  .  .  . 
"  And  as  long  as  brethren  quarrel, 
"  And  as  long  as  there  is  hatred  in  the  land, 
"  And  as  long  as  the  river  beareth  its  waters  [to  the 

sea]." 
He  added  that  the   gods  whose  lot  it  is  to  decree 
death  pass  sentence  when  they  will,  and  that  no  man  , 
could  tell  when  his  own  time   might  come.     And  he 
said — 

"  The  Anunnaki,  the  great  gods,  decree  fate, 

"  And  with  them  Mammetum,  the  maker  of  destiny. 


1/2  TSIT-NAPISHTIM'S   STORY. 

"And  they  determine  death  and  life, 

"  But  the  days  of  death  are  not  known." 

With  these  words  the  Tenth  Tablet  of  the  poem 
ends. 

On  the  Eleventh  Tablet  Gilgamesh  asked  Tsit- 
napishtim  the  reason  of  his  own  escape  from  death. 
He  gazed  upon  him,  and,  seeing  that  his  appearance 
was  like  that  of  a  living  man,  said — 

"I  behold  thee,  0  Tsit-napishtim, 

"  But  thy  appearance  is  not  changed.  As  I  am,  so 
art  thou  also. 

"Yea,  thou  art  not  changed.  As  I  am,  so  art  thou 
also." 

He  then  asked  him  the  reason,  saying, 

"  [Tell  me],  How  didst  thou  obtain  the  life  which  thou 
dost  enjoy  in  the  assembly  of  the  gods  ?  " 

In  reply  to  this  question,  Tsit-napishtim  told  Gilga- 
mesh the  story  of  the  deluge,  which  has  been  already 
described  in  Chapter  IV. 

During  the  telling  of  the  story,  Gilgamesh  sat  listen- 
ing at  a  little  distance  from  the  shore  in  the  ship,  for, 
sore- smitten  as  he  was  with  sickness,  he  was  not  able 
to  go  up  from  the  ship.  When  Tsit-napishtim  had 
finished  the  tale  of  his  own  adventures  he  turned  to 
the  hero  and  promised  to  restore  him  to  health,  for  that 
at  least  he  could  do,  though  he  could  not  show  him  a  way 
to  escape  from  death  when  his  time  should  come.  As  a 
first  step  towards  the  recovery  Tsit-napishtim  bade  him 


THE  HEALING   OF  GILGAMESH.  173 

sleep.  For  six  days  and  six  nights  Gilgamesh  con- 
tinued to  sit  in  the  ship,  and  at  the  end  of  that  time 
sleep  came  upon  him  suddenly  "like  a  storm."  While 
Gilgamesh  slept,  Tsit-napishtim  told  his  wife  to  prepare 
some  magic  food,  which  she  administered  unto  him 
whUe  he  slept.  On  awaking  from  his  sleep  Gilgamesh 
felt  that  he  was  enchanted,  and  asked  what  had  been 
done  to  him,  and  they  told  him  of  the  magical  food 
which  had  been  prepared  and  which  he  had  eaten.  To 
complete  his  cure  Tsit-napishtim  caused  Arad-Ea  to 
carry  Gilgamesh  to  a  certain  fountain  where  he  washed 
his  sores  in  the  healing  waters,  and  he  was  cleansed 
from  his  terrible  disease.  When  he  w^as  about  to 
depart  on  his  homeward  journey,  the  wife  of  Tsit-na- 
pishtim asked  her  husband  what  they  could  give  him  to 
ensure  his  safe  return  to  his  own  land.  Althoudi 
Tsit-napishtim  had  already  told  Gilgamesh  that  no  man 
could  escape  from  death,  yet  now,  as  the  latter  was  pre- 
paring to  take  his  leave,  he  disclosed  to  him  the  exist- 
ence of  a  magic  plant  which  had  the  power  of  prolonging 
life.  Gilgamesh  then  set  sail  in  company  with  Arad-Ea 
to  go  and  search  for  the  plant.  They  succeeded  in  find- 
ing it,  and  Gilgamesh  joyfully  cried  that  he  would  carry 
it  to  Erech  with  him,  and  that  by  eating  it  he  would 
regain  his  youtli.  Gilgamesh  and  Arad-Ea  then  turned 
back  carrying  the  plant  with  them.  And  when  they 
had  journeyed  thirty  kasbu,  they  came  to  a  brook 
wherein  flowed  cool  and  refreshing  water.     And  when 


174  GILGAMESH   MOURNS  FOR   EA-BANI. 

Gilgamesh  went  down  to  the  brook  to  drink,  a  demon 
in  the  form  of  a  serpent  darted  out  and  carried  away  the 
plant.  Gilgamesh  bitterly  lamented  the  loss  of  the 
plant,  but  could  do  nothing  to  recover  it.  He  therefore 
continued  his  journey  and  in  due  time  returned  to 
Erech.  With  this  incident  the  Eleventh  Tablet 
closes. 

The  Twelfth  Tablet  of  the  poem  relates  how  Gilga- 
mesh, after  his  return  from  his  long  journey,  continued 
to  lament  for  Ea-bani.  He  called  to  mind  the  common 
acts  of  daily  life,  which  his  friend  could  no  longer 
perform,  now  that  he  was  imprisoned  in  the  under- 
world, and  addressing  Ea-bani  he  said — 

"Thou  canst  no  longer  stretch  thy  bow  upon  the 

earth ; 
"  And  those  who  were  slain  with  the  bow  are  round 

about  thee. 
"  Thou  canst  no  longer  bear  a  sceptre  in  thy  hand ; 
"  And  the  spirits  of  the  dead  have  taken  thee  captive. 
"  Thou  canst  no  longer  wear  shoes  upon  thy  feet ; 
"  Thou   canst  no   longer   raise  thy  war-cry  on  the 

earth. 
"  No  more  dost  thou  kiss  thy  wife  whom  thou  didst 

love; 
"  No  more  dost  thou  smite  thy  wife  whom  thou  didst 

hate. 
"No  more  dost  thou  kiss  thy  daughter  whom  thou 
didst  love ; 


EA-BANl'S   RETURN   FROM   THE  DEAD.  175 

"  No  more  dost  thou  smite  thy  daughter  whom  thou 
didst  hate. 

"  The  sorrow  of  the  Underworld  hath  taken  hold 
upon  thee." 

Gilgamesh  then  appealed  to  the  gods  to  help  him  in 
his  sorrow  and  to  enable  him  to  again  behold  his  friend. 
With  this  object  he  went  alone  into  the  temple  of  the 
god  Bel,  and,  addressing  him  as  his  "  father/'  told  him 
of  his  trouble  ;  but  Bel  could  not  help  him.  He  next 
told  his  sorrow  to  Sin,  the  ]Moon-god,  but  he  too  could 
do  nothing  for  him ;  and  Ea,  to  whom  he  next  appealed, 
could  do  naught  to  help  him.  Last  of  all  he  besought 
Nergal,  the  god  of  the  dead,  to  use  his  power  and  to 
restore  Ea-bani  to  him.  On  hearing  the  prayer  of 
Gilgamesh,  Nergal  granted  his  request.  He  opened 
the  ground,  and  "  caused  the  spirit  of  Ea-bani  to  come 
"  forth  from  the  earth  like  a  wind." 

Gilgamesh  thereupon  asked  Ea-bani  to  describe  to 
him  the  underworld,  crying,  "  Tell  me,  my  friend,  tell 
"  me ;  tell  me  the  appearance  of  the  land  which  thou 
"  hast  seen."  But  Ea-bani  replied,  "  I  cannot  tell  thee, 
"  my  friend,  I  cannot  tell  thee."  This  refusal  to  speak 
of  the  abode  of  the  dead  was  not  due  to  any  command 
laid  upon  Ea-bani  not  to  reveal  such  matters  to  the 
living,  but  was  prompted  by  his  grief  at  the  dreariness 
of  the  region  from  which  he  had  just  been  released. 
After  bidding  Gilgamesh  sit  down  and  weep,  he  pro- 
ceeded  to   describe    the   underworld   as    an    abode   of 


176  THE  CONDITION  OF   THE   DEAD. 

misery,  where  was  the  worm  which  devoured,  and 
where  all  was  cloaked  in  dust.  The  text  is  here  im- 
perfect, but  the  closing  lines  of  the  tablet  which  contain 
the  end  of  Ea-bani's  description  of  the  condition  of  the 
dead  are  preserved.  In  this  passage  Ea-bani  contrasts 
the  lot  of  the  warrior,  who  has  received  due  burial, 
with  that  of  the  man  whose  corpse  is  left  uncared  for 
on  the  field,  in  the  following  words  : — 
"  On  a  couch  he  lieth 

"  And  drinketh  pure  water, 
"  The  man  who  was  slain  in  battle — thou  and  I  have 

oft  seen  such  an  one. 
"  His  father  and  his  mother  [support]  his  head, 

"And  his  wife  [kneeleth]  at  his  side. 
"  But  the  man  whose  corpse  is  cast  upon  the  field — 

"  Thou  and  I  have  oft  seen  such  an  one — 
"  His  spirit  resteth  not  in  the  earth. 
"  The  man  whose  spirit  has  none  to  care  for  it — 

"  Thou  and  I  have  oft  seen  such  an  one — 
"  The  dregs  of  the  vessel,  the  leavings  of  the  feast, 
"  And  that  which  is  cast  out  upon  the  street,  are 
his  food." 
With  these  words  the  poem  comes  to  an  end. 
We  have  followed  the  exploits  of  the  hero  Gilgamesh 
as  they  are  told  on  the  tablets  from  Ashur-bani-pal's 
library,  and  from  their  varied  nature  it  is  clear  that 
they  have  been  drawn   from  many  different  sources. 
What  historical  foundation  may  underlie  the  tales  told 


COMPOSITION   OF   THE   POEM.  1 77 

of  this  early  king  of  Erech  we  cannot  say,  but  it  is 
legitimate  to  suppose  that  some  early  ruler  did  perform 
acts  of  valour  in  the  past,  and  that  his  name  has  formed 
a  centre  around  which  stories  and  legends  gathered  in 
the  course  of  centuries.  To  separate  the  different 
narratives  which  have  been  combined  to  form  the  poem 
as  we  know  it  would  scarcely  repay  the  trouble  of 
anal3^sis,  but  a  bare  enumeration  of  the  principal 
sections  of  the  story  will  suffice  to  show  its  composite 
nature.  The  rule  of  Gilgamesh  in  Erech,  the  story  of 
Ukhat  and  Ea-bani,  the  expedition  against  Khumbaba, 
the  love  of  the  goddess  Ishtar  for  Gilgamesh,  the  slay- 
ing of  the  monstrous  bull,  the  journey  of  Gilgamesh  to 
the  Mountain  of  the  Sunset,  the  passage  of  the  Waters 
of  Death,  Tsit-napishtim's  story  of  the  Deluge,  the 
search  for  the  Plant  of  Life,  and  the  recall  of  Ea-bani's 
spirit  from  the  underworld — such  are  the  chief  sections 
into  which  the  poem  falls.  Of  these  the  account  of  the 
deluge  is  the  section  most  loosely  connected  with  the 
story  of  Gilgamesh,  but  other  sections  of  the  poem, 
which  have  been  more  skilfully  interwoven,  were 
doubtless  at  one  time  entirely  independent  of  the 
narrative. 

We  may  assume  that  many  of  these  tales  go  back 
to  hoary  antiquity,  and  that  in  the  course  of  time  they 
became  associated  with  the  name  of  Gilgamesh,  having 
previously  been  associated  with  the  names  of  other 
heroes.      It  is  interesting  to   note   that  as  Gilgamesh 

B\B,  EEL.  N 


178  GILGAMESH   AND  ALEXANDER. 

was  thus  credited  with  adventures  that  were  not 
his  by  right,  so  at  a  later  time  some  of  his  exploits 
were  borrowed  to  add  lustre  to  the  fame  of  another 
popular  hero,  Alexander  the  Great.  As  Gilgamesh  set 
out  to  learn  the  secret  of  immortality,  and  in  the  course 
of  his  journey  came  to  the  Mountain  of  Mashu,  and 
passed  through  a  region  of  thick  darkness,  and  crossed 
the  Waters  of  Death,  so  Alexander  is  said  to  have 
journeyed  in  search  of  the  Waters  of  Life,  and  to  have 
come  to  a  mountain  called  Musas  or  Masis,  and  to 
have  passed  through  the  land  of  darkness,  and  to  have 
crossed  the  foetid  sea.^  This  journey  of  Gilgamesh, 
moreover,  in  consequence  of  its  being  ascribed  to  Alex- 
ander in  the  text  of  Pseudo-Callisthenes,  has  found  an 
echo  in  the  Koran.^ 

Of  the  various  sections  of  the  great  Babylonian 
poem  describing  the  deeds  of  Gilgamesh  the  most 
interesting  portions  are  perhaps  those  towards  the  end 
in  which  Ea-bani  talks  with  Gilgamesh  after  the  release 
of  the  former  from  the  underworld ;  for  from  these 
passages  we  gain  some  information  with  regard  to  the 
conceptions  formed  by  the  Babylonians  of  a  future  life. 
Another  of  the  principal  legends  of  the  Babylonians 
recounts  how  the  goddess  Ishtar  once  left  the  earth 
and  descended  into  the  underworld,  and  the  poem  in 

'  See  Budge,  The  History  of  Alexander  the  Great,  pp.  148,  171  fF., 
and  The  Life  and  Exploits  of  Alexander  the  Great,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  xl.  1'. ; 
Jloissner,  Alexander  und  Gilgamos,  pp.  4  fl', 

'  Sura,  xviii. 


ishtar's  descent  into  the  underworld.    179 

which  this  legend  has  been  preserved  enables  us  to 
augment  the  fragments  of  Ea-bani's  description  of  the 
dead  that  have  come  down  to  us.^  The  poem  describing 
the  descent  of  the  goddess  begins  as  follows  : — 

"  To   the   land   whence   none   return,    the   place   of 

darkness, 
"  Ishtar  the  daughter  of  Sin  inclined  her  ear.^ 
"  The  daughter  of  Sin  inclined  her  ear 
"  To   the   house   of  darkness,   the   seat  of   the   god 

Irkalla, 
"To   the  house  from  which  none  who   enter   come 

forth  again, 
"  To  the  road  whose  course  returns  not, 
"  To  the  house  wherein  he  who  enters  is  excluded 

from  the  light, 
"To  the  place  where  dust  is  their  bread,  and  mud 

their  food. 
"  They  behold  not  the  light,  they  dwell  in  darkness, 
"  And  are  clothed  like  birds  in  a  garment  of  feathers 
"  And  over  door  and  bolt  the  dust  is  scattered. 
"  When  Ishtar  drew  near  the  gate  of  the  land  whence 

none  return, 
"  She  spake  to  the  porter  at  the  gate : 
" '  Ho  !  Porter !     Open  thy  gate  ! 
"  Open  thy  gate  that  I  may  enter  in. 

'  Cf.  Jeremias,  Die  bah>jIora'sch-assi,rit!i]icn  Voi sttUnngcn  vom  l.then 
nnch  dem  Tode,  pp.  10  ff. 
^   I.e.,  turned  licr  attention. 


I  So     THE  GATES  OF  THE  UNDERWORLD. 

"If  thou  openest  not  thy  gate,  so  that  I  may  not 
enter, 

"  I  will  smite  the  door,  I  will  shatter  the  bolt, 

"  I  will  smite  the  threshold  and  tear  down  the  doors, 

"I  will  raise  up  the  dead,  that  they  may  devour  the 
living, 

"  And  the  dead  shall  outnumber  those  that  live,' 

"  The  porter  opened  his  mouth, 

"  And  addressed  the  mighty  Ishtar : 

" '  Stay,  0  Lady,  do  not  throw  it  down. 

"Let    me   go   and  declare   thy  name  to   the   queen 
Allatu.' " 

The  porter  then  M-ent  to  Allatu,  the  queen  of  the 
underworld,  and  told  her  of  Ishtar's  coming ;  but 
Allatu  was  angered  at  the  news  and  wept  for  Ishtar's 
victims,  and  she  bade  the  porter  admit  her,  saying — 

"  Go,  porter,  open  thy  gate  for  her, 

"  And  take  possession  of  her  according  to  the  ancient 
laws." 

The  poem  then  describes  how  Ishtar  was  admitted, 
and  how  she  was  gradually  stripped  of  her  clothing, 
in  the  following  words  : — 

"The   porter   went   and    opened   his   gate   for    her, 
(saying), 

"  '  Enter,  0  Lady,  let  Cuthah  ^  be  glad  at  [thee]. 

In  Cuthah  was  E-shidlam,  the  great  temple  of  Nergal  the  god 
of  the  dead ;  the  name  of  the  city  is  here  used  as  a  synonym  for  the 
underworld. 


TAMMUZ   AND    ISHTAR.  1 83 

In  the  actual  text  of  the  legend  we  are  not  told 
Ishtar's  motive  in  descending  into  the  underworld, 
but  we  may  perhaps  see  a  reference  to  it  in  the  last 
few  lines  of  the  poem.  Considerable  doubt  exists  with 
regard  to  the  interpretation  of  these  lines,  but  it  seems 
clear  that  they  are  not  a  continuation  of  the  narrative 
and  that  they  were  intended  to  be  addressed  to  the 
persons  who  may  be  supposed  to  have  heard  the  poem 
recited — perhaps  to  certain  mourners  for  the  dead.  In 
this  exhortation  the  reciter  refers  to  Tammuz,  the 
spouse  of  Ishtar's  yoiith,  and  he  bids  his  hearers  pour 
out  pure  water  in  his  honour  and  offer  him  goodly  oil. 
A  little  further  on  a  reference  is  made  to  "  the  day  of 
"  Tammuz  "  as  a  time  when  male  and  female  mourners 
made  lamentation  and  when  incense  was  burnt.  It  may 
be  conjectured  therefore  that  the  motive  of  the  goddess 
in  descending  to  the  underworld  was  to  bring  back  her 
youthful  husband  from  the  dead,  and  the  poem  in  the 
form  in  which  we  have  it  would  in  that  case  contain 
only  a  part  of  the  original  legend.  This  story  of  the 
goddess  Ishtar  was  possibly  recited  at  the  annual 
festival  held  in  commemoration  of  the  death  of  Tammuz, 
when  women  mourned  for  the  dead  god  in  Babylonia, 
as  they  mourned  for  him  at  Jerusalem  in  the  time  of 
the  prophet  Ezekiel.^ 

"We  have  seen  that  a  portion  of  the  poem  of  Gilga- 
mesh,  and  the  legend  of  the  goddess  Ishtar,  contained 

>  Ezek.  viii.  11. 


184         ETANA  AND  THE  EAGLE. 

descriptions  and  stories  of  the  underworld ;  for  the 
■underworld  was  a  mysterious  abode  about  which 
legends  would  naturally  gather.  Heaven  was  also  a 
place  of  mystery,  and  it  is  not  surprising  that  stories 
of  heroes  who  had  journeyed  thither  should  also  find  a 
place  in  Babylonian  mythology.  One  such  story  is  told 
of  an  old  Babylonian  hero  named  Etana,  who,  with  the 
help  of  his  friend  the  Eagle,  succeeded  in  penetrating 
into  heaven.  A  series  of  tablets  existed  in  Ashur-bani- 
pal's  library,  which  recounted  the  deeds  of  Etana,^  and 
on  most  of  the  fragments  that  remain  the  Eagle  appears 
as  Etana's  friend  and  comrade.  On  one  occasion,  when 
the  wife  of  Etana  was  about  to  bear  him  a  son,  but 
could  not  bring  the  child  to  the  birth,  the  Eagle 
helped  Etana  to  procure  the  "  Plant  of  Birth  "  which 
would  ensure  a  safe  delivery.  On  another  occasion 
the  Eagle  carried  Etana  up  to  heaven.  The  hero 
clung  to  the  Eagle's  wings,  and  they  mounted  together 
till  they  could  see  the  gates  of  heaven.  As  they  drew 
near  to  the  Gate  of  Anu,  Bel,  and  Ea  and  to  the 
Gate  of  Sin,  Shamash,  Kamman,  and  Ishtar,  they 
beheld  a  throne  of  great  splendour,  and  Etana  was 
afraid  and  cast  himself  down  at  the  foot  of  the  throne. 
But  the  Eagle  encouraged  Etana  to  mount  with  him 
still  higher  and  they  again  set  out.     After  every  two 

'  The  legends  of  Etana  have  been  edited  by  E.  T.  Harper,  Beitrage 
zur  As^yviologie,  Bd.  II.,  pp.  391  ff.,  and  Morris  Jastrow,  op.  cit., 
Bd.  III.,  pp.  363  ff. 


etana's  journey  to  heaven.  185 

hours  of  his  flight,  the  Eagle  pointed  to  the  earth 
below  them,  which  grew  smaller  and  smaller  as  they 
ascended,  and  at  length  they  reached  the  Gate  of 
Anu,  Bel,  and  Ea.  After  resting  for  a  while  the 
Eagle  proposed  to  Etana  that  he  should  carry  him 
up  stni  higher  to  the  dwelling  of  the  goddess  Ishtar. 
Again  they  set  out,  but  when  they  had  flown  for  six 
hours  Etana  cried  to  the  Eagle  to  stop.  What  mis- 
fortune then  overtook  the  pair  we  do  not  know,  for 
the  text  of  the  legend  is  broken ;  what  still  remains, 
however,  recounts  that  they  fell  headlong  through  the 
air  and  were  dashed  upon  the  ground.^ 

'  Another  portion  of  the  story  of  Etana  refers  to  the  subsequent 
fate  of  the  Eagle ;  and  it  may  here  be  described  as  it  illustrates  a 
•class  of  Babylonian  myths  in  which  beasts  and  birds  are  represented 
as  talking  like  men,  and  appealing  to  the  gods  for  help  and  advice. 
The  story  tells  how  the  Eagle  incurred  the  hatred  of  the  Serpent,  and 
how  the  latter,  with  the  help  of  the  Sun-god,  took  his  revenge.     The 
story  begins  with  the  followin;^  lines  : — 
"  His  heart  prompted  the  Eagle  .  .  .  , 
'•  He  considered,  and  his  heart  [prompted  him  .  .  .] 
'•  To  eat  the  young  of  his  companion  .  .  . 

"  The  Eagle  opened  his  mouth  and  spake  un'o  his  young,  saying, 
••  ■  The  young  of  the  Serpent  will  I  eat  .  .  . 
"  I  will  ascend  and  [mount  up]  into  heaven  ; 
"I  will  swoop  down  upon  the  top  of  a  tree  and  I  will  eat  (the 

Serpent's)  brood.' 
""One  of  the  young  birds  who  was  endowed  with   much  wisdoai, 

addressed  the  Eagle,  his  father : 
■"  '  Do  not  eat,  O  my  father,  (for^  the  net  of  Shamash  is  laid. 
"  The  snare  and  the  ban  of  Shamash  will  fall  upon  thee  and  will 

catch  thee. 
"'  Whoso  transgresseth  the  law  of  Shamash,  will  Shamash  terribly 

[requite].' 
■"But  he  did  not  hearken  to  them,  and  gave  no  heed  to  the  word  of 
his  vonng  one. 


l86  THE    EAGLE   AND   THE   SERPENT. 

Erom  the  portion  of  the  legend  quoted  in  the  note 
we  learn  the  Eagle's  fate,  but  we  are  not  told  what 
became   of  his  friend,   the  hero  Etana.     Etana  must 

"  He  swooped  down  and  ate  the  yoimg  of  the  Serpeut." 
The  Serpent  then  repau-ed  to  Shumash  the  Suu  god,  who  as  judge 
of  heaven  and  earth  could  not  allow  such  a  wrong  to  go  unpunished, 
au<l  he  told  him  his  story  and  appealed  to  him  for  justice.  He  de- 
scribed how  his  nest  was  set  in  a  tree  and  how  the  Eagle  espied  it, 
and  devoured  his  young,  saying  : — 

"  He  swooped  down  and  ate  [my  young  ones]  ! 

"  [Behold],  0  Shamash,  the  evil  he  hath  done  me. 

"Help,  0  Shamash  !     Thy  net  is  like  unto  the  broad  earth  ; 

"  Thy  snare  is  like  unto  the  distant  heaven  ! 

"  Who  hath  ever  escaped  from  thy  net  ? 

'•  Even  Zii,  the  worker  of  evil,  who  raised  the  head  of  evil,  [did  not 

escape] ! " 
The  story  of  Zu  which  is  here  referred  to  by  the  Serpent  has  been 
partly  recovered  from  other  tablets  from  Ashur-bani-pal's  library,  and 
is  described  later  on  in  this  chapter.  We  there  read  of  Zii's  treacliery, 
and  how  he  stole  the  Tablets  of  Destiny  from  Anu,  and  how  he  escaped 
with  them  to  his  mountain  home.  From  the  Serpent's  reference  to 
his  fate  we  gather  that  the  Sun-god  succeeded  in  catching  and 
punishing  him.  In  the  story  of  the  Serpent  and  the  Eagle,  Shamash 
does  not  liimself  punish  the  Eagle,  but  explains  to  the  Serpent  a 
device  by  which  he  may  obtain  vengeance.  The  narrative  oon- 
tinues : — 

["  When  he  had  listened  to]  the  prayer  of  the  Serpeut, 

"  Shamash  opened  his  mouth  and  to  [the  Serpent  spake] : 

"'Take  the  road  and  go  [into  the  mountain], 

"  And  hide  thyself  in  a  wild  [ox  that  is  dead]. 

"  Open  its  bowels,  [tear  open  its  belly], 

"  And  take  up  thy  dwelling  [in  its  belly]. 

"  [All]  the  birds  of  heaven  [shall  swoop  down], 

"And 

"  The  Eagle  [shall  come]  with  them, 
"  And  not  knowing  [thy  plot  (?)], 
"  He  will  seek  a  piece  of  the  flesh,  moving  swiftly, 
"  And  making  for  the  hidden  parts. 

"  When  lie  hath  entered  into  the  midst,  do  thou  seize  him  by  hia 
wiuf!-. 


THE   eagle's    fate.  1 87 

have  incurred  the  anger  of  the  gods  by  attempting 
to  mount  to  their  abode,  and  it  is  possible  that  he 
was  dashed  to  pieces  when  he  fell  with  the  Eagle 
to  the  ground  from  the  height  of  heaven, 

"  Tear  off  his  wings,  his  pinions,  and  his  claws, 

"  Pull  him  in  pieces  and  cast  him  into  a  pit,  .  .  . 

"  That  he  may  die  a  death  from  himger  and  thirst.' 

"At  the  word  of  l^hamash,  the  hero,  the  Serpent  departed  and  went 

into  the  mountain. 
"And  the  Serpent  came  upon  a  wild  ox, 
"  And  he  opened  its  bowels,  he  tore  open  its  belly, 
"  And  he  took  up  his  dwelling  in  its  belly. 
"  All  the  birds  of  heaven  swooped  down  and  ate  of  the  flesh. 
"  But  the  Eagle  (at  first)  suspected  his  evil  purpose, 
'•  And  with  the  flock  of  birds  did  not  eat  of  the  flesh. 
"  Then  the  Eagle  opened  his  mouth  and  spake  unto  his  young  : 
'•  'Come  !  let  us  swoop  down,  and  let  us  also  eat  of  the  flesh  of  this 

wild  ox ! ' 
■'  One  of  the  young  birds,  who  was  endowed  with  much  wisdom, 
"  To  turn  aside  [his]  father  .  .  .  spake  : 
[" '  O  my  Father],  the  Serpent  lurks  in  [the  flesli  of]  this  wild  ox  ! ' 

"But  he  did  not  hearken  to  them,  and  gave  no  heed  to  the  word  of 

his  young  one. 
"  He  swooped  down  and  stood  upon  the  wild  ox. 
"The  Eagle  .  .  .  examined  the   flesh,  he  looked  about  carefully 

before  and  behind  him. 
"He  again  examined  the  flesh,  he  looked  about  carefully  before 

and  behind  him. 
"  Then,  moving  swiftly,  he  made  for  the  hidden  parts. 
"^Vhen  he  had  entered  into  the  midst,  the  serpent  seized  him  by 

his  wing." 
So  far  everything  had  fallen  out  as  the  Sun-god  had  foretold.  The 
Eagle,  now  that  he  sees  he  is  in  his  enemy's  power,  begs  for  mercy, 
and  tries  to  bribe  the  Serpent.  But  the  latter  reminds  him  that  an 
appeal  to  Shamash  is  irrevocable,  and  that  if  he  did  not  carry  out  the 
Sun-god's  bidding,  he  would  himself  share  in  the  punishment  which 
he  now  inflicts. 

"  The  Eagle  opened  [his  mouth]  and  spake  to  the  Serpent : 


l88       ADAPA  AND  THE  SOUTH  WIND. 

A  legend  is  told  of  another  ancient  hero,  named 
Adapa,  who  also  journeyed  to  heaven,  but  in  this  case 
the  hero  did  not  seek  to  get  there  by  his  own  devices, 
but  was  summoned  thither  by  Anu,  the  god  of  heaven. 
The  legend  is  preserved  on  one  of  the  tablets  that  was 
found  at  Tell  el-Amarna,^  and,  in  the  form  in  which 
we  have  it,  dates  from  the  first  half  of  the  fifteenth 
century  before  Christ. 

The  story  narrates  that  Adapa,  the  son  of  Ea,  was 
one  day  out  on  the  sea  in  a  boat,  engaged  in  catching 
fish  for  his  father's  house.  Suddenly  Shutu,  the  South 
wind,  blew  and  upset  his  boat  and  threw  him  into  the 
water.  Adapa  was  furious  at  this  outrage,  so  he 
caught  the  South  wind  by  her  wings  and  broke  them. 
In  this  passage  the  South  wind  is  pictured  as  a  winged 
female  monster,  and  it  is  possible  that  in  other  respects 
also  she  was  thought  to  resemble  a  bird.  We  have 
no  representation  of  her,  but  it  may  be  inferred  that 
she  was  a  creature  of  unprepossessing  appearance, 
for  the  South  wind  was  dreaded   by  the  Babylonians 

" '  Have   mercy  upon   me,  and  I  will   present   thee   with   a  gift 

according  to  thy  pleasure.' 
"  The  Serpent  opened  his  mouth  and  sj^ake  to  the  Eagle : 
"  '  If  I  release  tliee,  Shamash  will  .  .  .  against  us, 
"  And  thy  punishment  will  be  transferred  to  me, 
'•  Which  now,  as  a  punishment,  I  execute  on  thee.' 
"  So  he  tore  oif  his  wings,  his  pinions,  and  his  talons, 
"  He  pulled  him  in  pieces  and  cast  him  into  a  pit,  .  .  , 
"  And  he  died  a  death  from  hunger  and  thirst." 

'  See  above,  p.  118  f. ;  cf.  Horp er,  Bcitragi  zur  Assyriologie,  Bd.  II., 
pp.  418  ft'. 


Head  of  the  demon  ot  the  South-west  wind.    (British  Museum,  No.  22,453.  > 


ADAPA   IS   SUMMONED   TO   HEAVEN.  I9I 

inasmucli  as  it  caused  destructive  floods  in  the  low- 
lying  regions  of  the  Euphrates  valley.  The  accompany- 
ing illustration  of  a  kindred  spirit,  the  demon  of  the 
South-west  wind,  is  taken  from  a  marble  head  in 
the  British  Museum,  and  it  well  represents  the  hideous 
conception  formed  by  the  Babylonians  of  the  monster 
who  caused  destructive  storms  and  tempests. 

When  Adapa  had  broken  Shutu's  wings,  the  South 
wind  was  no  longer  able  to  blow  over  the  earth. 
After  seven  days  had  passed,  Anu,  the  god  of  heaven, 
asked  his  minister  Ilabrat  why  the  South  wind  had 
ceased  to  blow,  and  he  told  him  that  Adapa  had 
broken  her  wings.  Anu  thereupon  summoned  Adapa 
to  heaven  to  answer  the  charge.  Before  he  set  out 
Adapa  received  instructions  from  his  father  Ea,  who 
told  him  how,  by  putting  on  garments  of  mourning, 
he  would  propitiate  Tammuz  and  Gishzida,  the  two 
gods  who  stood  at  the  gate  of  heaven,  and  who,  if 
approached  with  due  deference,  would  secure  for  him 
a  favourable  reception  before  Anu.  Ea  also  warned 
him  that  after  he  entered  Ann's  presence  they  would 
offer  him  "  Meat  of  Death  "  and  "  Water  of  Death  " ; 
neither  of  these  was  he  to  touch.  They  would  then 
bring  him  a  garment  and  oil,  and  these  he  need  not 
avoid ;  the  garment  he  might  put  on  and  with  the  oil 
he  might  anoint  himself. 

On   arriving   at    the   gate    of    heaven   Adapa   duly 
secured  the  favour  of  Tammuz  and  Gishzida  and  was 


192  ADAPAS   PARDON. 

led  into  Ann's  presence.  Ann  asked  him  why  he 
had  broken  the  wings  of  the  South  wind,  and  Adapa 
related  how  tlie  South  wind  had  upset  his  boat  while 
he  was  fishing  on  the  sea.  Tammuz  and  Gishzida 
then  interposed  on  Adapa's  behalf,  and  at  their  words 
Ann's  anger  against  Adapa  was  turned  away.  Then 
Ann,  having  pardoned  Adapa  for  his  offence,  decided 
that,  as  he  had  seen  the  interior  of  heaven,  he  must 
be  added  to  the  company  of  the  gods.  He  therefore 
commanded  that  they  should  bring  Adapa  "  Meat  of 
"  Life  "  that  he  might  eat.  But  Adapa  would  not  eat 
the  "  Meat  of  Life " ;  neither  would  he  drink  the 
"  Water  of  Life "  which  was  next  placed  before  him. 
But  when  they  brought  him  a  garment  he  put  it  on, 
and  when  they  offered  him  oil  he  anointed  himself 
therewith.  And  Ann,  when  he  saw  that  Adapa  had 
not  partaken  of  the  "  Meat  of  Life  "  and  the  "  Water 
"  of  Life,"  asked  him,  saying,  "  Come,  Adapa,  why 
"  dost  thou  neither  eat  nor  drink  ?  For  now  thou 
"  canst  not  live."  And  Adapa  answered  that  he  had 
refused  to  eat  and  drink,  because  Ea  his  lord  had  so 
commanded  him.  The  reason  which  prompted  Ea  to 
lay  these  injunctions  upon  his  son  seems  to  have  been 
that  he  feared  the  gods  would  seek  to  slay  Adapa. 
Ann,  on  the  other  hand,  decided  to  make  Adapa 
immortal,  and  did  not  offer  him  deadly  food  as  Ea  had 
predicted.  Thus  Adapa,  through  his  fatlier's  suspicions, 
missed  the  privilege  of  enjoying  immortality. 


THE   TABLETS   OF   DESTINY.  I95 

In  the  legends  of  Etana  and  Adapa  we  have  stories 
of  mortals  who  by  presumptuous  acts  brought  them- 
selves into  conflict  with  the  gods.  Among  the  gods 
themselves,  however,  ambition  was  not  absent,  and 
in  the  legend  of  Zu  we  read  how  one  of  the  lesser 
deities  aimed  at  obtaining  the  control  of  the  whole 
company  of  the  gods.^  It  will  be  remembered  that 
Marduk  was  identified  in  course  of  time  with  the 
older  god  Bel,  or  Enlil,^  and  in  the  great  legend  of 
the  creation  we  are  told  that  he  captured  the  Tablets 
of  Destiny  from  Kingu,  the  captain  of  the  host  of 
Tiamat.  In  the  following  legend  we  read  how  at  a 
later  time  Zu  stole  them  from  Bel  and  carried  them 
off  to  his  mountain.     The  legend  runs  as  follows  : — 

"  His  eyes  beheld  the  symbols  of  Bel's  dominion, 

"  The  crown  of  his  sovereignty,  and  the  robe  of  his 
godhead. 

"  Zu  gazed  at  his  divine  Tablets  of  Destiny, 

"  And  he  gazed  at  the  father  of  the  gods,  the  god  of 
Duranki, 

"  And  a  longing  for  Bel's  dominion  was  held  fast  in 
his  heart. 

" '  I  will  take  the  Tablets  of  the  gods, 

"  And  I  will  direct  the  oracles  of  all  the  gods. 

"  I   will    establish    my    throne    and    dispense    my 
commands. 

•'  I  will  rule  all  the  Spirits  of  Heaven.' 

•  See  Harper,  op.  cit.,  pp.  408  ff.        -  See  above,  pp.  18  fF. 
BAB.  EEL.  O 


194  ZU'S   THEFT. 

"  And  his  heart  meditated  battle 

"  At  the  entrance  of  the  hall,  where  he  beheld  as  he 
waited  the  dawn  of  the  day. 

"  Now  when  Bel  was  pouring  out  the  clear  water, 

"  And  his  diadem  was  taken  off  and  lay  upon  the 
throne, 

"  (Zu)  seized  the  Tablets  of  Destiny, 

"  He  took  Bel's  dominion,  the  power  of  giving 
commands. 

"  Then  Zu  fled  away  and  hid  himself  in  his 
mountain." 

The  gods  were  dismayed  at  the  theft,  and  Bel  strode 
through  the  hall  in  rage.  Then  Anu,  the  god  of 
heaven,  addressed  the  gods,  his  sons,  and  called  for 
a  champion,  who  should  recover  the  Tablets.  There- 
upon the  gods  called  upon  Kamman  to  be  their 
champion,  and  Anu  promised  him  honour  and  power 
should  he  succeed.  But  Eamman  refused  the  offer,  as 
did  also  two  other  deities  when  asked.  Who  eventually 
conquered  Zu  and  recovered  the  Tablets  is  not  quite 
certain,  for  the  end  of  the  legend  is  missing.  From 
a  passage  in  the  legend  of  Etana,  however,  it  may 
be  conjectured  that  the  Sun-god  undertook  the  task, 
and  vanquished  Zu  by  catching  him  in  his  net. 

Such,  are  the  principal  legends  and  stories,  as  far 
as  we  know  them,  that  were  told  in  Babylonia  con- 
cerning the-  gods  and  the  heroes  of  olden  time.  That 
they  were  not  idle  tales,  but  iiad  a  religious  significance 


RELIGIOUS   CHARACTER   OF   THE   LEGENDS.       I95 

for  the  people  among  whom  we  find  them,  is  what 
might  be  inferred  from  a  comparison  of  them  with 
the  mythologies  of  other  nations.  We  have,  moreover, 
evidence  to  this  effect  in  some  of  the  poems  that  have 
been  already  described.  In  the  poem  which  recounts 
the  descent  of  Ishtar  into  the  underworld,  we  saw 
reason  to  believe  that  it  was  recited  in  connection 
with  the  yearly  festival  held  in  commemoration  of 
the  death  of  Tammuz.  The  introduction  to  the  long 
poem  which  records  the  history  of  Gilgamesh  stated 
that  a  knowledge  of  the  hero's  achievements  would 
bring  prosperity  to  the  man  who  made  himself  ac- 
quainted with  them,  and  it  is  prol^able  that  this  state- 
ment M'as  not  regarded  as  a  mere  conventional  preface, 
but  was  implicitly  believed.  It  is  true  that  in  the 
legend  we  are  not  told  that  Gilgamesh  was  raised  to 
the  company  of  the  gods,  but  he  was  undoubtedly 
regarded  as  a  god  in  popular  belief  There  is  a 
prayer  in  the  British  Museum  ^  in  which  a  sick  man 
beseeches  Gilgamesh  to  cure  him  of  his  sickness,  and 
he  addresses  him  as  the  "  perfect  king,  the  judge  of 
"the  Anunnaki,  the  great  arbiter  among  men  M'ho 
"  orders  the  four  quarters  of  heaven,  the  governor 
"of  the  world,  and  the  lord  of  the  regions  of  the 
"  earth "  ;  the  sick  man  also  exclaims,  "  Thou  art  a 
"judge,  and  like  unto  a  god  thou  givest  decisions." 
It  is  clear  therefore  that  to  Gilgamesh  was  ascribed 
1  Sm.  1371  +  Sm.  1S77. 


196  LEGENDS   AS   AMULETS. 

no  small  Authority  and  power.  The  estimation  in 
which  both  he  and  the  hero  Etana  were  held  is  also 
attested  by  the  fact  that  the  determinative  for  "  god  " 
is  always  placed  before  their  names. 

A  further  piece  of  evidence  that  these  mythological 
compositions  were  put  to  very  practical  uses  is  afforded 
by  certain  tablets  which  have  been  found  inscribed 
with  legends  concerning  the  chief  Plague-god  of  the 
Babylonians/  describing  the  destruction  which  he  and 
his  attendant  deity  Ishum  spread  upon  the  earth. 
Both  gods  are  therein  pictured  as  warriors  who  held 
bloody  sway  in  the  cities  of  Babylonia,  and  undertook 
military  expeditions  into  distant  lands.  These  legends 
are  inscribed  on  several  tablets,  and  the  last  one  of 
the  series  recounts  how  the  anger  of  the  Plague-god 
was  at  length  appeased,  and  ends  with  a  speech  of 
the  Plague-god,  in  which  he  promises  protection  and 
prosperity  to  all  those  who  make  known  his  wondrous 
deeds.  He  continues,  "  Should  I  be  angry,  and  should 
"the  seven-fold  god  cause  destruction;  the  dagger  of 
"pestilence  shall  not  approach  the  house  wherein  this 
"tablet  is  set,  and  it  shall  remain  unharmed."  This 
last  section  of  the  poem,  including  the  passage  just 
quoted,  has  been  found  on  two  interesting  tablets  in 
the  British  Museum.^  At  the  top  of  each  tablet  is  a 
small  projection  in  which  a  hole  has  been  bored,  and 

1  The  name  of  this  god  is  generally  read  as  Dibbarra,  though  Ura 
and  Girra  are  also  possible  readings. 

*  See  ZeUschrift  fur  Assijriologie,  Bd.  xi.  pp.  50  ft'. 


NATURE-MYTHS.  IQ/ 

through  it  was  passed  a  cord  by  which  it  might  be 
suspended.  There  is  no  doubt  that  these  tablets  were 
hung  up  in  the  entrance  of  a  house,  and  that  they 
served  as  amulets  for  keeping  off  the  plague.  Thus 
there  are  many  indications  that  the  myths  and  legends 
of  the  gods  played  an  important  part  in  the  practical 
religion  and  worship  of  the  Babylonians. 

To  decide  in  what  manner  these  various  legends  of 
the  gods  arose,  and  to  trace  the  changes  which  they 
underwent  in  the  long  course  of  Babylonian  history, 
would  result  in  an  interesting,  but  certainly  a  very 
speculative,  enquiry.  Conjecture,  based  mainly  on  the 
internal  evidence  furnished  by  the  myths  themselves 
in  the  forms  in  whicli  they  have  come  down  to  us, 
naturally  cannot  lead  to  very  definite  results ;  but 
one  broad  conclusion  may  be  drawn  from  a  study  of 
the  tablets  with  at  least  some  probability  of  its 
being  correct.  It  can  hardly  be  disputed  that  changes 
in  the  aspect  of  nature  suggested  many  of  the  legends 
about  the  gods.  Perhaps  the  clearest  instance  of  this 
explanation  of  natural  processes  by  legend  is  presented 
in  the  legends  of  the  Plague-god ;  the  campaigns  he 
undertook,  and  the  bloody  battles  he  waged,  were 
doubtless  suggested  by  the  ravages  of  disease  which 
were  regarded  as  his  handiwork.  The  descent  of 
Ishtar  into  the  imderworld  and  the  languishing  of 
all  nature  in  consequence,  which  was  followed  by  her 
restoration  to  eartli  and  the   renewal   of  the  powers 


198  HISTORY   AND   LEGEND. 

of  men  and  beasts,  was  clearly  intended  to  explain 
the  decay  of  nature  in  the  autumn,  and  the  quicken- 
ing of  the  earth  in  the  spring.  Zu's  treacherous  usur- 
pation of  Bel's  sovereignty  may  perhaps  be  based  on 
the  sudden  overwhelming  of  the  sun  by  storm  and 
clouds. 

There  is  another  element  in  many  of  these  legends 
which  must  not  be  lost  sight  of,  and  that  is  the  sub- 
stratum of  historical  fact  which  underlies  the  story, 
and  was  the  nucleus  around  which  it  gathered.  Echoes 
from  the  history  of  the  remote  past  may  perliaps  be 
traced  in  such  episodes  as  the  expedition  of  Gilgauiesh 
and  Ea-bani  against  Khumbaba  king  of  Elam,  as  well 
as  in  some  of  the  conflicts  described  in  the  Plague-god 
legends.  The  growth  of  legends  around  the  figures 
of  prominent  heroes  is  common  in  every  race  that  has 
a  history,  and  this  was  particularly  the  case  in  Baby- 
lonia. A  number  of  legends,  for  instance,  have  come 
down  to  us  concerning  certain  ancient  Babylonian 
kings,  of  whose  historical  existence  we  have  abundant 
proof  from  other  sources.  Sargon  I.  was  an  actual 
king,  who  ruled  in  the  city  of  Agade  about  B.C.  3800, 
and  many  of  whose  inscriptions  have  recently  been 
found  at  Nippur.  Yet  we  possess  a  legend  concerning 
this  monarch,  in  which  he  tells  how  his  mother  set 
him  floating  on  the  Euphrates  in  a  basket  made  of 
rushes,  how  Akki  the  gardener  rescued  him  and  brought 
him  up  as  his  own   son,  and   how  while  he  was  still 


LEGENDS   OF    EARLY   KINGS.  I99 

a  gardener  the  goddess  Islitar  loved  him  and  eventually 
set  him  over  the  kingdom  which  he  ruled.  The  text 
of  the  legend  of  Sargon  was  a  long  one,  but  little  more 
than  this  story  of  his  youth  has  been  preserved.  It 
will  at  least  suffice  to  show  how  myth  and  legend 
gathered  around  the  figures  of  famous  kings  and  heroes 
of  old  time.  The  legend  of  Sargon  is  not  a  solitary 
example  of  this  process.  The  so-called  "  Cuthsean 
"  legend  of  Creation  "  describes  a  legend  of  an  early  king 
of  CuthalV  and  fragments  of  similar  myths  have  been 
found  in  Ashur-bani- pal's  library  which  recount  the 
legendary  deeds  of  Naram-Sin,  the  son  of  Sargon,  who 
lived  about  B.C.  3750,  and  of  Dungi,  king  of  Ur,  about 
B.C.  2500,  and  of  Khammurabi,  king  of  Babylon,  about 
B.C.  2200,  and  of  Nebuchadnezzar  I.,  king  of  Babylon 
about  B.C.  1120.  The  tablets  which  contain  these 
legends  are  very  fragmentary,  but  they  illustrate  the 
process  by  which  historical  personages  in  course  of 
time  became  demi-gods  and  legendary  heroes. 

*  See  above,  pp.  92  ft". 


(      200      ) 


CHAPTER   VI. 

THE   DUTY   OF   MAN   TO    HIS    GOD   AND   TO   HIS 
NEIGHBOUE. 

In  the  three  preceding  chapters  the  principal  legends 
and  myths  that  have  been  found  in  Babylonian  litera- 
ture have  been  described,  and  the  extracts  which  have 
been  quoted  from  them  will  have  enabled  the  reader  to 
form  a  conception  of  what  the  more  powerful  Baby- 
lonian gods  were  believed  to  be  like.  We  have  seen 
Ann  administering  the  powers  of  heaven,  we  have  seen 
Bel  upon  the  earth  destroying  mankind  in  his  anger 
and  directing  the  oracles  of  all  the  gods,  and  Ea  in  the 
Deep  regulating  the  affairs  of  his  own  household  and 
revealing  secrets  by  liis  hidden  wisdom.  Shamash,  the 
Sun-god,  has  been  seen  in  his  cliaracter  as  the  just 
judge  of  the  whole  earth,  hearing  the  appeals  of  such  as 
had  suffered  wrong,  and  giving  help  and  advice  to  those 
who  needed  it.  The  great  goddess  Ishtar  has  been 
revealed  in  two  characters.  She  has  appeared  as  a 
cruel  and  wanton  lover,  persecuting  those  who  yielded 
to  her  passion  and  seeking  revenge  upon  those  who 


A   MAN  S   SPIRITUAL   FOES.  20I 

refused  her  love  ;  she  has  also  been  seen  in  her  gentler 
character  as  a  devoted  wife,  descending  to  the  under- 
world to  seek  her  husband.  Other  deities  have  also 
been  described  in  the  exercise  of  their  own  peculiar 
functions,  especially  Marduk,  the  city-god  of  Babylon, 
who  appears  as  the  leader  and  the  champion  of  the 
gods  when  they  are  in  distress. 

In  addition  to  these  greater  gods  many  other  deities, 
of  less  power  and  importance,  have  been  incidentally 
mentioned  in  the  course  of  the  legends.  These,  how- 
ever, scarcely  give  an  adequate  idea  of  the  number  of 
supernatural  beings  who  were  believed  to  exist  in  the 
heavens  and  upon  the  earth,  and  beneath  the  earth. 
The  legends  that  have  been  described  are  cliiefly  con- 
cerned with  the  doings  of  the  more  powerful  gods  and 
the  great  heroes  of  antiquity,  and  they  naturally  do  not 
deal  with  the  sprites,  and  goblins,  and  spectres,  which 
were  believed  to  haunt  and  harass  a  man  in  his  daily 
life  and  in  the  performance  of  his  ordinary  duties. 
For  the  ancient  Babylonian  moved  in  a  world  peopled 
by  demons  and  spirits,  whom  he  could  not  see,  but 
whose  influence  at  any  moment  might  cause  him  mis- 
fortune, sickness,  or  death.  Many  of  these  spirits  were 
actively  hostile  to  man  and  waged  an  incessant  warfare 
against  him.  Others,  tliough  less  actively  hostile,  were 
to  be  no  less  feared,  for  at  any  time  a  man  might  un- 
wittingly incur  their  wrath  by  some  act  which  trenched 
iipon  their  jealously  guarded  rights.     An  ill-omened 


202  BABYLONIAN   DEMONS. 

word,  or  the  eating  or  drinking  of  an  impure  things 
was  sufficient  to  rouse  the  wrath  of  some  one  of 
these  beings ;  and,  although  the  victim  might  have 
committed  no  intentional  act  of  disobedience,  he  had 
to  endure  their  persecution,  sometimes  without  even 
a  knowledge  of  its  cause.  Tliese  beings  were  conceived 
to  be  of  hideous  and  repulsive  appearance,  often  uniting 
in  strange  combinations  the  bodies  and  limbs  of  various 
birds  and  beasts.  The  accompanying  illustration  is  a 
specimen  of  an  evil  Babylonian  demon,  taken  from  a  clay 
fisure  in  the  British  Museum.  The  head  of  the  monster 
was  no  doubt  partly  suggested  by  that  of  a  lion,  and 
its  ferocious  aspect  betokens  ill  to  the  man  who  might 
have  the  misfortune  to  place  himself  within  its  power. 

In  order  to  realize  the  great  number  and  variety  of 
such  beings  it  wouUl  be  necessary  to  turn  to  the  spells 
and  incantations  and  magical  formulae  which  occupy 
so  large  a  place  in  the  religious  literature  of  the  Baby- 
lonians. To  ignore  this  lower  aspect  of  the  belief  of 
the  Babylonians  would  be  to  give  a  one-sided  and 
incomplete  picture  of  their  religion,  but  Babylonian 
magic  does  not  fall  within  the  limits  of  the  present 
volume.  We  are  here  concerned  with  the  higher  side 
of  the  Babylonian  religion,  and,  having  already  described 
the  general  character  of  the  greater  gods,  it  now  remains 
to  enquire  in  what  relation  man  stood  to  these  great 
deities,  and  also  to  what  extent  his  religious  beliefs 
affected  his  duty  to  his  fellow  man. 


A  Babylonian  demon.    (British  Museum,  JS'o.  22,45ii.) 


THE   CONCEPTION   OF   GOD.  20$ 

It  has  already  been  stated  that,  so  far  as  we  can 
see  from  their  religious  literature,  the  Babylonians  had 
no  conception  of  a  single  supreme  and  all-powerful 
God.  In  this  matter  they  did  not  resemble  the  ancient 
Egyptians,  who  believed  that  such  a  being  existed 
above  the  company  of  the  gods  and  on  a  different 
plane  from  them.  The  Egyptian  held  that  this  all- 
powerful  God  could  manifest  his  might  in  the  persons 
'of  the  gods  of  various  departments  of  nature,  but  at 
the  same  time  they  believed  that  he  was  the  ultimate 
cause  of  the  entire  universe  and  was  the  creator  and 
director  of  both  gods  and  men.^  The  Babylonians 
knew  no  such  supreme  deity,  but  it  should  be  added 
that  some  few  passages  in  their  inscriptions  perhaps 
indicate  a  glimmering  belief  in  that  direction. 

The  Babylonian  word  for  "god"  is  ilu,  and  the 
ideograph  for  the  word  is  always  placed  as  a  determi- 
native particle  before  the  names  of  deities.  One  of 
its  most  common  uses  is  in  the  plural,  in  the  phrase 
Hani  rabuti,  "the  great  gods,"  an  expression  which 
denotes  the  company  of  the  great  gods  as  distinguished 
from  the  host  of  lesser  deities  and  spirits.  When  ilu 
occurs  in  the  singular  it  is  usually  in  the  course  of 
the  description  of  some  particular  deity,  as  in  the 
phrases  iho  rahu,  "a  great  god,"  and  iht  ali-ia,  "god 
"  of  my  city,"  applied  to  the  god  Marduk.  In  other 
passages  it  takes  a  pronominal  suffix,  as  in  the  phrases 

'  See  Budge,  Egyptian  Ideas  of  the  Future  Life,  chap.  I. 


206  THE   WORD   "  ILU." 

ili-ia,  "  my  god,"  ili-ka,  "  thy  god "  ;  or  it  is  coupled 
with  the  substantive  islitar,  "  goddess " ;  and  in  both 
these  cases  it  is  clear  that  the  reference  is  made  to 
some  particular  deity.  There  are,  however,  a  few  pas- 
sages in  which  ilu  stands  entirely  by  itself,  and  where 
it  is  possible  that  it  should  be  translated  as  "god" 
without  any  qualifying  phrase.  Such  a  passage  occurs 
towards  the  end  of  the  poem  of  the  ancient  king  of 
Cuthah,  which  has  been  described  in  Chapter  III/' 
Here  the  king,  after  narrating  his  own  history,  pro- 
ceeds to  offer  advice  to  any  future  ruler,  and  he 
addresses  his  words  to  any  "king,  or  ruler,  or  prince, 
"  or  any  one  whatsoever,  whom  the  god  shall  call  to  rule 
"  over  the  kingdom."  No  particular  god  is  mentioned, 
and  ilii  occurs  entirely  by  itself;  it  is  possible,  how- 
ever, to  refer  the  phrase  to  Nergal,  the  god  of  Cuthah, 
in  whose  temple  the  legend  is  preserved.  In  any  case, 
this  use  of  ilu  is  of  rare  occurrence,  and  it  would  be 
rash  to  rely  on  this  evidence  alone  for  proving  that 
the  Babylonians  conceived  an  abstract  and  supreme 
deity  apart  from  the  separate  and  distinct  gods  of  the 
various  divisions  of  the  natural  world.  Perhaps  the 
Assyrians  approached  nearer  to  such  a  conception  than 
the  Babylonians,  for  their  god  Ashur  was  the  symbol 
of  their  own  national  existence,  and,  although  they 
retained  the  worship  of  the  other  gods  from  the  Baby- 
lonians, they  assigned  to  Ashur  a  position  of  supremacy 
*  See  above  p.  95. 


MARDUK   THE   INTERCESSOR.  20/ 

among  them  and  ascribed  to  him  many  of  the  attributes 
which  belonged  properly  to  the  older  gods. 

Among  the  Babylonians  the  god  IMarduk  in  the 
course  of  time  acquired  a  position  of  peculiar  interest. 
As  the  god  of  Babylon  he  was  naturally  from  the  first 
of  easy  access  to  the  inhabitants  of  his  own  city,  and 
this  intimacy  with  his  own  people  was  gradually 
extended  until  we  find  him  appearing  before  his  father 
Ea  in  the  character  of  mediator  and  intercessor  on 
behalf  of  men.  We  have  already  seen  how  Marduk 
was  regarded  as  the  creator  of  the  world  and  of  man- 
kind, and  it  is  in  accordance  with  this  tradition  that 
he  should  have  been  thought  to  use  his  influence  on 
behalf  of  the  creatures  whom  he  had  made.  Marduk's 
character  as  intercessor  is  well  illustrated  by  the  follow- 
ing extract  from  a  religious  text,  the  recital  of  which 
would  procure  relief  for  a  sick  man  and  remove 
the  evil  spell  by  which  he  was  troubled.  The  text 
reads — 

"An  evil  curse  like  a  demon  has  beset  the  man, 

"  Sorrow  and  trouble  have  fallen  upon  him, 

"  Evil  sorrow  has  fallen  upon  him, 

"An  evil  curse,  a  spell,  a  sickness. 

"  The  evil  curse  has  slain  that  man  like  a  lamb. 

"  His  god  has  departed  from  his  body, 

"  His  guardian  goddess  has  left  his  side. 

"  He  is  covered  by  sorrow  and   trouble  as  with  a 
garment,  and  he  is  overwhelmed ; 


208  MARDUK   THE   FRIEND   OF   MAN. 

"  Then  Marduk  beheld  him, 

"  And  he  entered  into  the  house  of  his  father  Ea  and 

he  said  unto  him  : 
" '  0  my  father,  an  evil  curse  like  a  demon  has  beset 

the  man.' 
"  Twice  he  spake  unto  him,  (and  he  added) : 
" '  I  know  not  what  that  man  has  done,  nor  whereby 

he  may  be  cured.' 
"  And  Ea  made  answer  to  his  son,  Marduk,  (saying) : 
** '  0  my  son,  what  dost  thou  not  know  ?  what  can  I 

tell  thee  more  ? 
"  0  Marduk,  what  dost  thou  not  know  ?  what  can  I 

tell  thee  more  ? 
"  What  I  know,  thou  also  knowest. 
"  Go,  my  son,  Marduk, 
"  Take  him  to  the  house  of  purification, 
"  Dissolve  the  spell  from  upon  him,  remove  the  spell 

from  upon  him.' " 
The  prominent  position  of  Marduk  in  the  company 
of  the  gods  is  amply  attested  in  the  numerous  hymns 
and  prayers  that  have  been  found  addressed  to  him. 
Prayers  and  hymns,  however,  of  a  very  similar  nature 
were  addressed  to  the  other  great  gods,  and  these  were 
believed  to  detract  in  no  way  from  the  deference  due 
to  Marduk  or  to  any  other  deity.  It  seems  to  be  clear 
that  each  god,  when  worshipped  in  his  own  temple,  was 
regarded  with  profound  reverence  and  could  even  be 
credited  with    sovereign    power  over   the    other   gods 


A  man's  own  god  and  goddess.         209 

•without  exciting  their  jealousy,  and  without  laying  his 
worshippers  open  to  rebuke. 

In  the  description  of  the  sick  man's  evil  plight,  quoted 
above,  two  lines  occur  in  which  it  is  stated  that  "  his 
"  god  has  departed  from  his  body,  his  guardian  goddess 
"  has  left  his  side."  The  explanation  of  these  two  lines 
brings  us  to  what  is  perhaps  the  most  interesting,  and 
at  the  same  time  the  most  characteristic,  feature  of  the 
relationship  which  existed  between  the  ancient  Baby- 
lonian and  his  god.  We  have  seen  that  Marduk 
appears  in  general  as  the  protector  and  the  friend  of 
mankind,  but  every  Babylonian  had  in  addition  two 
divine  protectors,  with  whom  his  fortunes  were  most 
intimately  connected.  Each  man  had  his  own  patron 
god  and  goddess,  who  made  his  welfare  their  peculiar 
charge,  and  to  whose  service  he  was  specially  devoted. 
In  any  trouble  or  affliction  he  would  first  turn  to  these 
two  deities  and  implore  them  to  exert  their  influence 
on  his  behalf.  The  mere  fact  that  he  had  fallen  into 
adversity,  however,  was  often  proof  that  his  god  and 
goddess  were  temporarily  estranged,  and,  should  this 
be  the  case,  it  was  necessary  for  him  first  to  pacify  their 
wrath  and  then  to  secure  their  assistance.  What  prin- 
ciples actuated  the  Babylonians  in  their  choice  of  patron 
deities  are  not  clearly  indicated  in  their  religious  litera- 
ture. It  is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  a  child's 
parents  dedicated  it  at  its  birth  to  the  care  of  some  god 
and  goddess,  and  that  the  choice  was  left  entirely  to- 

BAP.  EEL.  P 


2IO  BELIEF   IN    GUARDIAN    DEITIES. 

them.  We  may  be  sure  that  whatever  deities  were 
selected  they  were  among  those  who  had  temples  or 
shrines  in  the  city  in  which  the  parents  lived,  and  who 
would  therefore  be  in  a  position  to  effectually  protect 
their  offspring.  The  belief  In  guardian  deities  is 
intimately  connected  with  the  magical  side  of  Baby- 
lonian religion,  and  the  pacification  of  a  man's  angry 
god  and  goddess  was  one  of  the  commonest  objects  to 
which  spells  and  incantations  were  applied.  It  may  be 
inferred  therefore  that  the  belief  in  these  protecting 
gods  goes  back  to  a  remote  period  in  Babylonian  history. 
In  his  combat  with  the  invisible  demons  and  spirits  in 
the  midst  of  which  a  man  was  believed  to  live  it  would 
have  gone  hard  with  him  if  he  had  been  left  to  his  own 
unaided  efforts.  His  natural  protectors  were  his  own 
patron  god  and  goddess,  and  he  was  sure  of  their  con- 
stant care  and  protection,  if  he  did  nothing  to  offend 
them  or  estrange  them  from  him. 

When  misfortune  or  sickness  fell  upon  a  man  and  he 
perceived  that  his  patron  deities  were  offended  with  him, 
his  first  act  was  to  hasten  to  the  temple  of  his  god  and 
goddess  and  secure  the  services  of  a  priest  who  might 
aid  him  in  regaining  their  favour.  The  design  most 
frequently  engraved  upon  Babylonian  and  Assyrian 
cylinder-seals  is  a  representation  of  the  owner  of  the 
seal  being  led  by  a  priest  into  the  presence  of  his  god ; 
and  it  is  clear  that  the  priest's  mediation  was  necessary 
in  order  that  the  offended  deity  might  be  duly  appeased. 


PRIESTLY   MEDIATION.  211 

Frequently  upon  the  seals  an  attendant  is  represented 
walking  behind  the  owner  and  bearing  offerings  into 
the  temple,  and,  when  these  had  been  handed  over  to 
the  priest,  the  penitent  was  ready  to  be  led  into  the 
god's  presence.  The  priest  then  took  him  by  the  hand 
and  both  priest  and  penitent  raised  their  other  hands  as 
a  symbol  of  worship  and  supplication.  In  this  order 
the  man  was  led  into  the  presence  of  his  offended  god. 
If  he  was  sore  afflicted  with  disease,  or  oppressed  by  his 
sense  of  guilt,  he  would  sit  or  lie  upon  the  ground,  and 
with  bitter  sighs  and  groans  would  declare  his  sin  and 
pray  for  absolution.  Among  the  religious  works  of  the 
Babylonians  and  Assyrians  a  number  of  tablets  have 
been  found  which  served  as  service-books  for  the  use  of 
priest  and  penitent  when  they  had  entered  the  presence 
of  the  offended  deity.^  In  these  service-books  the  priest 
sometimes  addresses  the  god  and  describes  the  sad  con- 
dition of  the  man  who  wishes  to  make  his  confession  ; 
at  other  times  the  penitent  himself  takes  up  the  prayer. 
The  following  is  an  extract  from  one  of  these  composi- 
tions : — 

The  priest :  "  In  sorrow  there  he  sits  ;  With  ^  cries 
"  of  affliction,  in  trouble  of  heart.  With  bitter  tears 
"  in  bitter  sorrow.  Like  the  doves  he  moans  grievously, 
"  night  and  day.    Unto  his  merciful  god,  like  a  wild  cow. 


'  Cf.  Zimmeru,  Babylonische  Busspsalmen,  Leipzig,  1S85. 
^  In  tliis  and  the  foUow-ing  extracts  the  capital  letter  marks  the 
beginning  of  a  new  line  in  the  text. 


212  CONFESSION    OF   SIN. 

"  he  cries,  He  makes  a  grievous  sighing.  Before  his  god 
"  he  casts  down  liis  face  in  supplication,  He  weeps, 
"  that  he  may  approach,  that  nothing  may  hold  him 
"  back." 

The  penitent :  "  My  deed  will  I  declare,  my 
"  deed  which  cannot  be  declared.  My  words  will  I 
"  repeat,  my  words  which  cannot  be  repeated.  0  my 
'^god,  my  deed  will  I  declare,  my  deed  which  cannot  be 
"  declared." 

In  another  prayer  a  penitent  addresses  his  god  and 
goddess  together,  and  prays  to  be  purified  from  his  sin 
in  the  following  words  : — 

"  0  my  god,  who  art  angry,  accept  my  prayer.  0  my 
"goddess,  wdio  art  angry,  receive  my  supplication, 
*'  Eeceive  my  supplication  and  let  thy  spirit  be  at  rest. 
"  0  my  goddess,  look  with  pity  on  me  and  accept  my 
"  supplication.  Let  my  sins  be  forgiven,  let  my  trans- 
"  gressions  be  blotted  out.  Let  the  ban  be  torn  away, 
"  let  the  bonds  be  loosened.  Let  the  seven  winds  carry 
"  away  my  sighs.  I  will  rend  away  my  wickedness, 
"  let  the  bird  bear  it  to  the  heavens.  Let  the  fish  carry 
"  off  my  misery,  let  the  river  sweep  it  away.  Let  the 
'•'  beast  of  the  field  take  it  from  me.  Let  the  flowing 
"  waters  of  the  river  wash  me  clean." 

Sometimes  the  god  or  goddess  to  whom  the  prayer  is 
addressed  is  mentioned  by  name,  as  in  the  following 
extract,  in  which  the  penitent  submits  himself  entirely 
to  the  will  of  the  goddess  Ishtar  and  seeks  to  arouse  her 


MISERY   OF   THE   PENITENT.  213 

pity  by  a  reference  to  his  condition  of  abject  misery. 
He  makes  his  appeal  to  the  goddess  as  follows  : — 

"  0  mother  of  the  gods,  who  fulfils  their  commands, 
"  0  lady  of  mankind,  who  makes  the  green  herb  to 
"spring  up,  "Who  created  all  things,  who  guides  the 
"whole  of  creation,  0  mother  Ishtar,  whose  side  no 
"god  can  approach,  0  exalted  lady,  whose  command 
"  is  mighty,  A  prayer  will  I  utter.  That  which  appears 
"  good  unto  her,  may  she  do  unto  me !  0  my  lady, 
"  from  the  days  of  my  youth  I  have  been  much  yoked 
"  to  misfortune.  Food  have  I  not  eaten,  weeping  was 
"my  nourishment.  Water  have  I  not  drunk,  tears 
"  were  my  drink.  My  heart  never  rejoices,  my  spirit 
"  is  never  glad." 

A  man's  appeal  to  his  god  and  goddess  was  not 
always  successful,  for  his  sin  may  have  been  so  great 
that  his  petitions  for  forgiveness  were  not  sufficient  in 
themselves  to  appease  their  wrath.  In  such  a  case, 
when  the  penitent  found  that  his  appeals  remained 
unanswered,  he  had  recourse  to  some  more  powerful 
god  or  goddess  by  whose  assistance  he  sought  to  bring 
about  his  reconciliation  with  his  patron  deities.  The 
following  is  an  extract  from  a  service-book  which  was 
intended  for  the  use  of  priest  and  penitent  upon  such 
an  occasion : — 

The  penitent :  "  I,  thy  servant,  full  of  sighs,  cry  unto 
"thee.  AYhosoever  has  sinned,  thou  acceptest  his 
"  fervent  prayer.     The  man  on  whom  thou  lookest  in 

BAB.  BEL.  p  3 


214  THE   ANGER   OF   PATRON   DEITIES. 

"pity,  that  man  lives,  0  ruler  of  all  things,  lady  of 
"  mankind,  0  merciful  one,  whose  turning  is  propitious, 
"  who  acceptest  supplication." 

The  priest :  "  Since  his  god  and  his  goddess  are 
"angry  with  him,  he  cries  unto  thee.  Turn  to  him 
"  thy  countenance  and  take  his  hand." 

The  penitent :  "  Beside  thee  there  is  no  deity  who 
"guides  aright.  In  justice  look  on  me  with  pity 
"  and  accept  my  supplication.  Declare  my  forgiveness 
"  and  let  thy  spirit  be  appeased.  When,  O  my  lady, 
"  will  thy  countenance  be  turned  ?  I  moan  like  the 
"  doves,  I  satiate  myself  with  sighs." 

The  priest :  "  With  pain  and  grief  his  spirit  is 
"oppressed.     He  sheds  tears,  he  utters  cries  of  woe." 

It  happened  sometimes  that  a  man  through  his 
transgressions  offended  some  powerful  deity,  while  he 
still  retained  the  help  and  sympathy  of  his  own  god 
and  goddess.  In  such  a  case  he  made  his  appeal  at 
the  shrine  of  the  deity  he  had  offended,  and  he  believed 
that  his  own  god  and  goddess  made  intercession  for 
him  at  his  side.  The  following  extract  is  taken  from 
a  prayer  to  be  delivered  by  a  man  who  had  offended 
Shamash  the  Sun -god  and  his  wife  Ai,  and  who 
sought  to  appease  their  wrath,  while  his  own  god  and 
goddess  added  their  voice  to  his  appeal.  The  priest 
first  described  the  man's  humility  and  grief;  the  ex- 
tract reads  as  follows  : — 

The  priest:    "By  his  face,  which  through  tears  he 


THEIR   HELP   IN    TROUBLE.  21 5 

"does  not  raise,  he  makes  lamentation  to  tliee.  By 
"  his  feet,  on  which  fetters  are  set,  he  makes  lamentation 
"  to  thee.  By  his  hand,  which  is  spent  through  weari- 
"  ness,  he  makes  lamentation  to  thee.  By  his  breast, 
"  which  utters  cries  as  of  a  flute,  he  makes  lamentation 
"  to  thee." 

The  Penitent :  "  0  lady,  through  bitterness  of  heart 
"  I  cry  to  thee  in  sorrow :  Declare  my  forgiveness.  O 
"  lady,  say  to  thy  servant,  '  It  is  enough.'  Let  thy  heart 
"  be  appeased.  Bestow  mercy  on  thy  servant  who  is 
"in  affliction.  Turn  thy  countenance  towards  him, 
"accept  his  supplication.  Turn  in  mercy  towards  thy 
"  servant,  with  whom  thou  wast  angry.  0  lady,  my 
"  hands  are  bound,  I  prostrate  (?)  myself  before  thee, 
"  Intercede  for  me  before  the  mighty  hero,  Shamash, 
'  thy  beloved  spouse.  That  for  a  life  of  many  days 
"  I  may  walk  before  thee.  My  god.  has  prayed  to 
"  thee,  that  thy  heart  may  be  at  rest ;  My  goddess  has 
"  made  supplication  to  thee,  that  thy  spirit  may  be 
"  appeased." 

A  penitent  usually  trusted  to  his  condition  of  grief 
and  misery  to  move  the  pity  of  an  angry  god  or  goddess. 
Sometimes,  however,  the  priest  would  make  a  reference 
to  the  offerings  which  the  penitent  would  make,  when 
he  was  pardoned  and  restored  to  health  and  prosperity. 
Such  an  inducement  to  pardon  a  penitent  is  urged 
by  a  priest  upon  an  angry  god  in  the  following 
extract : — 


2l6  CONCEPTION   OF   SIN. 

"  Open  his  bonds,  remove  his  fetters.  Make  bright 
"his  countenance,  commend  him  to  his  god,  his  creator. 
"  Give  thy  servant  life,  that  he  may  praise  thy  power. 
"  That  he  may  bow  down  before  thy  greatness  in  all 
"  dwellings.  Eeceive  his  gift,  accept  his  purchase- 
"  money,  That  he  may  walk  before  thee  in  a  land  of 
''  peace.  That  with  overflowing  abundance  he  may  fill 
"  thy  shrine.  That  in  thy  temple  his  offerings  may  be 
"set,  That  with  oil  as  with  water  he  may  anoint  thy 
"  bolts,  And  that  with  oil  in  abundance  he  may  make 
"  thy  threshold  overflow." 

No  doubt  in  the  early  periods  of  their  religious 
development,  the  offences  which  the  Babylonian  com- 
mitted were  of  a  formal  and  ceremonial  character. 
Tlieir  sufferings  might  be  due  to  the  infringement 
of  a  religious  ordinance,  or  to  the  eating  or  drinking 
of  an  impure  thing,  or  to  an  ill-omened  word  or  action. 
There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  in  the  course  of 
time  moral  considerations  tinged  their  earlier  beliefs. 
Misfortune  was  still  believed  to  be  the  result  of  sin 
and  transgression,  but  the  character  of  the  sin  was 
gradually  changed.  Injustice  and  evil-doing  were 
believed  to  anger  a  man's  god  as  much  as  offences 
against  his  own  peculiar  rites,  and  in  this  way  a 
man's  duty  towards  his  god  led  to  a  conception  of  the 
duty  he  owed  towards  his  fellow  man.  The  belief 
that  oppression  and  injustice  were  followed  by 
material  misfortune  is  well  attested  in  a  document  from 


GROWTH   OF   MORALITY.  21/ 

Ashur-baui-pal's  libraiy,  uhich  contains  a  number  of 
•warnings  to  a  king  against  injustice,  and  which  unequivo- 
cally states  that  any  act  of  that  description  would 
recoil  upon  himself  or  upon  his  land.^  The  beginning 
of  this  tablet  reads  as  follows  : — 

"  If  the  king  does  not  give  heed  to  justice,  his  people 
"  shall  be  overthrown  and  his  land  shall  be  brought  to 
"confusion. 

"  If  he  gives  no  heed  to  the  law  of  his  land,  Ea,  the 
"  king  of  destinies,  shall  change  his  destiny,  and  shall 
"  visit  him  with  misfortune. 

"  If  he  gives  no  heed  to  his  nobles,  his  days  shall 
"  (not)  be  long. 

"  If  he  gives  no  heed  to  the  wise-men,  his  land  shall 
"  revolt  against  him. 

"  If  he  gives  heed  to  wisdom  (?),  the  king  shall  behold 
"  the  strengthening  of  the  land. 

"  If  he  gives  heed  to  the  commands  of  Ea,  the  great 
"gods  shall  endow  him  with  true  knowledge  and  dis- 
"  cernment. 

"  If  he  treats  a  man  of  Sippar  with  injustice  and 
"gives  a  harsh  decision,  Shamash,  the  judge  of  heaven 
"  and  earth,  shall  give  a  harsh  decision  in  his  land, 
"  and  shall  appoint  a  just  prince  and  a  just  judge  in 
"  place  of  injustice. 

"  If  the  men  of  Nippur  come  to  him  for  judgment 

'  The  text  is  published  in  Cuneiform  Inscrij-itions  of  Western  Asia, 
Vol.  IV.,  pi.  48. 


2l8        A   man's   duties   TO   HIS   NEIGHBOUR. 

"and  he  accepts  gifts  and  treats  them  with  injustice, 
*'Belj  the  lord  of  the  world,  shall  bring  a  foreign  foe 
"against  him  and  shall  overthrow  his  army,  and  his 
"prince  and  his  leader  they  shall  hunt  as  outcasts  (?) 
"  through  the  streets. 

"  If  the  men  of  Babylon  take  money  witli  them  and 
"give  bribes,  and  he  favours  the  cause  of  (these) 
"  Babylonians  and  turns  to  (their)  entreaty,  Marduk, 
"the  lord  of  heaven  and  earth,  shall  bring  his  foe 
"  against  him,  and  shall  give  his  goods  and  his  posses- 
"  sions  to  his  enemy.  And  the  men  of  Nippur,  Sippar, 
"or  Babylon  who  do  these  things  shall  be  cast  into 
"  prison." 

In  this  tablet  it  is  clearly  stated  that  the  gods  would 
punish  oppression  and  injustice  with  misfortune,  and 
there  is  evidence  of  this  belief  in  other  Babylonian 
documents  of  a  religious  nature.  From  a  series  of 
magical  incantations  we  learn  that  a  wrong  committed 
by  a  man  against  his  neighbour  carried  with  it  a 
punishment  no  less  severe  than  that  which  accom- 
panied any  offence  against  a  ceremonial  code.^  The 
various  sins  which  a  man  might  commit  are  enume- 
rated in  the  form  of  questions,  and  the  following 
extract  will  serve  to  indicate  their  general  character : — 

"  Has  he  estranged  the  father  from  his  son  ?  Has 
"  he  estranged  the  son  from  his  father  ?  Has  he 
"estranged  the  mother  from  her  daughter  ?     Has  ho 

'  Cf.  ZimmerD,  Die  Bescliivdrungstafeln  Schurpu,  pp.  3  if. 


LIST  OF   OFFENCES.  219 

"estranged  the  daughter  from  her  mother?  Has 
"he  estranged  the  mother-in-law  from  her  daughter- 
"  in-law  ?  Has  he  estranged  the  daiighter-in-law 
"  from  her  mother-in-law  ?  Has  he  estranged  the 
"  brother  from  his  brother  ?  Has  he  estranged  the 
"  friend  from  his  friend  ?  Has  he  estranged  the  com- 
"  panion  from  his  companion  ?  Has  he  refused  to  set 
"a  captive  free,  or  has  he  refused  to  loose  one  who 
"  was  bound  ?  Has  he  shut  out  a  prisoner  from  the 
"light?  Has  he  said  of  a  captive  'Hold  him  fast/ 
"  or  of  one  who  was  bound  has  he  said,  '  Strengthen 
"  his  bonds  ? '  Has  he  committed  a  sin  against  a  god, 
"  or  has  he  committed  a  sin  against  a  goddess  ?  Has 
"  he  offended  a  god,  or  has  he  held  a  goddess  in  light 
"  esteem  ?  Is  his  sin  against  his  own  god,  or  is  his 
"  sin  against  his  own  goddess  ?  Has  he  done  violence 
"to  one  older  than  himself,  or  has  he  conceived 
"  hatred  against  an  elder  brother  ?  Has  he  held  his 
"  father  and  mother  in  contempt,  or  has  he  insulted  his 
"  elder  sister  ?  Has  he  been  generous  in  small  things, 
"  but  avaricious  in  great  matters  ?  Has  he  said  '  yea ' 
"  for  '  nay  '  ?  Has  he  said  '  nay  '  for  '  yea '  ?  Has  he 
"  spoken  of  unclean  things,  or  [has  he  counselled]  dis= 
"  obedience  ?  Has  he  uttered  wickedness  ?  .  .  .  Has 
"  he  used  false  scales  ?  .  .  .  Has  he  accepted  a  wrong 
"  account,  or  has  he  refused  a  rightful  sum  ?  Has 
"  he  disinherited  a  legitimate  son,  or  has  he  recognized 
"  an  illegitimate  son  ?     Has  he  set  up  a  false  landmark. 


220  A   HIGH    MORAL    CODE. 

"  or  has  he  refused  to  set  up  a  true  landmark  ?  Has 
"  he  removed  bound,  border,  or  landmark  ?  Has  he 
"  broken  into  his  neighbour's  house  ?  Has  he  drawn 
"  near  his  neighbour's  wife  ?  Has  he  shed  his  neigh- 
"  hour's  blood  ?  Has  he  stolen  his  neighbour's  gar- " 
"  ment  ?  "  , 

Here  we  have  enumerated  a  comprehensive  series  of 
sins  and  offences,  the  commission  of  any  one  of  which 
was  considered  sufScient  to  bring  down  upon  a  man 
the  wrath  of  his  god.  Taken  together  they  prove  that 
in  the  seventh  century  before  Christ,  if  not  earlier, 
the  Babylonians  and  Assyrians  possessed  a  system  of 
morality  which  in  many  respects  resembled  that  of  the 
descendants  of  Abraham. 


THE   END. 


■CKINTED   BY   WILLIAM   CLOWES   AND   SDKS,    LUIITEK,    LONDON   AND    BECCLE8, 


A_' 


rr 


THIS  ITEM  DOES  NOT 

CIRCULATE  WITHOUT 

A  PHASE  BOX  OR  OTHER 

PROTECTIVE  ENCLOSURE